Quotations.ch
  Directory : Fables
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Works of Robert Louis Stevenson, Volume
  • XXI, by Robert Louis Stevenson
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • Title: The Works of Robert Louis Stevenson, Volume XXI
  • Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
  • Release Date: December 11, 2009 [EBook #30650]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORKS OF STEVENSON ***
  • Produced by Jonathan Ingram, Marius Borror and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  • THE WORKS OF
  • ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON
  • SWANSTON EDITION
  • VOLUME XXI
  • _Of this SWANSTON EDITION in Twenty-five
  • Volumes of the Works of ROBERT LOUIS
  • STEVENSON Two Thousand and Sixty Copies
  • have been printed, of which only Two Thousand
  • Copies are for sale._
  • _This is No._ ...........
  • [Illustration: R.L.S. ON THE FORWARD DECK OF THE SCHOONER "EQUATOR"]
  • THE WORKS OF
  • ROBERT LOUIS
  • STEVENSON
  • VOLUME TWENTY-ONE
  • LONDON: PUBLISHED BY CHATTO AND
  • WINDUS: IN ASSOCIATION WITH CASSELL
  • AND COMPANY LIMITED: WILLIAM
  • HEINEMANN: AND LONGMANS GREEN
  • AND COMPANY MDCCCCXII
  • ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
  • CONTENTS
  • THE STORY OF A LIE
  • CHAPTER PAGE
  • I. INTRODUCES THE ADMIRAL 3
  • II. A LETTER TO THE PAPERS 8
  • III. IN THE ADMIRAL'S NAME 14
  • IV. ESTHER ON THE FILIAL RELATION 21
  • V. THE PRODIGAL FATHER MAKES HIS DÉBUT AT HOME 24
  • VI. THE PRODIGAL FATHER GOES ON FROM STRENGTH TO
  • STRENGTH 31
  • VII. THE ELOPEMENT 41
  • VIII. BATTLE ROYAL 50
  • IX. IN WHICH THE LIBERAL EDITOR APPEARS AS
  • "DEUS EX MACHINÂ" 60
  • THE MERRY MEN
  • I. EILEAN AROS 69
  • II. WHAT THE WRECK HAD BROUGHT TO AROS 76
  • III. LAND AND SEA IN SANDAG BAY 89
  • IV. THE GALE 100
  • V. A MAN OUT OF THE SEA 112
  • OLALLA 127
  • HEATHERCAT
  • PART I.--THE KILLING-TIME
  • I. TRAQUAIRS OF MONTROYMONT 177
  • II. FRANCIE 182
  • III. THE HILL-END OF DRUMLOWE 195
  • THE GREAT NORTH ROAD
  • I. NANCE AT THE "GREEN DRAGON" 203
  • II. IN WHICH MR. ARCHER IS INSTALLED 210
  • III. JONATHAN HOLDAWAY 218
  • IV. MINGLING THREADS 223
  • V. LIFE IN THE CASTLE 229
  • VI. THE BAD HALF-CROWN 233
  • VII. THE BLEACHING-GREEN 238
  • VIII. THE MAIL GUARD 244
  • THE YOUNG CHEVALIER
  • PROLOGUE--THE WINE-SELLER'S WIFE 253
  • I. THE PRINCE 263
  • FABLES
  • I. THE PERSONS OF THE TALE 269
  • II. THE SINKING SHIP 272
  • III. THE TWO MATCHES 274
  • IV. THE SICK MAN AND THE FIREMAN 275
  • V. THE DEVIL AND THE INNKEEPER 276
  • VI. THE PENITENT 277
  • VII. THE YELLOW PAINT 277
  • VIII. THE HOUSE OF ELD 280
  • IX. THE FOUR REFORMERS 286
  • X. THE MAN AND HIS FRIEND 287
  • XI. THE READER 287
  • XII. THE CITIZEN AND THE TRAVELLER 288
  • XIII. THE DISTINGUISHED STRANGER 289
  • XIV. THE CART-HORSES AND THE SADDLE-HORSE 290
  • XV. THE TADPOLE AND THE FROG 291
  • XVI. SOMETHING IN IT 291
  • XVII. FAITH, HALF-FAITH, AND NO FAITH AT ALL 295
  • XVIII. THE TOUCHSTONE 297
  • XIX. THE POOR THING 304
  • XX. THE SONG OF THE MORROW 310
  • THE STORY OF A LIE
  • THE STORY OF A LIE
  • CHAPTER I
  • INTRODUCES THE ADMIRAL
  • When Dick Naseby was in Paris he made some odd acquaintances, for he was
  • one of those who have ears to hear, and can use their eyes no less than
  • their intelligence. He made as many thoughts as Stuart Mill; but his
  • philosophy concerned flesh and blood, and was experimental as to its
  • method. He was a type-hunter among mankind. He despised small game and
  • insignificant personalities, whether in the shape of dukes or bagmen,
  • letting them go by like sea-weed; but show him a refined or powerful
  • face, let him hear a plangent or a penetrating voice, fish for him with
  • a living look in some one's eye, a passionate gesture, a meaning or
  • ambiguous smile, and his mind was instantaneously awakened. "There was a
  • man, there was a woman," he seemed to say, and he stood up to the task
  • of comprehension with the delight of an artist in his art.
  • And indeed, rightly considered, this interest of his was an artistic
  • interest. There is no science in the personal study of human nature. All
  • comprehension is creation; the woman I love is somewhat of my handiwork;
  • and the great lover, like the great painter, is he that can so embellish
  • his subject as to make her more than human, whilst yet by a cunning art
  • he has so based his apotheosis on the nature of the case that the woman
  • can go on being a true woman, and give her character free play, and show
  • littleness, or cherish spite, or be greedy of common pleasures, and he
  • continue to worship without a thought of incongruity. To love a
  • character is only the heroic way of understanding it. When we love, by
  • some noble method of our own or some nobility of mien or nature in the
  • other, we apprehend the loved one by what is noblest in ourselves. When
  • we are merely studying an eccentricity, the method of our study is but a
  • series of allowances. To begin to understand is to begin to sympathise;
  • for comprehension comes only when we have stated another's faults and
  • virtues in terms of our own. Hence the proverbial toleration of artists
  • for their own evil creations. Hence, too, it came about that Dick
  • Naseby, a high-minded creature, and as scrupulous and brave a gentleman
  • as you would want to meet, held in a sort of affection the various human
  • creeping things whom he had met and studied.
  • One of these was Mr. Peter Van Tromp, an English-speaking, two-legged
  • animal of the international genus, and by profession of general and more
  • than equivocal utility. Years before he had been a painter of some
  • standing in a colony, and portraits signed "Van Tromp" had celebrated
  • the greatness of colonial governors and judges. In those days he had
  • been married, and driven his wife and infant daughter in a pony trap.
  • What were the steps of his declension? No one exactly knew. Here he was
  • at least, and had been, any time these past ten years, a sort of dismal
  • parasite upon the foreigner in Paris.
  • It would be hazardous to specify his exact industry. Coarsely followed,
  • it would have merited a name grown somewhat unfamiliar to our ears.
  • Followed as he followed it, with a skilful reticence, in a kind of
  • social chiaroscuro, it was still possible for the polite to call him a
  • professional painter. His lair was in the Grand Hotel and the gaudiest
  • cafés. There he might be seen jotting off a sketch with an air of some
  • inspiration; and he was always affable, and one of the easiest of men to
  • fall in talk withal. A conversation usually ripened into a peculiar sort
  • of intimacy, and it was extraordinary how many little services Van Tromp
  • contrived to render in the course of six-and-thirty hours. He occupied
  • a position between a friend and a courier, which made him worse than
  • embarrassing to repay. But those whom he obliged could always buy one of
  • his villainous little pictures, or, where the favours had been prolonged
  • and more than usually delicate, might order and pay for a large canvas,
  • with perfect certainty that they would hear no more of the transaction.
  • Among resident artists he enjoyed the celebrity of a non-professional
  • sort. He had spent more money--no less than three individual fortunes,
  • it was whispered--than any of his associates could ever hope to gain.
  • Apart from his colonial career, he had been to Greece in a brigantine
  • with four brass carronades; he had travelled Europe in a chaise and
  • four, drawing bridle at the palace-doors of German princes; queens of
  • song and dance had followed him like sheep, and paid his tailor's bills.
  • And to behold him now, seeking small loans with plaintive condescension,
  • sponging for breakfast on an art-student of nineteen, a fallen Don Juan
  • who had neglected to die at the propitious hour, had a colour of romance
  • for young imaginations. His name and his bright past, seen through the
  • prism of whispered gossip, had gained him the nickname of "The Admiral."
  • Dick found him one day at the receipt of custom, rapidly painting a pair
  • of hens and a cock in a little water-colour sketching-box, and now and
  • then glancing at the ceiling like a man who should seek inspiration from
  • the muse. Dick thought it remarkable that a painter should choose to
  • work over an absinthe in a public café, and looked the man over. The
  • aged rakishness of his appearance was set off by a youthful costume; he
  • had disreputable grey hair and a disreputable sore, red nose; but the
  • coat and the gesture, the outworks of the man, were still designed for
  • show. Dick came up to his table and inquired if he might look at what
  • the gentleman was doing. No one was so delighted as the Admiral.
  • "A bit of a thing," said he. "I just dash them off like that. I--I dash
  • them off," he added, with a gesture.
  • "Quite so," said Dick, who was appalled by the feebleness of the
  • production.
  • "Understand me," continued Van Tromp; "I am a man of the world. And
  • yet--once an artist always an artist. All of a sudden a thought takes me
  • in the street; I become its prey; it's like a pretty woman; no use to
  • struggle; I must--dash it off."
  • "I see," said Dick.
  • "Yes," pursued the painter; "it all comes easily, easily to me; it is
  • not my business; it's a pleasure. Life is my business--life--this great
  • city, Paris--Paris after dark--its lights, its gardens, its odd corners.
  • Aha!" he cried, "to be young again! The heart is young, but the heels
  • are leaden. A poor, mean business, to grow old! Nothing remains but the
  • _coup d'oeil_, the contemplative man's enjoyment, Mr. ----," and he
  • paused for the name.
  • "Naseby," returned Dick.
  • The other treated him at once to an exciting beverage, and expatiated on
  • the pleasure of meeting a compatriot in a foreign land; to hear him, you
  • would have thought they had encountered in Central Africa. Dick had
  • never found any one take a fancy to him so readily, nor show it in an
  • easier or less offensive manner. He seemed tickled with him as an
  • elderly fellow about town might be tickled by a pleasant and witty lad;
  • he indicated that he was no precisian, but in his wildest times had
  • never been such a blade as he thought Dick. Dick protested, but in vain.
  • This manner of carrying an intimacy at the bayonet's point was Van
  • Tromp's stock-in-trade. With an older man he insinuated himself; with
  • youth he imposed himself, and in the same breath imposed an ideal on his
  • victim, who saw that he must work up to it or lose the esteem of this
  • old and vicious patron. And what young man can bear to lose a character
  • for vice?
  • As last, as it grew towards dinner-time, "Do you know Paris?" asked Van
  • Tromp.
  • "Not so well as you, I am convinced," said Dick.
  • "And so am I," returned Van Tromp gaily. "Paris! My young friend--you
  • will allow me?--when you know Paris as I do, you will have seen Strange
  • Things. I say no more; all I say is, Strange Things. We are men of the
  • world, you and I, and in Paris, in the heart of civilised existence.
  • This is an opportunity, Mr. Naseby. Let us dine. Let me show you where
  • to dine."
  • Dick consented. On the way to dinner the Admiral showed him where to buy
  • gloves, and made him buy them; where to buy cigars, and made him buy a
  • vast store, some of which he obligingly accepted. At the restaurant he
  • showed him what to order, with surprising consequences in the bill. What
  • he made that night by his percentages it would be hard to estimate. And
  • all the while Dick smilingly consented, understanding well that he was
  • being done, but taking his losses in the pursuit of character as a
  • hunter sacrifices his dogs. As for the Strange Things, the reader will
  • be relieved to hear that they were no stranger than might have been
  • expected, and he may find things quite as strange without the expense of
  • a Van Tromp for guide. Yet he was a guide of no mean order, who made up
  • for the poverty of what he had to show by a copious, imaginative
  • commentary.
  • "And such," said he, with an hiccup, "such is Paris."
  • "Pooh!" said Dick, who was tired of the performance.
  • The Admiral hung an ear, and looked up sidelong with a glimmer of
  • suspicion.
  • "Good-night," said Dick; "I'm tired."
  • "So English!" cried Van Tromp, clutching him by the hand. "So English!
  • So _blasé!_ Such a charming companion! Let me see you home."
  • "Look here," returned Dick, "I have said good-night, and now I'm going.
  • You're an amusing old boy; I like you, in a sense; but here's an end of
  • it for to-night. Not another cigar, not another grog, not another
  • percentage out of me."
  • "I beg your pardon!" cried the Admiral with dignity.
  • "Tut, man!" said Dick; "you're not offended; you're a man of the world,
  • I thought. I've been studying you, and it's over. Have I not paid for
  • the lesson? _Au revoir._"
  • Van Tromp laughed gaily, shook hands up to the elbows, hoped cordially
  • they would meet again and that often, but looked after Dick as he
  • departed with a tremor of indignation. After that they two not
  • unfrequently fell in each other's way, and Dick would often treat the
  • old boy to breakfast on a moderate scale and in a restaurant of his own
  • selection. Often, too, he would lend Van Tromp the matter of a pound, in
  • view of that gentleman's contemplated departure for Australia; there
  • would be a scene of farewell almost touching in character, and a week or
  • a month later they would meet on the same boulevard without surprise or
  • embarrassment. And in the meantime Dick learned more about his
  • acquaintance on all sides: heard of his yacht, his chaise and four, his
  • brief season of celebrity amid a more confiding population, his
  • daughter, of whom he loved to whimper in his cups, his sponging,
  • parasitical, nameless way of life; and with each new detail something
  • that was not merely interest nor yet altogether affection grew up in his
  • mind towards this disreputable stepson of the arts. Ere he left Paris
  • Van Tromp was one of those whom he entertained to a farewell supper; and
  • the old gentleman made the speech of the evening, and then fell below
  • the table, weeping, smiling, paralysed.
  • CHAPTER II
  • A LETTER TO THE PAPERS
  • Old Mr. Naseby had the sturdy, untutored nature of the upper middle
  • class. The universe seemed plain to him. "The thing's right," he would
  • say, or "the thing's wrong"; and there was an end of it. There was a
  • contained, prophetic energy in his utterances, even on the slightest
  • affairs; he _saw_ the damned thing; if you did not, it must be from
  • perversity of will, and this sent the blood to his head. Apart from
  • this, which made him an exacting companion, he was one of the most
  • upright, hot-tempered old gentlemen in England. Florid, with white hair,
  • the face of an old Jupiter, and the figure of an old fox-hunter, he
  • enlivened the vale of Thyme from end to end on his big, cantering
  • chestnut.
  • He had a hearty respect for Dick as a lad of parts. Dick had a respect
  • for his father as the best of men, tempered by the politic revolt of a
  • youth who has to see to his own independence. Whenever the pair argued,
  • they came to an open rupture; and arguments were frequent, for they were
  • both positive, and both loved the work of the intelligence. It was a
  • treat to hear Mr. Naseby defending the Church of England in a volley of
  • oaths, or supporting ascetic morals with an enthusiasm not entirely
  • innocent of port wine. Dick used to wax indignant, and none the less so
  • because, as his father was a skilful disputant, he found himself not
  • seldom in the wrong. On these occasions, he would redouble in energy,
  • and declare that black was white, and blue yellow, with much conviction
  • and heat of manner; but in the morning such a licence of debate weighed
  • upon him like a crime, and he would seek out his father, where he walked
  • before breakfast on a terrace overlooking all the vale of Thyme.
  • "I have to apologise, sir, for last night----" he would begin.
  • "Of course you have," the old gentleman would cut in cheerfully. "You
  • spoke like a fool. Say no more about it."
  • "You do not understand me, sir. I refer to a particular point. I confess
  • there is much force in your argument from the doctrine of
  • possibilities."
  • "Of course there is," returned his father. "Come down and look at the
  • stables. Only," he would add, "bear this in mind, and do remember that a
  • man of my age and experience knows more about what he is saying than a
  • raw boy."
  • He would utter the word "boy" even more offensively than the average of
  • fathers, and the light way in which he accepted these apologies cut Dick
  • to the heart. The latter drew slighting comparisons, and remembered that
  • he was the only one who ever apologised. This gave him a high station in
  • his own esteem, and thus contributed indirectly to his better behaviour;
  • for he was scrupulous as well as high-spirited, and prided himself on
  • nothing more than on a just submission.
  • So things went on until the famous occasion when Mr. Naseby, becoming
  • engrossed in securing the election of a sound party candidate to
  • Parliament, wrote a flaming letter to the papers. The letter had about
  • every demerit of party letters in general: it was expressed with the
  • energy of a believer; it was personal; it was a little more than half
  • unfair, and about a quarter untrue. The old man did not mean to say what
  • was untrue, you may be sure; but he had rashly picked up gossip, as his
  • prejudice suggested, and now rashly launched it on the public with the
  • sanction of his name.
  • "The Liberal candidate," he concluded, "is thus a public turncoat. Is
  • that the sort of man we want? He has been given the lie, and has
  • swallowed the insult. Is that the sort of man we want? I answer, No!
  • With all the force of my conviction, I answer, _No_!"
  • And then he signed and dated the letter with an amateur's pride, and
  • looked to be famous by the morrow.
  • Dick, who had heard nothing of the matter, was up first on that
  • inauspicious day, and took the journal to an arbour in the garden. He
  • found his father's manifesto in one column; and in another a leading
  • article. "No one that we are aware of," ran the article, "had consulted
  • Mr. Naseby on the subject, but if he had been appealed to by the whole
  • body of electors, his letter would be none the less ungenerous and
  • unjust to Mr. Dalton. We do not choose to give the lie to Mr. Naseby,
  • for we are too well aware of the consequences; but we shall venture
  • instead to print the facts of both cases referred to by this red-hot
  • partisan in another portion of our issue. Mr. Naseby is of course a
  • large proprietor in our neighbourhood; but fidelity to facts, decent
  • feeling, and English grammar, are all of them qualities more important
  • than the possession of land. Mr. N---- is doubtless a great man; in his
  • large gardens and that half-mile of greenhouses, where he has probably
  • ripened his intellect and temper, he may say what he will to his hired
  • vassals, but (as the Scots say)--
  • here
  • He maunna think to domineer.
  • Liberalism," continued the anonymous journalist, "is of too free and
  • sound a growth," etc.
  • Richard Naseby read the whole thing from beginning to end; and a
  • crushing shame fell upon his spirit. His father had played the fool; he
  • had gone out noisily to war, and come back with confusion. The moment
  • that his trumpets sounded, he had been disgracefully unhorsed. There was
  • no question as to the facts; they were one and all against the Squire.
  • Richard would have given his ears to have suppressed the issue; but as
  • that could not be done, he had his horse saddled, and, furnishing
  • himself with a convenient staff, rode off at once to Thymebury.
  • The editor was at breakfast in a large, sad apartment. The absence of
  • furniture, the extreme meanness of the meal, and the haggard,
  • bright-eyed, consumptive look of the culprit, unmanned our hero; but he
  • clung to his stick, and was stout and warlike.
  • "You wrote the article in this morning's paper?" he demanded.
  • "You are young Mr. Naseby? I _published_ it," replied the editor,
  • rising.
  • "My father is an old man," said Richard; and then with an outburst, "And
  • a damned sight finer fellow than either you or Dalton!" He stopped and
  • swallowed; he was determined that all should go with regularity. "I have
  • but one question to put to you, sir," he resumed. "Granted that my
  • father was misinformed, would it not have been more decent to withhold
  • the letter and communicate with him in private?"
  • "Believe me," returned the editor, "that alternative was not open to me.
  • Mr. Naseby told me in a note that he had sent his letter to three other
  • journals, and in fact threatened me with what he called exposure if I
  • kept it back from mine. I am really concerned at what has happened; I
  • sympathise and approve of your emotion, young gentleman; but the attack
  • on Mr. Dalton was gross, very gross, and I had no choice but to offer
  • him my columns to reply. Party has its duties, sir," added the scribe,
  • kindling, as one who should propose a sentiment; "and the attack was
  • gross."
  • Richard stood for half a minute digesting the answer; and then the god
  • of fair play came uppermost in his heart, and, murmuring "Good morning,"
  • he made his escape into the street.
  • His horse was not hurried on the way home, and he was late for
  • breakfast. The Squire was standing with his back to the fire in a state
  • bordering on apoplexy, his fingers violently knitted under his
  • coat-tails. As Richard came in, he opened and shut his mouth like a
  • cod-fish, and his eyes protruded.
  • "Have you seen that, sir?" he cried, nodding towards the paper.
  • "Yes, sir," said Richard.
  • "Oh, you've read it, have you?"
  • "Yes; I have read it," replied Richard, looking at his foot.
  • "Well," demanded the old gentleman, "and what have you to say to it,
  • sir?"
  • "You seem to have been misinformed," said Dick.
  • "Well? What then? Is your mind so sterile, sir? Have you not a word of
  • comment? no proposal?"
  • "I fear, sir, you must apologise to Mr. Dalton. It would be more
  • handsome, indeed it would be only just, and a free acknowledgment would
  • go far--" Richard paused, no language appearing delicate enough to suit
  • the case.
  • "That is a suggestion which should have come from me, sir," roared the
  • father. "It is out of place upon your lips. It is not the thought of a
  • loyal son. Why, sir, if my father had been plunged in such deplorable
  • circumstances, I should have thrashed the editor of that vile sheet
  • within an inch of his life. I should have thrashed the man, sir. It
  • would have been the action of an ass; but it would have shown that I had
  • the blood and the natural affections of a man. Son? You are no son, no
  • son of mine, sir!"
  • "Sir!" said Dick.
  • "I'll tell you what you are, sir," pursued the Squire. "You're a
  • Benthamite. I disown you. Your mother would have died for shame;
  • there was no modern cant about your mother; she thought--she said to me,
  • sir--I'm glad she's in her grave, Dick Naseby. Misinformed! Misinformed,
  • sir? Have you no loyalty, no spring, no natural affections? Are you
  • clockwork, hey? Away! This is no place for you. Away!" (Waving his hands
  • in the air.) "Go away! Leave me!"
  • At this moment Dick beat a retreat in a disarray of nerves, a whistling
  • and clamour of his own arteries, and in short in such a final bodily
  • disorder as made him alike incapable of speech or hearing. And in the
  • midst of all this turmoil, a sense of unpardonable injustice remained
  • graven in his memory.
  • CHAPTER III
  • IN THE ADMIRAL'S NAME
  • There was no return to the subject. Dick and his father were henceforth
  • on terms of coldness. The upright old gentleman grew more upright when
  • he met his son, buckrammed with immortal anger; he asked after Dick's
  • health, and discussed the weather and the crops with an appalling
  • courtesy; his pronunciation was _point-de-vice_, his voice was distant,
  • distinct, and sometimes almost trembling with suppressed indignation.
  • As for Dick, it seemed to him as if his life had come abruptly to an
  • end. He came out of his theories and clevernesses; his premature
  • man-of-the-worldness, on which he had prided himself on his travels,
  • "shrank like a thing ashamed" before this real sorrow. Pride, wounded
  • honour, pity and respect tussled together daily in his heart; and now he
  • was within an ace of throwing himself upon his father's mercy, and now
  • of slipping forth at night and coming back no more to Naseby House. He
  • suffered from the sight of his father, nay, even from the neighbourhood
  • of this familiar valley, where every corner had its legend, and he was
  • besieged with memories of childhood. If he fled into a new land, and
  • among none but strangers, he might escape his destiny, who knew? and
  • begin again light-heartedly. From that chief peak of the hills, that now
  • and then, like an uplifted finger, shone in an arrow of sunlight through
  • the broken clouds, the shepherd in clear weather might perceive the
  • shining of the sea. There, he thought, was hope. But his heart failed
  • him when he saw the Squire; and he remained. His fate was not that of
  • the voyager by sea and land; he was to travel in the spirit, and begin
  • his journey sooner than he supposed.
  • For it chanced one day that his walk led him into a portion of the
  • uplands which was almost unknown to him. Scrambling through some rough
  • woods, he came out upon a moorland reaching towards the hills. A few
  • lofty Scots firs grew hard by upon a knoll; a clear fountain near the
  • foot of the knoll sent up a miniature streamlet which meandered in the
  • heather. A shower had just skimmed by, but now the sun shone brightly,
  • and the air smelt of the pines and the grass. On a stone under the trees
  • sat a young lady sketching. We have learned to think of women in a sort
  • of symbolic transfiguration, based on clothes; and one of the readiest
  • ways in which we conceive our mistress is as a composite thing,
  • principally petticoats. But humanity has triumphed over clothes; the
  • look, the touch of a dress has become alive; and the woman who stitched
  • herself into these material integuments has now permeated right through
  • and gone out to the tip of her skirt. It was only a black dress that
  • caught Dick Naseby's eye; but it took possession of his mind, and all
  • other thoughts departed. He drew near, and the girl turned round. Her
  • face startled him; it was a face he wanted; and he took it in at once
  • like breathing air.
  • "I beg your pardon," he said, taking off his hat, "you are sketching."
  • "Oh!" she exclaimed, "for my own amusement. I despise the thing."
  • "Ten to one you do yourself injustice," returned Dick. "Besides, it's a
  • freemasonry. I sketch myself, and you know what that implies."
  • "No. What?" she asked.
  • "Two things," he answered. "First, that I am no very difficult critic;
  • and second, that I have a right to see your picture."
  • She covered the block with both her hands. "Oh, no," she said; "I am
  • ashamed."
  • "Indeed, I might give you a hint," said Dick. "Although no artist
  • myself, I have known many; in Paris I had many for friends, and used to
  • prowl among studios."
  • "In Paris?" she cried, with a leap of light into her eyes. "Did you ever
  • meet Mr. Van Tromp?"
  • "I? Yes. Why, you're not the Admiral's daughter, are you?"
  • "The Admiral? Do they call him that?" she cried. "Oh, how nice, how nice
  • of them! It is the younger men who call him so, is it not?"
  • "Yes," said Dick, somewhat heavily.
  • "You can understand now," she said, with an unspeakable accent of
  • contented and noble-minded pride, "why it is I do not choose to show my
  • sketch. Van Tromp's daughter! The Admiral's daughter! I delight in that
  • name. The Admiral! And so you know my father?"
  • "Well," said Dick, "I met him often; we were even intimate. He may have
  • mentioned my name--Naseby."
  • "He writes so little. He is so busy, so devoted to his art! I have had a
  • half wish," she added, laughing, "that my father was a plainer man whom
  • I could help--to whom I could be a credit; but only sometimes, you know,
  • and with only half my heart. For a great painter! You have seen his
  • works?"
  • "I have seen some of them," returned Dick; "they--they are very nice."
  • She laughed aloud. "Nice?" she repeated. "I see you don't care much for
  • art."
  • "Not much," he admitted; "but I know that many people are glad to buy
  • Mr. Van Tromp's pictures."
  • "Call him the Admiral!" she cried. "It sounds kindly and familiar; and I
  • like to think that he is appreciated and looked up to by young painters.
  • He has not always been appreciated; he had a cruel life for many years;
  • and when I think"--there were tears in her eyes--"when I think of that,
  • I feel inclined to be a fool," she broke off. "And now I shall go home.
  • You have filled me full of happiness; for think, Mr. Naseby, I have not
  • seen my father since I was six years old; and yet he is in my thoughts
  • all day! You must come and call on me; my aunt will be delighted, I am
  • sure; and then you will tell me all--all about my father, will you not?"
  • Dick helped her to get her sketching traps together; and when all was
  • ready, she gave Dick her hand and a frank return of pressure.
  • "You are my father's friend," she said; "we shall be great friends too.
  • You must come and see me soon."
  • Then she was gone down the hillside at a run; and Dick stood by himself
  • in a state of some bewilderment and even distress. There were elements
  • of laughter in the business; but the black dress, and the face that
  • belonged to it, and the hand that he had held in his, inclined him to a
  • serious view. What was he, under the circumstances, called upon to do?
  • Perhaps to avoid the girl? Well, he would think about that. Perhaps to
  • break the truth to her? Why, ten to one, such was her infatuation, he
  • would fail. Perhaps to keep up the illusion, to colour the raw facts; to
  • help her to false ideas, while yet not plainly stating falsehoods? Well,
  • he would see about that; he would also see about avoiding the girl. He
  • saw about this last so well, that the next afternoon beheld him on his
  • way to visit her.
  • In the meantime the girl had gone straight home, light as a bird,
  • tremulous with joy, to the little cottage where she lived alone with a
  • maiden aunt; and to that lady, a grim, sixty years old Scotswoman, with
  • a nodding head, communicated news of her encounter and invitation.
  • "A friend of his?" cried the aunt. "What like is he? What did ye say was
  • his name?"
  • She was dead silent, and stared at the old woman darkling. Then very
  • slowly, "I said he was my father's friend; I have invited him to my
  • house, and come he shall," she said; and with that she walked off to her
  • room, where she sat staring at the wall all the evening. Miss
  • M'Glashan, for that was the aunt's name, read a large bible in the
  • kitchen with some of the joys of martyrdom.
  • It was perhaps half-past three when Dick presented himself, rather
  • scrupulously dressed, before the cottage door; he knocked, and a voice
  • bade him enter. The kitchen, which opened directly off the garden, was
  • somewhat darkened by foliage; but he could see her as she approached
  • from the far end to meet him. This second sight of her surprised him.
  • Her strong black brows spoke of temper easily aroused and hard to quiet;
  • her mouth was small, nervous, and weak; there was something dangerous
  • and sulky underlying, in her nature, much that was honest,
  • compassionate, and even noble.
  • "My father's name," she said, "has made you very welcome."
  • And she gave him her hand with a sort of curtsey. It was a pretty
  • greeting, although somewhat mannered; and Dick felt himself among the
  • gods. She led him through the kitchen to a parlour, and presented him to
  • Miss M'Glashan.
  • "Esther," said the aunt, "see and make Mr. Naseby his tea."
  • As soon as the girl was gone upon this hospitable intent, the old woman
  • crossed the room and came quite near to Dick as if in menace.
  • "Ye know that man?" she asked, in an imperious whisper.
  • "Mr. Van Tromp?" said Dick. "Yes; I know him."
  • "Well, and what brings ye here?" she said. "I couldn't save the
  • mother--her that's dead--but the bairn!" She had a note in her voice
  • that filled poor Dick with consternation. "Man," she went on, "what is
  • it now? Is it money?"
  • "My dear lady," said Dick, "I think you misinterpret my position. I am
  • young Mr. Naseby of Naseby House. My acquaintance with Mr. Van Tromp is
  • really very slender; I am only afraid that Miss Van Tromp has
  • exaggerated our intimacy in her own imagination. I know positively
  • nothing of his private affairs, and do not care to know. I met him
  • casually in Paris--that is all."
  • Miss M'Glashan drew a long breath. "In Paris?" she said. "Well, and what
  • do you think of him?--what do ye think of him?" she repeated, with a
  • different scansion, as Richard, who had not much taste for such a
  • question, kept her waiting for an answer.
  • "I found him a very agreeable companion," he said.
  • "Ay," said she, "did ye! And how does he win his bread?"
  • "I fancy," he gasped, "that Mr. Van Tromp has many generous friends."
  • "I'll warrant!" she sneered; and before Dick could find more to say, she
  • was gone from the room.
  • Esther returned with the tea-things, and sat down.
  • "Now," she said cosily, "tell me all about my father."
  • "He"--stammered Dick, "he is a very agreeable companion."
  • "I shall begin to think it is more than you are, Mr. Naseby," she said,
  • with a laugh. "I am his daughter, you forget. Begin at the beginning,
  • and tell me all you have seen of him, all he said and all you answered.
  • You must have met somewhere; begin with that."
  • So with that he began: how he had found the Admiral painting in a café;
  • how his art so possessed him that he could not wait till he got home
  • to--well, to dash off his idea; how (this in reply to a question) his
  • idea consisted of a cock crowing and two hens eating corn; how he was
  • fond of cocks and hens; how this did not lead him to neglect more
  • ambitious forms of art; how he had a picture in his studio of a Greek
  • subject which was said to be remarkable from several points of view; how
  • no one had seen it nor knew the precise site of the studio in which it
  • was being vigorously though secretly confected; how (in answer to a
  • suggestion) this shyness was common to the Admiral, Michelangelo, and
  • others; how they (Dick and Van Tromp) had struck up an acquaintance at
  • once, and dined together that same night; how he (the Admiral) had once
  • given money to a beggar; how he spoke with effusion of his little
  • daughter; how he had once borrowed money to send her a doll--a trait
  • worthy of Newton, she being then in her nineteenth year at least; how,
  • if the doll never arrived (which it appeared it never did), the trait
  • was only more characteristic of the highest order of creative intellect;
  • how he was--no, not beautiful--striking, yes, Dick would go so far,
  • decidedly striking in appearance; how his boots were made to lace and
  • his coat was black, not cut-away, a frock; and so on, and so on by the
  • yard. It was astonishing how few lies were necessary. After all, people
  • exaggerated the difficulty of life. A little steering, just a touch of
  • the rudder now and then, and with a willing listener there is no limit
  • to the domain of equivocal speech. Sometimes Miss M'Glashan made a
  • freezing sojourn in the parlour; and then the task seemed unaccountably
  • more difficult; but to Esther, who was all eyes and ears, her face
  • alight with interest, his stream of language flowed without break or
  • stumble, and his mind was ever fertile in ingenious evasions and--
  • What an afternoon it was for Esther!
  • "Ah!" she said at last, "it's good to hear all this! My aunt, you should
  • know, is narrow and too religious; she cannot understand an artist's
  • life. It does not frighten me," she added grandly; "I am an artist's
  • daughter."
  • With that speech, Dick consoled himself for his imposture; she was not
  • deceived so grossly after all; and then if a fraud, was not the fraud
  • piety itself?--and what could be more obligatory than to keep alive in
  • the heart of a daughter that filial trust and honour which, even
  • although misplaced, became her like a jewel of the mind? There might be
  • another thought, a shade of cowardice, a selfish desire to please; poor
  • Dick was merely human; and what would you have had him do?
  • CHAPTER IV
  • ESTHER ON THE FILIAL RELATION
  • A month later Dick and Esther met at the stile beside the cross roads;
  • had there been any one to see them but the birds and summer insects, it
  • would have been remarked that they met after a different fashion from
  • the day before. Dick took her in his arms, and their lips were set
  • together for a long while. Then he held her at arm's length, and they
  • looked straight into each other's eyes.
  • "Esther!" he said,--you should have heard his voice!
  • "Dick!" said she.
  • "My darling!"
  • It was some time before they started for their walk; he kept an arm
  • about her, and their sides were close together as they walked; the sun,
  • the birds, the west wind running among the trees, a pressure, a look,
  • the grasp tightening round a single finger, these things stood them in
  • lieu of thought and filled their hearts with joy. The path they were
  • following led them through a wood of pine trees carpeted with heather
  • and blueberry, and upon this pleasant carpet, Dick, not without some
  • seriousness, made her sit down.
  • "Esther!" he began, "there is something you ought to know. You know my
  • father is a rich man, and you would think, now that we love each other,
  • we might marry when we pleased. But I fear, darling, we may have long to
  • wait, and shall want all our courage."
  • "I have courage for anything," she said, "I have all I want; with you
  • and my father, I am so well off, and waiting is made so happy, that I
  • could wait a lifetime and not weary."
  • He had a sharp pang at the mention of the Admiral. "Hear me out," he
  • continued. "I ought to have told you this before; but it is a thought I
  • shrink from; if it were possible, I should not tell you even now. My
  • poor father and I are scarce on speaking terms."
  • "Your father," she repeated, turning pale.
  • "It must sound strange to you; but yet I cannot think I am to blame," he
  • said. "I will tell you how it happened."
  • "O Dick!" she said, when she had heard him to an end, "how brave you
  • are, and how proud! Yet I would not be proud with a father. I would tell
  • him all."
  • "What!" cried Dick, "go in months after, and brag that I meant to thrash
  • the man, and then didn't? And why? Because my father had made a bigger
  • ass of himself than I supposed. My dear, that's nonsense."
  • She winced at his words and drew away. "But then that is all he asks,"
  • she pleaded. "If he only knew that you had felt that impulse, it would
  • make him so proud and happy. He would see you were his own son after
  • all, and had the same thoughts and the same chivalry of spirit. And then
  • you did yourself injustice when you spoke just now. It was because the
  • editor was weak and poor and excused himself, that you repented your
  • first determination. Had he been a big red man, with whiskers, you would
  • have beaten him--you know you would--if Mr. Naseby had been ten times
  • more committed. Do you think, if you can tell it to me, and I understand
  • at once, that it would be more difficult to tell it to your own father,
  • or that he would not be more ready to sympathise with you than I am? And
  • I love you, Dick; but then he is your father."
  • "My dear," said Dick desperately, "you do not understand; you do not
  • know what it is to be treated with daily want of comprehension and daily
  • small injustices, through childhood and boyhood and manhood, until you
  • despair of a hearing, until the thing rides you like a nightmare, until
  • you almost hate the sight of the man you love, and who's your father
  • after all. In short, Esther, you don't know what it is to have a
  • father, and that's what blinds you."
  • "I see," she said musingly, "you mean that I am fortunate in my father.
  • But I am not so fortunate, after all; you forget, I do not know him; it
  • is you who know him; he is already more your father than mine." And here
  • she took his hand. Dick's heart had grown as cold as ice. "But I am
  • sorry for you, too," she continued, "it must be very sad and lonely."
  • "You misunderstand me," said Dick chokingly. "My father is the best man
  • I know in all this world; he is worth a hundred of me, only he doesn't
  • understand me, and he can't be made to."
  • There was a silence for a while. "Dick," she began again, "I am going to
  • ask a favour, it's the first since you said you loved me. May I see your
  • father--see him pass, I mean, where he will not observe me?"
  • "Why?" asked Dick.
  • "It is a fancy; you forget, I am romantic about fathers."
  • The hint was enough for Dick; he consented with haste, and full of
  • hang-dog penitence and disgust, took her down by a back way and planted
  • her in the shrubbery, whence she might see the Squire ride by to dinner.
  • There they both sat silent, but holding hands, for nearly half an hour.
  • At last the trotting of a horse sounded in the distance, the park gates
  • opened with a clang, and then Mr. Naseby appeared, with stooping
  • shoulders and a heavy, bilious countenance, languidly rising to the
  • trot. Esther recognised him at once; she had often seen him before,
  • though with her huge indifference for all that lay outside the circle of
  • her love, she had never so much as wondered who he was; but now she
  • recognised him, and found him ten years older, leaden and springless,
  • and stamped by an abiding sorrow.
  • "O Dick, Dick!" she said, and the tears began to shine upon her face as
  • she hid it in his bosom; his own fell thickly too. They had a sad walk
  • home, and that night, full of love and good counsel, Dick exerted every
  • art to please his father, to convince him of his respect and affection,
  • to heal up this breach of kindness, and reunite two hearts. But alas!
  • the Squire was sick and peevish; he had been all day glooming over
  • Dick's estrangement--for so he put it to himself, and now with growls,
  • cold words, and the cold shoulder, he beat off all advances, and
  • entrenched himself in a just resentment.
  • CHAPTER V
  • THE PRODIGAL FATHER MAKES HIS DÉBUT AT HOME
  • That took place upon a Thursday. On the Thursday following, as Dick was
  • walking by appointment, earlier than usual, in the direction of the
  • cottage, he was appalled to meet in the lane a fly from Thymebury,
  • containing the human form of Miss M'Glashan. The lady did not deign to
  • remark him in her passage; her face was suffused with tears, and
  • expressed much concern for the packages by which she was surrounded. He
  • stood still, and asked himself what this circumstance might portend. It
  • was so beautiful a day that he was loth to forecast evil, yet something
  • must perforce have happened at the cottage, and that of a decisive
  • nature; for here was Miss M'Glashan on her travels, with a small
  • patrimony in brown paper parcels, and the old lady's bearing implied hot
  • battle and unqualified defeat. Was the house to be closed against him?
  • Was Esther left alone, or had some new protector made his appearance
  • from among the millions of Europe? It is the character of love to loathe
  • the near relatives of the loved one; chapters in the history of the
  • human race have justified this feeling, and the conduct of uncles, in
  • particular, has frequently met with censure from the independent
  • novelist. Miss M'Glashan was now seen in the rosy colours of regret;
  • whoever succeeded her, Dick felt the change would be for the worse. He
  • hurried forward in this spirit; his anxiety grew upon him with every
  • step; as he entered the garden a voice fell upon his ear, and he was
  • once more arrested, not this time by doubt, but by an indubitable
  • certainty of ill.
  • The thunderbolt had fallen; the Admiral was here.
  • Dick would have retreated, in the panic terror of the moment; but Esther
  • kept a bright look-out when her lover was expected. In a twinkling she
  • was by his side, brimful of news and pleasure, too glad to notice his
  • embarrassment, and in one of those golden transports of exultation which
  • transcend not only words but caresses. She took him by the end of the
  • fingers (reaching forward to take them, for her great preoccupation was
  • to save time), she drew him towards her, pushed him past her in the
  • door, and planted him face to face with Mr. Van Tromp, in a suit of
  • French country velveteens and with a remarkable carbuncle on his nose.
  • Then, as though this was the end of what she could endure in the way of
  • joy, Esther turned and ran out of the room.
  • The two men remained looking at each other with some confusion on both
  • sides. Van Tromp was naturally the first to recover; he put out his hand
  • with a fine gesture.
  • "And you know my little lass, my Esther?" he said. "This is pleasant,
  • this is what I have conceived of home. A strange word for the old rover;
  • but we all have a taste for home and the homelike, disguise it how we
  • may. It has brought me here, Mr. Naseby," he concluded, with an
  • intonation that would have made his fortune on the stage, so just, so
  • sad, so dignified, so like a man of the world and a philosopher, "and
  • you see a man who is content."
  • "I see," said Dick.
  • "Sit down," continued the parasite, setting the example. "Fortune has
  • gone against me. (I am just sirrupping a little brandy--after my
  • journey.) I was going down, Mr. Naseby; between you and me, I was
  • _décavé_; I borrowed fifty francs, smuggled my valise past the
  • concierge--a work of considerable tact--and here I am!"
  • "Yes," said Dick, "and here you are." He was quite idiotic.
  • Esther, at this moment, re-entered the room.
  • "Are you glad to see him?" she whispered in his ear, the pleasure in her
  • voice almost bursting through the whisper into song.
  • "Oh yes," said Dick; "very."
  • "I knew you would be," she replied; "I told him how you loved him."
  • "Help yourself," said the Admiral, "help yourself; and let us drink to a
  • new existence."
  • "To a new existence," repeated Dick; and he raised the tumbler to his
  • lips, but set it down untasted. He had had enough of novelties for one
  • day.
  • Esther was sitting on a stool beside her father's feet, holding her
  • knees in her arms, and looking with pride from one to the other of her
  • two visitors. Her eyes were so bright that you were never sure if there
  • were tears in them or not; little voluptuous shivers ran about her body;
  • sometimes she nestled her chin into her throat, sometimes threw back her
  • head, with ecstasy; in a word, she was in that state when it is said of
  • people that they cannot contain themselves for happiness. It would be
  • hard to exaggerate the agony of Richard.
  • And, in the meantime, Van Tromp ran on interminably.
  • "I never forget a friend," said he, "nor yet an enemy: of the latter, I
  • never had but two--myself and the public; and I fancy I have had my
  • vengeance pretty freely out of both." He chuckled. "But those days are
  • done. Van Tromp is no more. He was a man who had successes; I believe
  • you knew I had successes--to which we shall refer no further," pulling
  • down his neckcloth with a smile. "That man exists no more: by an
  • exercise of will I have destroyed him. There is something like it in the
  • poets. First, a brilliant and conspicuous career--the observed, I may
  • say, of all observers including the bum-baily: and then, presto! a
  • quiet, sly, old, rustic _bonhomme_, cultivating roses. In Paris, Mr.
  • Naseby----"
  • "Call him Richard, father," said Esther.
  • "Richard, if he will allow me. Indeed, we are old friends, and now near
  • neighbours; and, _à propos_, how are we off for neighbours, Richard? The
  • cottage stands, I think, upon your father's land, a family which I
  • respect--and the wood, I understand, is Lord Trevanion's. Not that I
  • care; I am an old Bohemian. I have cut society with a cut direct; I cut
  • it when I was prosperous, and now I reap my reward, and can cut it with
  • dignity in my declension. These are our little _amours propres_, my
  • daughter: your father must respect himself. Thank you, yes; just a
  • leetle, leetle tiny--thanks, thanks; you spoil me. But, as I was saying,
  • Richard, or was about to say, my daughter has been allowed to rust; her
  • aunt was a mere duenna; hence, in parenthesis, Richard, her distrust of
  • me; my nature and that of the duenna are poles asunder--poles! But, now
  • that I am here, now that I have given up the fight, and live henceforth
  • for one only of my works--I have the modesty to say it is my best--my
  • daughter--well, we shall put all that to rights. The neighbours,
  • Richard?"
  • Dick was understood to say that there were many good families in the
  • Vale of Thyme.
  • "You shall introduce us," said the Admiral.
  • Dick's shirt was wet; he made a lumbering excuse to go; which Esther
  • explained to herself by a fear of intrusion, and so set down to the
  • merit side of Dick's account, while she proceeded to detain him.
  • "Before our walk?" she cried. "Never! I must have my walk."
  • "Let us all go," said the Admiral, rising.
  • "You do not know that you are wanted," she cried, leaning on his
  • shoulder with a caress. "I might wish to speak to my old friend about
  • my new father. But you shall come to-day, you shall do all you want; I
  • have set my heart on spoiling you."
  • "I will take just _one_ drop more," said the Admiral, stooping to help
  • himself to brandy. "It is surprising how this journey has fatigued me.
  • But I am growing old, I am growing old, I am growing old, and--I regret
  • to add--bald."
  • He cocked a white wide-awake coquettishly upon his head--the habit of
  • the lady-killer clung to him; and Esther had already thrown on her hat,
  • and was ready, while he was still studying the result in a mirror: the
  • carbuncle had somewhat painfully arrested his attention.
  • "We are papa now; we must be respectable," he said to Dick, in
  • explanation of his dandyism: and then he went to a bundle and chose
  • himself a staff. Where were the elegant canes of his Parisian epoch?
  • This was a support for age, and designed for rustic scenes. Dick began
  • to see and appreciate the man's enjoyment in a new part, when he saw how
  • carefully he had "made it up." He had invented a gait for this first
  • country stroll with his daughter, which was admirably in key. He walked
  • with fatigue; he leaned upon the staff; he looked round him with a sad,
  • smiling sympathy on all that he beheld; he even asked the name of a
  • plant, and rallied himself gently for an old town-bird, ignorant of
  • nature. "This country life will make me young again," he sighed. They
  • reached the top of the hill towards the first hour of evening; the sun
  • was descending heaven, the colour had all drawn into the west; the hills
  • were modelled in their least contour by the soft, slanting shine; and
  • the wide moorlands, veined with glens and hazelwoods, ran west and north
  • in a hazy glory of light. Then the painter awakened in Van Tromp.
  • "Gad, Dick," he cried, "what value!"
  • An ode in four hundred lines would not have seemed so touching to
  • Esther; her eyes filled with happy tears: yes, here was the father of
  • whom she had dreamed, whom Dick had described; simple, enthusiastic,
  • unworldly, kind, a painter at heart, and a fine gentleman in manner.
  • And just then the Admiral perceived a house by the wayside, and
  • something depending over the house door which might be construed as a
  • sign by the hopeful and thirsty.
  • "Is that," he asked, pointing with his stick, "an inn?"
  • There was a marked change in his voice, as though he attached some
  • importance to the inquiry: Esther listened, hoping she should hear wit
  • or wisdom.
  • Dick said it was.
  • "You know it?" inquired the Admiral.
  • "I have passed it a hundred times, but that is all," replied Dick.
  • "Ah," said Van Tromp, with a smile, and shaking his head; "you are not
  • an old campaigner; you have the world to learn. Now I, you see, find an
  • inn so very near my own home, and my first thought is--my neighbours. I
  • shall go forward and make my neighbours' acquaintance; no, you needn't
  • come; I shall not be a moment."
  • And he walked off briskly towards the inn, leaving Dick alone with
  • Esther on the road.
  • "Dick," she exclaimed, "I am so glad to get a word with you; I am so
  • happy, I have such a thousand things to say; and I want you to do me a
  • favour. Imagine, he has come without a paint-box, without an easel; and
  • I want him to have all. I want you to get them for me in Thymebury. You
  • saw, this moment, how his heart turned to painting. They can't live
  • without it," she added; meaning perhaps Van Tromp and Michelangelo.
  • Up to that moment she had observed nothing amiss in Dick's behaviour.
  • She was too happy to be curious; and his silence, in presence of the
  • great and good being whom she called her father, had seemed both natural
  • and praiseworthy. But now that they were alone, she became conscious of
  • a barrier between her lover and herself, and alarm sprang up in her
  • heart.
  • "Dick," she cried, "you don't love me."
  • "I do that," he said heartily.
  • "But you are unhappy; you are strange; you--you are not glad to see my
  • father," she concluded, with a break in her voice.
  • "Esther," he said, "I tell you that I love you; if you love me, you know
  • what that means, and that all I wish is to see you happy. Do you think I
  • cannot enjoy your pleasure? Esther, I do. If I am uneasy, if I am
  • alarmed, if----. Oh, believe me, try and believe in me," he cried, giving
  • up argument with perhaps a happy inspiration.
  • But the girl's suspicions were aroused; and though she pressed the
  • matter no further (indeed, her father was already seen returning), it by
  • no means left her thoughts. At one moment she simply resented the
  • selfishness of a man who had obtruded his dark looks and passionate
  • language on her joy; for there is nothing that a woman can less easily
  • forgive than the language of a passion which, even if only for the
  • moment, she does not share. At another, she suspected him of jealousy
  • against her father; and for that, although she could see excuses for it,
  • she yet despised him. And at least, in one way or the other, here was
  • the dangerous beginning of a separation between two hearts. Esther found
  • herself at variance with her sweetest friend; she could no longer look
  • into his heart and find it written in the same language as her own; she
  • could no longer think of him as the sun which radiated happiness upon
  • her life, for she had turned to him once, and he had breathed upon her
  • black and chilly, radiated blackness and frost. To put the whole matter
  • in a word, she was beginning, although ever so slightly, to fall out of
  • love.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • THE PRODIGAL FATHER GOES ON FROM STRENGTH TO STRENGTH
  • We will not follow all the steps of the Admiral's return and
  • installation, but hurry forward towards the catastrophe, merely
  • chronicling by the way a few salient incidents, wherein we must rely
  • entirely upon the evidence of Richard, for Esther to this day has never
  • opened her mouth upon this trying passage of her life, and as for the
  • Admiral--well, that naval officer, although still alive, and now more
  • suitably installed in a seaport town where he has a telescope and a flag
  • in his front garden, is incapable of throwing the slightest gleam of
  • light upon the affair. Often and often has he remarked to the present
  • writer: "If I know what it was all about, sir, I'll be----" in short, be
  • what I hope he will not. And then he will look across at his daughter's
  • portrait, a photograph, shake his head with an amused appearance, and
  • mix himself another grog by way of consolation. Once I have heard him go
  • further, and express his feelings with regard to Esther in a single but
  • eloquent word. "A minx, sir," he said, not in anger, rather in
  • amusement: and he cordially drank her health upon the back of it. His
  • worst enemy must admit him to be a man without malice; he never bore a
  • grudge in his life, lacking the necessary taste and industry of
  • attention.
  • Yet it was during this obscure period that the drama was really
  • performed; and its scene was in the heart of Esther, shut away from all
  • eyes. Had this warm, upright, sullen girl been differently used by
  • destiny, had events come upon her even in a different succession, for
  • some things lead easily to others, the whole course of this tale would
  • have been changed, and Esther never would have run away. As it was,
  • through a series of acts and words of which we know but few, and a
  • series of thoughts which any one may imagine for himself, she was
  • awakened in four days from the dream of a life.
  • The first tangible cause of disenchantment was when Dick brought home a
  • painter's arsenal on Friday evening. The Admiral was in the
  • chimney-corner, once more "sirrupping" some brandy-and-water, and Esther
  • sat at the table at work. They both came forward to greet the new
  • arrival; and the girl, relieving him of his monstrous burthen, proceeded
  • to display her offerings to her father. Van Tromp's countenance fell
  • several degrees; he became quite querulous.
  • "God bless me," he said; and then, "I must really ask you not to
  • interfere, child," in a tone of undisguised hostility.
  • "Father," she said, "forgive me; I knew you had given up your art----"
  • "Oh yes!" cried the Admiral; "I've done with it to the judgment-day!"
  • "Pardon me again," she said firmly, "but I do not, I cannot think that
  • you are right in this. Suppose the world is unjust, suppose that no one
  • understands you, you have still a duty to yourself. And, oh, don't spoil
  • the pleasure of your coming home to me; show me that you can be my
  • father and yet not neglect your destiny. I am not like some daughters; I
  • will not be jealous of your art, and I will try to understand it."
  • The situation was odiously farcical. Richard groaned under it; he longed
  • to leap forward and denounce the humbug. And the humbug himself? Do you
  • fancy he was easier in his mind? I am sure, on the other hand, that he
  • was actually miserable; and he betrayed his sufferings by a perfectly
  • silly and undignified access of temper, during which he broke his pipe
  • in several places, threw his brandy-and-water into the fire, and
  • employed words which were very plain although the drift of them was
  • somewhat vague. It was of very brief duration. Van Tromp was himself
  • again, and in a most delightful humour within three minutes of the first
  • explosion.
  • "I am an old fool," he said frankly. "I was spoiled when a child. As for
  • you, Esther, you take after your mother; you have a morbid sense of
  • duty, particularly for others; strive against it, my dear--strive
  • against it. And as for the pigments, well, I'll use them some of these
  • days; and to show that I'm in earnest, I'll get Dick here to prepare a
  • canvas."
  • Dick was put to this menial task forthwith, the Admiral not even
  • watching how he did, but quite occupied with another grog and a pleasant
  • vein of talk.
  • A little after Esther arose, and making some pretext, good or bad, went
  • off to bed. Dick was left hobbled by the canvas, and was subjected to
  • Van Tromp for about an hour.
  • The next day, Saturday, it is believed that little intercourse took
  • place between Esther and her father; but towards the afternoon Dick met
  • the latter returning from the direction of the inn, where he had struck
  • up quite a friendship with the landlord. Dick wondered who paid for
  • these excursions, and at the thought that the reprobate must get his
  • pocket-money where he got his board and lodging, from poor Esther's
  • generosity, he had it almost in his heart to knock the old gentleman
  • down. He, on his part, was full of airs and graces and geniality.
  • "Dear Dick," he said, taking his arm, "this is neighbourly of you; it
  • shows your tact to meet me when I had a wish for you. I am in pleasant
  • spirits; and it is then that I desire a friend."
  • "I am glad to hear you are so happy," retorted Dick bitterly. "There's
  • certainly not much to trouble _you_."
  • "No," assented the Admiral, "not much. I got out of it in time; and
  • here--well, here everything pleases me. I am plain in my tastes. _A
  • propos_, you have never asked me how I liked my daughter?"
  • "No," said Dick roundly; "I certainly have not."
  • "Meaning you will not. And why, Dick? She is my daughter, of course; but
  • then I am a man of the world and a man of taste, and perfectly qualified
  • to give an opinion with impartiality--yes, Dick, with impartiality.
  • Frankly, I am not disappointed in her. She has good looks; she has them
  • from her mother. She is devoted, quite devoted to me----"
  • "She is the best woman in the world!" broke out Dick.
  • "Dick," cried the Admiral, stopping short; "I have been expecting this.
  • Let us--let us go back to the 'Trevanion Arms,' and talk this matter out
  • over a bottle."
  • "Certainly not," said Dick. "You have had far too much already."
  • The parasite was on the point of resenting this; but a look at Dick's
  • face, and some recollections of the terms on which they had stood in
  • Paris, came to the aid of his wisdom and restrained him.
  • "As you please," he said; "although I don't know what you mean--nor
  • care. But let us walk, if you prefer it. You are still a young man; when
  • you are my age----. But, however, to continue. You please me, Dick; you
  • have pleased me from the first; and to say truth, Esther is a trifle
  • fantastic, and will be better when she is married. She has means of her
  • own, as of course you are aware. They come, like the looks, from her
  • poor, dear, good creature of a mother. She was blessed in her mother. I
  • mean she shall be blessed in her husband, and you are the man, Dick, you
  • and not another. This very night I will sound her affections."
  • Dick stood aghast.
  • "Mr. Van Tromp, I implore you," he said; "do what you please with
  • yourself, but, for God's sake, let your daughter alone."
  • "It is my duty," replied the Admiral, "and between ourselves, you rogue,
  • my inclination too. I am as match-making as a dowager. It will be more
  • discreet for you to stay away to-night. Farewell. You leave your case in
  • good hands; I have the tact of these little matters by heart; it is not
  • my first attempt."
  • All arguments were in vain; the old rascal stuck to his point; nor did
  • Richard conceal from himself how seriously this might injure his
  • prospects, and he fought hard. Once there came a glimmer of hope. The
  • Admiral again proposed an adjournment to the "Trevanion Arms," and when
  • Dick had once more refused, it hung for a moment in the balance whether
  • or not the old toper would return there by himself. Had he done so, of
  • course Dick could have taken to his heels, and warned Esther of what was
  • coming, and of how it had begun. But the Admiral, after a pause, decided
  • for the brandy at home, and made off in that direction.
  • We have no details of the sounding.
  • Next day the Admiral was observed in the parish church, very properly
  • dressed. He found the places, and joined in response and hymn, as to the
  • manner born; and his appearance, as he intended it should, attracted
  • some attention among the worshippers. Old Naseby, for instance, had
  • observed him.
  • "There was a drunken-looking blackguard opposite us in church," he said
  • to his son as they drove home; "do you know who he was?"
  • "Some fellow--Van Tromp, I believe," said Dick.
  • "A foreigner too!" observed the Squire.
  • Dick could not sufficiently congratulate himself on the escape he had
  • effected. Had the Admiral met him with his father, what would have been
  • the result? And could such a catastrophe be long postponed? It seemed to
  • him as if the storm were nearly ripe; and it was so more nearly than he
  • thought.
  • He did not go to the cottage in the afternoon, withheld by fear and
  • shame; but when dinner was over at Naseby House, and the Squire had gone
  • off into a comfortable doze, Dick slipped out of the room, and ran
  • across country, in part to save time, in part to save his own courage
  • from growing cold; for he now hated the notion of the cottage or the
  • Admiral, and if he did not hate, at least feared to think of Esther. He
  • had no clue to her reflections; but he could not conceal from his own
  • heart that he must have sunk in her esteem, and the spectacle of her
  • infatuation galled him like an insult.
  • He knocked and was admitted. The room looked very much as on his last
  • visit, with Esther at the table and Van Tromp beside the fire; but the
  • expression of the two faces told a very different story. The girl was
  • paler than usual; her eyes were dark, the colour seemed to have faded
  • from round about them, and her swiftest glance was as intent as a stare.
  • The appearance of the Admiral, on the other hand, was rosy, and flabby,
  • and moist; his jowl hung over his shirt-collar, his smile was loose and
  • wandering, and he had so far relaxed the natural control of his eyes,
  • that one of them was aimed inward, as if to catch the growth of the
  • carbuncle. We are warned against bad judgments; but the Admiral was
  • certainly not sober. He made no attempt to rise when Richard entered,
  • but waved his pipe flightily in the air, and gave a leer of welcome.
  • Esther took as little notice of him as might be.
  • "Aha! Dick!" cried the painter. "I've been to church; I have, upon my
  • word. And I saw you there, though you didn't see me. And I saw a
  • devilish pretty woman, by Gad. If it were not for this baldness, and a
  • kind of crapulous air I can't disguise from myself--if it weren't for
  • this and that and t'other thing--I--I've forgot what I was saying. Not
  • that that matters, I've heaps of things to say. I'm in a communicative
  • vein to-night. I'll let out all my cats, even unto seventy times seven.
  • I'm in what I call _the_ stage, and all I desire is a listener, although
  • he were deaf, to be as happy as Nebuchadnezzar."
  • Of the two hours which followed upon this it is unnecessary to give more
  • than a sketch. The Admiral was extremely silly, now and then amusing,
  • and never really offensive. It was plain that he kept in view the
  • presence of his daughter, and chose subjects and a character of language
  • that should not offend a lady. On almost any other occasion Dick would
  • have enjoyed the scene. Van Tromp's egotism, flown with drink, struck a
  • pitch above mere vanity. He became candid and explanatory; sought to
  • take his auditors entirely into his confidence, and tell them his inmost
  • conviction about himself. Between his self-knowledge, which was
  • considerable, and his vanity, which was immense, he had created a
  • strange hybrid animal, and called it by his own name. How he would plume
  • his feathers over virtues which would have gladdened the heart of Cæsar
  • or St. Paul; and anon, complete his own portrait with one of those
  • touches of pitiless realism which the satirist so often seeks in vain.
  • "Now, there's Dick," he said, "he's shrewd; he saw through me the first
  • time we met, and told me so--told me so to my face, which I had the
  • virtue to keep. I bear you no malice for it, Dick; you were right; I am
  • a humbug."
  • You may fancy how Esther quailed at this new feature of the meeting
  • between her two idols.
  • And then, again, in a parenthesis:
  • "That," said Van Tromp, "was when I had to paint those dirty daubs of
  • mine."
  • And a little further on, laughingly said, perhaps, but yet with an air
  • of truth:
  • "I never had the slightest hesitation in sponging upon any human
  • creature."
  • Thereupon Dick got up.
  • "I think, perhaps," he said, "we had better all be thinking of going to
  • bed." And he smiled with a feeble and deprecatory smile.
  • "Not at all," cried the Admiral, "I know a trick worth two of that.
  • Puss here," indicating his daughter, "shall go to bed; and you and I
  • will keep it up till all's blue."
  • Thereupon Esther arose in sullen glory. She had sat and listened for two
  • mortal hours while her idol defiled himself and sneered away his
  • godhead. One by one, her illusions had departed. And now he wished to
  • order her to bed in her own house! now he called her Puss! now, even as
  • he uttered the words, toppling on his chair, he broke the stem of his
  • tobacco-pipe in three! Never did the sheep turn upon her shearer with a
  • more commanding front. Her voice was calm, her enunciation a little
  • slow, but perfectly distinct, and she stood before him, as she spoke, in
  • the simplest and most maidenly attitude.
  • "No," she said, "Mr. Naseby will have the goodness to go home at once,
  • and you will go to bed."
  • The broken fragments of pipe fell from the Admiral's fingers; he seemed
  • by his countenance to have lived too long in a world unworthy of him;
  • but it is an odd circumstance, he attempted no reply, and sat
  • thunder-struck, with open mouth.
  • Dick she motioned sharply towards the door, and he could only obey her.
  • In the porch, finding she was close behind him, he ventured to pause and
  • whisper, "You have done right."
  • "I have done as I pleased," she said. "Can he paint?"
  • "Many people like his paintings," returned Dick, in stifled tones; "I
  • never did; I never said I did," he added, fiercely defending himself
  • before he was attacked.
  • "I ask you if he can paint. I will not be put off. _Can_ he paint?" she
  • repeated.
  • "No," said Dick.
  • "Does he even like it?"
  • "Not now, I believe."
  • "And he is drunk?"--she leaned upon the word with hatred.
  • "He has been drinking."
  • "Go," she said, and was turning to re-enter the house when another
  • thought arrested her. "Meet me to-morrow morning at the stile," she
  • said.
  • "I will," replied Dick.
  • And then the door closed behind her, and Dick was alone in the darkness.
  • There was still a chink of light above the sill, a warm, mild glow
  • behind the window; the roof of the cottage and some of the banks and
  • hazels were defined in denser darkness against the sky; but all else was
  • formless, breathless, and noiseless like the pit. Dick remained as she
  • had left him, standing squarely on one foot and resting only on the toe
  • of the other, and as he stood he listened with his soul. The sound of a
  • chair pushed sharply over the floor startled his heart into his mouth;
  • but the silence which had thus been disturbed settled back again at once
  • upon the cottage and its vicinity. What took place during this interval
  • is a secret from the world of men; but when it was over the voice of
  • Esther spoke evenly and without interruption for perhaps half a minute,
  • and as soon as that ceased heavy and uncertain footfalls crossed the
  • parlour and mounted lurching up the stairs. The girl had tamed her
  • father, Van Tromp had gone obediently to bed: so much was obvious to the
  • watcher in the road. And yet he still waited, straining his ears, and
  • with terror and sickness at his heart; for if Esther had followed her
  • father, if she had even made one movement in this great conspiracy of
  • men and nature to be still, Dick must have had instant knowledge of it
  • from his station before the door; and if she had not moved, must she not
  • have fainted? or might she not be dead?
  • He could hear the cottage clock deliberately measure out the seconds;
  • time stood still with him; an almost superstitious terror took command
  • of his faculties; at last, he could bear no more, and, springing through
  • the little garden in two bounds, he put his face against the window. The
  • blind, which had not been drawn fully down, left an open chink about an
  • inch in height along the bottom of the glass, and the whole parlour was
  • thus exposed to Dick's investigation. Esther sat upright at the table,
  • her head resting on her hand, her eyes fixed upon the candle. Her brows
  • were slightly bent, her mouth slightly open; her whole attitude so still
  • and settled that Dick could hardly fancy that she breathed. She had not
  • stirred at the sound of Dick's arrival. Soon after, making a
  • considerable disturbance amid the vast silence of the night, the clock
  • lifted up its voice, whined for a while like a partridge, and then
  • eleven times hooted like a cuckoo. Still Esther continued immovable and
  • gazed upon the candle. Midnight followed, and then one of the morning;
  • and still she had not stirred, nor had Richard Naseby dared to quit the
  • window. And then about half-past one, the candle she had been thus
  • intently watching flared up into a last blaze of paper, and she leaped
  • to her feet with an ejaculation, looked about her once, blew out the
  • light, turned round, and was heard rapidly mounting the staircase in the
  • dark.
  • Dick was left once more alone to darkness and to that dulled and dogged
  • state of mind when a man thinks that Misery must have done her worst,
  • and is almost glad to think so. He turned and walked slowly towards the
  • stile; she had told him no hour, and he was determined, whenever she
  • came, that she should find him waiting. As he got there the day began to
  • dawn, and he leaned over a hurdle and beheld the shadows flee away. Up
  • went the sun at last out of a bank of clouds that were already
  • disbanding in the east; a herald wind had already sprung up to sweep the
  • leafy earth and scatter the congregated dewdrops. "Alas!" thought Dick
  • Naseby, "how can any other day come so distastefully to me?" He still
  • wanted his experience of the morrow.
  • CHAPTER VII
  • THE ELOPEMENT
  • It was probably on the stroke of ten, and Dick had been half asleep for
  • some time against the bank, when Esther came up the road carrying a
  • bundle. Some kind of instinct, or perhaps the distant light footfalls,
  • recalled him, while she was still a good way off, to the possession of
  • his faculties, and he half raised himself and blinked upon the world. It
  • took him some time to recollect his thoughts. He had awakened with a
  • certain blank and childish sense of pleasure, like a man who had
  • received a legacy overnight but this feeling gradually died away, and
  • was then suddenly and stunningly succeeded by a conviction of the truth.
  • The whole story of the past night sprang into his mind with every
  • detail, as by an exercise of the direct and speedy sense of sight, and
  • he arose from the ditch and, with rueful courage, went to meet his love.
  • She came up to him walking steady and fast, her face still pale, but to
  • all appearance perfectly composed; and she showed neither surprise,
  • relief, nor pleasure at finding her lover on the spot. Nor did she offer
  • him her hand.
  • "Here I am," said he.
  • "Yes," she replied; and then, without a pause or any change of voice, "I
  • want you to take me away," she added.
  • "Away?" he repeated. "How? Where?"
  • "To-day," she said. "I do not care where it is, but I want you to take
  • me away."
  • "For how long? I do not understand," gasped Dick.
  • "I shall never come back here any more," was all she answered.
  • Wild words uttered, as these were, with perfect quiet of manner,
  • exercise a double influence on the hearer's mind. Dick was confounded;
  • he recovered from astonishment only to fall into doubt and alarm. He
  • looked upon her frozen attitude, so discouraging for a lover to behold,
  • and recoiled from the thoughts which it suggested.
  • "To me?" he asked. "Are you coming to me, Esther?"
  • "I want you to take me away," she repeated, with weary impatience. "Take
  • me away--take me away from here."
  • The situation was not sufficiently defined. Dick asked himself with
  • concern whether she were altogether in her right wits. To take her away,
  • to marry her, to work off his hands for her support, Dick was content to
  • do all this; yet he required some show of love upon her part. He was not
  • one of those tough-hided and small-hearted males who would marry their
  • love at the point of the bayonet rather than not marry her at all. He
  • desired that a woman should come to his arms with an attractive
  • willingness, if not with ardour. And Esther's bearing was more that of
  • despair than that of love. It chilled him and taught him wisdom.
  • "Dearest," he urged, "tell me what you wish, and you shall have it; tell
  • me your thoughts, and then I can advise you. But to go from here without
  • a plan, without forethought, in the heat of a moment, is madder than
  • madness, and can help nothing. I am not speaking like a man, but I speak
  • the truth; and I tell you again, the thing's absurd, and wrong, and
  • hurtful."
  • She looked at him with a lowering, languid look of wrath.
  • "So you will not take me?" she said. "Well, I will go alone."
  • And she began to step forward on her way. But he threw himself before
  • her.
  • "Esther, Esther!" he cried.
  • "Let me go--don't touch me--what right have you to interfere? Who are
  • you, to touch me?" she flashed out, shrill with anger.
  • Then, being made bold by her violence, he took her firmly, almost
  • roughly, by the arm, and held her while he spoke.
  • "You know well who I am, and what I am, and that I love you. You say I
  • will not help you; but your heart knows the contrary. It is you who will
  • not help me; for you will not tell me what you want. You see--or you
  • could see, if you took the pains to look--how I have waited here all
  • night to be ready at your service. I only asked information; I only
  • urged you to consider; and I still urge you to think better of your
  • fancies. But if your mind is made up, so be it; I will beg no longer; I
  • will give you my orders; and I will not allow--not allow you to go hence
  • alone."
  • She looked at him for a while with cold, unkind scrutiny, like one who
  • tries the temper of a tool.
  • "Well, take me away then," she said, with a sigh.
  • "Good," said Dick. "Come with me to the stables; there we shall get the
  • pony-trap and drive to the junction. To-night you shall be in London. I
  • am yours so wholly that no words can make me more so; and, besides, you
  • know it, and the words are needless. May God help me to be good to you,
  • Esther--may God help me! for I see that you will not."
  • So, without more speech, they set out together, and were already got
  • some distance from the spot, ere he observed that she was still carrying
  • the hand-bag. She gave it up to him, passively, but when he offered her
  • his arm, merely shook her head and pursed up her lips. The sun shone
  • clearly and pleasantly; the wind was fresh and brisk upon their faces,
  • and smelt racily of woods and meadows. As they went down into the valley
  • of the Thyme, the babble of the stream rose into the air like a
  • perennial laughter. On the far-away hills, sun-burst and shadow raced
  • along the slopes and leaped from peak to peak. Earth, air, and water,
  • each seemed in better health and had more of the shrewd salt of life in
  • them than upon ordinary mornings; and from east to west, from the
  • lowest glen to the height of heaven, from every look and touch and
  • scent, a human creature could gather the most encouraging intelligence
  • as to the durability and spirit of the universe.
  • Through all this walked Esther, picking her small steps like a bird, but
  • silent and with a cloud under her thick eyebrows. She seemed insensible,
  • not only of nature, but of the presence of her companion. She was
  • altogether engrossed in herself, and looked neither to right nor to
  • left, but straight before her on the road. When they came to the bridge,
  • however, she halted, leaned on the parapet, and stared for a moment at
  • the clear, brown pool, and swift, transient snowdrift of the rapids.
  • "I am going to drink," she said; and descended the winding footpath to
  • the margin.
  • There she drank greedily in her hands, and washed her temples with
  • water. The coolness seemed to break, for an instant, the spell that lay
  • upon her; for, instead of hastening forward again in her dull,
  • indefatigable tramp, she stood still where she was, for near a minute,
  • looking straight before her. And Dick, from above on the bridge where he
  • stood to watch her, saw a strange, equivocal smile dawn slowly on her
  • face and pass away again at once and suddenly, leaving her as grave as
  • ever; and the sense of distance, which it is so cruel for a lover to
  • endure, pressed with every moment more heavily on her companion. Her
  • thoughts were all secret; her heart was locked and bolted; and he stood
  • without, vainly wooing her with his eyes.
  • "Do you feel better?" asked Dick, as she at last rejoined him; and after
  • the constraint of so long a silence, his voice sounded foreign to his
  • own ears.
  • She looked at him for an appreciable fraction of a minute ere she
  • answered, and when she did, it was in the monosyllable--"Yes."
  • Dick's solicitude was nipped and frosted. His words died away on his
  • tongue. Even his eyes, despairing of encouragement, ceased to attend on
  • hers. And they went on in silence through Kirton hamlet, where an old
  • man followed them with his eyes, and perhaps envied them their youth and
  • love; and across the Ivy beck where the mill was splashing and grumbling
  • low thunder to itself in the chequered shadow of the dell, and the
  • miller before the door was beating flour from his hands as he whistled a
  • modulation; and up by the high spinney, whence they saw the mountains
  • upon either hand; and down the hill again to the back courts and offices
  • of Naseby House. Esther had kept ahead all the way, and Dick plodded
  • obediently in her wake; but as they neared the stables, he pushed on and
  • took the lead. He would have preferred her to await him in the road
  • while he went on and brought the carriage back, but after so many
  • repulses and rebuffs he lacked courage to offer the suggestion. Perhaps,
  • too, he felt it wiser to keep his convoy within sight. So they entered
  • the yard in Indian file, like a tramp and his wife.
  • The groom's eyebrows rose as he received the order for the pony-phaeton,
  • and kept rising during all his preparations. Esther stood bolt upright
  • and looked steadily at some chickens in the corner of the yard. Master
  • Richard himself, thought the groom, was not in his ordinary; for in
  • truth, he carried the hand-bag like a talisman, and either stood
  • listless, or set off suddenly walking in one direction after another
  • with brisk, decisive footsteps. Moreover, he had apparently neglected to
  • wash his hands, and bore the air of one returning from a prolonged
  • nutting ramble. Upon the groom's countenance there began to grow up an
  • expression as of one about to whistle. And hardly had the carriage
  • turned the corner and rattled into the high road with this inexplicable
  • pair, than the whistle broke forth--prolonged, and low, and tremulous;
  • and the groom, already so far relieved, vented the rest of his surprise
  • in one simple English word, friendly to the mouth of Jack-tar and the
  • sooty pitman, and hurried to spread the news round the servants' hall of
  • Naseby House. Luncheon would be on the table in little beyond an hour;
  • and the Squire, on sitting down, would hardly fail to ask for Master
  • Richard. Hence, as the intelligent reader can foresee, this groom has a
  • part to play in the imbroglio.
  • Meantime, Dick had been thinking deeply and bitterly. It seemed to him
  • as if his love had gone from him indeed, yet gone but a little way; as
  • if he needed but to find the right touch or intonation, and her heart
  • would recognise him and be melted. Yet he durst not open his mouth, and
  • drove in silence till they had passed the main park-gates and turned
  • into the cross-cut lane along the wall. Then it seemed to him as if it
  • must be now, or never.
  • "Can't you see you are killing me?" he cried. "Speak to me, look at me,
  • treat me like a human man."
  • She turned slowly and looked him in the face with eyes that seemed
  • kinder. He dropped the reins and caught her hand, and she made no
  • resistance, although her touch was unresponsive. But when, throwing one
  • arm round her waist, he sought to kiss her lips, not like a lover
  • indeed, not because he wanted to do so, but as a desperate man who puts
  • his fortunes to the touch, she drew away from him, with a knot in her
  • forehead, backed and shied about fiercely with her head, and pushed him
  • from her with her hand. Then there was no room left for doubt, and Dick
  • saw, as clear as sunlight, that she had a distaste or nourished a grudge
  • against him.
  • "Then you don't love me?" he said, drawing back from her, he also, as
  • though her touch had burnt him; and then, as she made no answer, he
  • repeated with another intonation, imperious and yet still pathetic, "You
  • don't love me, _do_ you, _do_ you?"
  • "I don't know," she replied. "Why do you ask me? Oh, how should I know?
  • It has all been lies together--lies, and lies, and lies!"
  • He cried her name sharply, like a man who has taken a physical hurt, and
  • that was the last word that either of them spoke until they reached
  • Thymebury Junction.
  • This was a station isolated in the midst of moorlands, yet lying on the
  • great up-line to London. The nearest town, Thymebury itself, was seven
  • miles distant along the branch they call the Vale of Thyme Railway. It
  • was now nearly half an hour past noon, the down train had just gone by,
  • and there would be no more traffic at the junction until half-past
  • three, when the local train comes in to meet the up express at a quarter
  • before four. The stationmaster had already gone off to his garden, which
  • was half a mile away in a hollow of the moor; a porter, who was just
  • leaving, took charge of the phaeton, and promised to return it before
  • night to Naseby House; only a deaf, snuffy, and stern old man remained
  • to play propriety for Dick and Esther.
  • Before the phaeton had driven off, the girl had entered the station and
  • seated herself upon a bench. The endless, empty moorlands stretched
  • before her, entirely unenclosed, and with no boundary but the horizon.
  • Two lines of rails, a waggon shed, and a few telegraph posts, alone
  • diversified the outlook. As for sounds, the silence was unbroken save by
  • the chant of the telegraph wires and the crying of the plovers on the
  • waste. With the approach of midday the wind had more and more fallen, it
  • was now sweltering hot and the air trembled in the sunshine.
  • Dick paused for an instant on the threshold of the platform. Then, in
  • two steps, he was by her side and speaking almost with a sob.
  • "Esther," he said, "have pity on me. What have I done? Can you not
  • forgive me? Esther, you loved me once--can you not love me still?"
  • "How can I tell you? How am I to know?" she answered. "You are all a lie
  • to me--all a lie from first to last. You were laughing at my folly,
  • playing with me like a child, at the very time when you declared you
  • loved me. Which was true? was any of it true? or was it all, all a
  • mockery? I am weary trying to find out. And you say I loved you; I loved
  • my father's friend. I never loved, I never heard of, you, until that man
  • came home and I began to find myself deceived. Give me back my father,
  • be what you were before, and you may talk of love indeed!"
  • "Then you cannot forgive me--cannot?" he asked.
  • "I have nothing to forgive," she answered. "You do not understand."
  • "Is that your last word, Esther?" said he, very white, and biting his
  • lip to keep it still.
  • "Yes; that is my last word," replied she.
  • "Then we are here on false pretences, and we stay here no longer," he
  • said. "Had you still loved me, right or wrong, I should have taken you
  • away, because then I could have made you happy. But as it is--I must
  • speak plainly--what you propose is degrading to you, and an insult to
  • me, and a rank unkindness to your father. Your father may be this or
  • that, but you should use him like a fellow-creature."
  • "What do you mean?" she flashed. "I leave him my house and all my money;
  • it is more than he deserves. I wonder you dare speak to me about that
  • man. And besides, it is all he cares for; let him take it, and let me
  • never hear from him again."
  • "I thought you romantic about fathers," he said.
  • "Is that a taunt?" she demanded.
  • "No," he replied, "it is an argument. No one can make you like him, but
  • don't disgrace him in his own eyes. He is old, Esther, old and broken
  • down. Even I am sorry for him, and he has been the loss of all I cared
  • for. Write to your aunt; when I see her answer you can leave quietly and
  • naturally, and I will take you to your aunt's door. But in the meantime
  • you must go home. You have no money, and so you are helpless, and must
  • do as I tell you; and believe me, Esther, I do all for your good, and
  • your good only, so God help me."
  • She had put her hand into her pocket and withdrawn it empty.
  • "I counted upon you," she wailed.
  • "You counted rightly, then," he retorted. "I will not, to please you for
  • a moment, make both of us unhappy for our lives; and since I cannot
  • marry you, we have only been too long away, and must go home at once."
  • "Dick," she cried suddenly, "perhaps I might--perhaps in
  • time--perhaps--"
  • "There is no perhaps about the matter," interrupted Dick. "I must go and
  • bring the phaeton."
  • And with that he strode from the station, all in a glow of passion and
  • virtue. Esther, whose eyes had come alive and her cheeks flushed during
  • these last words, relapsed in a second into a state of petrifaction. She
  • remained without motion during his absence, and when he returned
  • suffered herself to be put back into the phaeton, and driven off on the
  • return journey like an idiot or a tired child. Compared with what she
  • was now, her condition of the morning seemed positively natural. She sat
  • cold and white and silent, and there was no speculation in her eyes.
  • Poor Dick flailed and flailed at the pony, and once tried to whistle,
  • but his courage was going down; huge clouds of despair gathered together
  • in his soul, and from time to time their darkness was divided by a
  • piercing flash of longing and regret. He had lost his love--he had lost
  • his love for good.
  • The pony was tired, and the hills very long and steep, and the air
  • sultrier than ever, for now the breeze began to fail entirely. It seemed
  • as if this miserable drive would never be done, as if poor Dick would
  • never be able to go away and be comfortably wretched by himself; for all
  • his desire was to escape from her presence and the reproach of her
  • averted looks. He had lost his love, he thought--he had lost his love
  • for good.
  • They were already not far from the cottage, when his heart again
  • faltered and he appealed to her once more, speaking low and eagerly in
  • broken phrases.
  • "I cannot live without your love," he concluded.
  • "I do not understand what you mean," she replied, and I believe with
  • perfect truth.
  • "Then," said he, wounded to the quick, "your aunt might come and fetch
  • you herself. Of course you can command me as you please. But I think it
  • would be better so."
  • "Oh yes," she said wearily, "better so."
  • This was the only exchange of words between them till about four
  • o'clock; the phaeton, mounting the lane, "opened out" the cottage
  • between the leafy banks. Thin smoke went straight up from the chimney;
  • the flowers in the garden, the hawthorn in the lane, hung down their
  • heads in the heat; the stillness was broken only by the sound of hoofs.
  • For right before the gate a livery servant rode slowly up and down,
  • leading a saddle horse. And in this last Dick shuddered to identify his
  • father's chestnut.
  • Alas! poor Richard, what should this portend?
  • The servant, as in duty bound, dismounted and took the phaeton into his
  • keeping; yet Dick thought he touched his hat to him with something of a
  • grin. Esther, passive as ever, was helped out and crossed the garden
  • with a slow and mechanical gait; and Dick, following close behind her,
  • heard from within the cottage his father's voice upraised in an
  • anathema, and the shriller tones of the Admiral responding in the key of
  • war.
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • BATTLE ROYAL
  • Squire Naseby, on sitting down to lunch, had inquired for Dick, whom he
  • had not seen since the day before at dinner; and the servant answering
  • awkwardly that Master Richard had come back, but had gone out again with
  • the pony-phaeton, his suspicions became aroused, and he cross-questioned
  • the man until the whole was out. It appeared from this report that Dick
  • had been going about for nearly a month with a girl in the Vale--a Miss
  • Van Tromp; that she lived near Lord Trevanion's upper wood; that
  • recently Miss Van Tromp's papa had returned home from foreign parts
  • after a prolonged absence; that this papa was an old gentleman, very
  • chatty and free with his money in the public-house--whereupon Mr.
  • Naseby's face became encrimsoned; that the papa, furthermore, was said
  • to be an admiral--whereupon Mr. Naseby spat out a whistle brief and
  • fierce as an oath; that Master Dick seemed very friendly with the
  • papa--"God help him!" said Mr. Naseby; that last night Master Dick had
  • not come in, and to-day he had driven away in the phaeton with the young
  • lady.
  • "Young woman," corrected Mr. Naseby.
  • "Yes, sir," said the man, who had been unwilling enough to gossip from
  • the first, and was now cowed by the effect of his communications on the
  • master. "Young woman, sir!"
  • "Had they luggage?" demanded the Squire.
  • "Yes, sir."
  • Mr. Naseby was silent for a moment, struggling to keep down his emotion,
  • and he mastered it so far as to mount into the sarcastic vein, when he
  • was in the nearest danger of melting into the sorrowful.
  • "And was this--this Van Dunk with them?" he asked, dwelling scornfully
  • on the name.
  • The servant believed not, and being eager to shift the responsibility to
  • other shoulders, suggested that perhaps the master had better inquire
  • further from George the stableman in person.
  • "Tell him to saddle the chestnut and come with me. And then you can
  • take away this trash," added Mr. Naseby, pointing to the luncheon; and
  • he arose, lordly in his anger, and marched forth upon the terrace to
  • await his horse.
  • There Dick's old nurse shrunk up to him, for the news went like wildfire
  • over Naseby House, and timidly expressed a hope that there was nothing
  • much amiss with the young master.
  • "I'll pull him through," the Squire said grimly, as though he meant to
  • pull him through a threshing-mill; "I'll save him from this gang; God
  • help him with the next! He has a taste for low company, and no natural
  • affections to steady him. His father was no society for him; he must go
  • fuddling with a Dutchman, Nance, and now he's caught. Let us pray he'll
  • take the lesson," he added, more gravely, "but youth is here to make
  • troubles, and age to pull them out again."
  • Nance whimpered and recalled several episodes of Dick's childhood, which
  • moved Mr. Naseby to blow his nose and shake her hard by the hand; and
  • then, the horse having arrived opportunely, to get himself without delay
  • into the saddle and canter off.
  • He rode straight, hot spur, to Thymebury, where, as was to be expected,
  • he could glean no tidings of the runaways. They had not been seen at the
  • George; they had not been seen at the station. The shadow darkened on
  • Mr. Naseby's face; the junction did not occur to him; his last hope was
  • for Van Tromp's cottage; thither he bade George guide him, and thither
  • he followed, nursing grief, anxiety, and indignation in his heart.
  • "Here it is, sir," said George, stopping.
  • "What! on my own land!" he cried. "How's this? I let this place to
  • somebody--M'Whirter or M'Glashan."
  • "Miss M'Glashan was the young lady's aunt, sir, I believe," returned
  • George.
  • "Ay--dummies," said the Squire. "I shall whistle for my rent too. Here,
  • take my horse."
  • The Admiral, this hot afternoon, was sitting by the window with a long
  • glass. He already knew the Squire by sight, and now, seeing him dismount
  • before the cottage and come striding through the garden, concluded
  • without doubt he was there to ask for Esther's hand.
  • "This is why the girl is not yet home," he thought; "a very suitable
  • delicacy on young Naseby's part."
  • And he composed himself with some pomp, answered the loud rattle of the
  • riding-whip upon the door with a dulcet invitation to enter, and coming
  • forward with a bow and a smile, "Mr. Naseby, I believe," said he.
  • The Squire came armed for battle; took in his man from top to toe in one
  • rapid and scornful glance, and decided on a course at once. He must let
  • the fellow see that he understood him.
  • "You are Mr. Van Tromp?" he returned roughly, and without taking any
  • notice of the proffered hand.
  • "The same, sir," replied the Admiral. "Pray be seated."
  • "No, sir," said the Squire, point-blank, "I will not be seated. I am
  • told that you are an admiral," he added.
  • "No, sir, I am not an admiral," returned Van Tromp, who now began to
  • grow nettled and enter into the spirit of the interview.
  • "Then why do you call yourself one, sir?"
  • "I have to ask your pardon, I do not," says Van Tromp, as grand as the
  • Pope.
  • But nothing was of avail against the Squire.
  • "You sail under false colours from beginning to end," he said. "Your
  • very house was taken under a sham name."
  • "It is not my house. I am my daughter's guest," replied the Admiral. "If
  • it _were_ my house----"
  • "Well?" said the Squire, "what then? hey?"
  • The Admiral looked at him nobly, but was silent.
  • "Look here," said Mr. Naseby, "this intimidation is a waste of time; it
  • is thrown away on me, sir; it will not succeed with me. I will not
  • permit you even to gain time by your fencing. Now, sir, I presume you
  • understand what brings me here."
  • "I am entirely at a loss to account for your intrusion," bows and waves
  • Van Tromp.
  • "I will try to tell you, then. I come here as a father"--down came the
  • riding-whip upon the table--"I have right and justice upon my side. I
  • understand your calculations, but you calculated without me. I am a man
  • of the world, and I see through you and your manoeuvres. I am dealing
  • now with a conspiracy--I stigmatise it as such, and I will expose it and
  • crush it. And now I order you to tell me how far things have gone, and
  • whither you have smuggled my unhappy son."
  • "My God, sir!" Van Tromp broke out, "I have had about enough of this.
  • Your son? God knows where he is for me! What the devil have I to do with
  • your son? My daughter is out, for the matter of that; I might ask you
  • where she is, and what would you say to that? But this is all midsummer
  • madness. Name your business distinctly, and be off."
  • "How often am I to tell you?" cried the Squire. "Where did your daughter
  • take my son to-day in that cursed pony carriage?"
  • "In a pony carriage?" repeated Van Tromp.
  • "Yes, sir--with luggage."
  • "Luggage?"--Van Tromp had turned a little pale.
  • "Luggage, I said--luggage!" shouted Naseby. "You may spare me this
  • dissimulation. Where's my son? You are speaking to a father, sir, a
  • father."
  • "But, sir, if this be true," out came Van Tromp in a new key, "it is I
  • who have an explanation to demand."
  • "Precisely. There is the conspiracy," retorted Naseby. "Oh!" he added,
  • "I am a man of the world. I can see through and through you."
  • Van Tromp began to understand.
  • "You speak a great deal about being a father, Mr. Naseby," said he; "I
  • believe you forget that the appellation is common to both of us. I am at
  • a loss to figure to myself, however dimly, how any man--I have not said
  • any gentleman--could so brazenly insult another as you have been
  • insulting me since you entered this house. For the first time I
  • appreciate your base insinuations, and I despise them and you. You were,
  • I am told, a manufacturer; I am an artist; I have seen better days; I
  • have moved in societies where you would not be received, and dined where
  • you would be glad to pay a pound to see me dining. The so-called
  • aristocracy of wealth, sir, I despise. I refuse to help you; I refuse to
  • be helped by you. There lies the door."
  • And the Admiral stood forth in a halo.
  • It was then that Dick entered. He had been waiting in the porch for some
  • time back, and Esther had been listlessly standing by his side. He had
  • put out his hand to bar her entrance, and she had submitted without
  • surprise; and though she seemed to listen, she scarcely appeared to
  • comprehend. Dick, on his part, was as white as a sheet; his eyes burned
  • and his lips trembled with anger as he thrust the door suddenly open,
  • introduced Esther with ceremonious gallantry, and stood forward and
  • knocked his hat firmer on his head like a man about to leap.
  • "What is all this?" he demanded.
  • "Is this your father, Mr. Naseby?" inquired the Admiral.
  • "It is," said the young man.
  • "I make you my compliments," returned Van Tromp.
  • "Dick!" cried his father, suddenly breaking forth, "It is not too late,
  • is it? I have come here in time to save you. Come, come away with
  • me--come away from this place."
  • And he fawned upon Dick with his hands.
  • "Keep your hands off me," cried Dick, not meaning unkindness, but
  • because his nerves were shattered by so many successive miseries.
  • "No, no," said the old man. "Don't repulse your father, Dick, when he
  • has come here to save you. Don't repulse me, my boy. Perhaps I have not
  • been kind to you, not quite considerate, too harsh; my boy, it was not
  • for want of love. Think of old times. I was kind to you then, was I not?
  • When you were a child, and your mother was with us." Mr. Naseby was
  • interrupted by a sort of sob. Dick stood looking at him in a maze. "Come
  • away," pursued the father in a whisper; "you need not be afraid of any
  • consequences. I am a man of the world, Dick; and she can have no claim
  • on you--no claim, I tell you; and we'll be handsome too, Dick--we'll
  • give them a good round figure, father and daughter, and there's an end."
  • He had been trying to get Dick towards the door, but the latter stood
  • off.
  • "You had better take care, sir, how you insult that lady," said the son,
  • as black as night.
  • "You would not choose between your father and your mistress?" said the
  • father.
  • "What do you call her, sir?" cried Dick, high and clear.
  • Forbearance and patience were not among Mr. Naseby's qualities.
  • "I called her your mistress," he shouted, "and I might have called her a
  • ----"
  • "That is an unmanly lie," replied Dick slowly.
  • "Dick!" cried the father, "Dick!"
  • "I do not care," said the son, strengthening himself against his own
  • heart; "I--I have said it, and it's the truth."
  • There was a pause.
  • "Dick," said the old man at last, in a voice that was shaken as by a
  • gale of wind, "I am going. I leave you with your friends, sir--with your
  • friends. I came to serve you, and now I go away a broken man. For years
  • I have seen this coming, and now it has come. You never loved me. Now
  • you have been the death of me. You may boast of that. Now I leave you.
  • God pardon you."
  • With that he was gone; and the three who remained together heard his
  • horse's hoofs descend the lane. Esther had not made a sign throughout
  • the interview, and still kept silence now that it was over; but the
  • Admiral, who had once or twice moved forward and drawn back again, now
  • advanced for good.
  • "You are a man of spirit, sir," said he to Dick; "but though I am no
  • friend to parental interference, I will say that you were heavy on the
  • governor." Then he added with a chuckle: "You began, Richard, with a
  • silver spoon, and here you are in the water, like the rest. Work, work,
  • nothing like work. You have parts, you have manners; why, with
  • application, you may die a millionaire!"
  • Dick shook himself. He took Esther by the hand, looking at her
  • mournfully.
  • "Then this is farewell?" he said.
  • "Yes," she answered. There was no tone in her voice, and she did not
  • return his gaze.
  • "For ever," added Dick.
  • "For ever," she repeated mechanically.
  • "I have had hard measure," he continued. "In time, I believe I could
  • have shown you I was worthy, and there was no time long enough to show
  • how much I loved you. But it was not to be. I have lost all."
  • He relinquished her hand, still looking at her, and she turned to leave
  • the room.
  • "Why, what in fortune's name is the meaning of all this?" cried Van
  • Tromp. "Esther, come back!"
  • "Let her go," said Dick, and he watched her disappear with strangely
  • mingled feelings. For he had fallen into that stage when men have the
  • vertigo of misfortune, court the strokes of destiny, and rush towards
  • anything decisive, that it may free them from suspense though at the
  • cost of ruin. It is one of the many minor forms of suicide.
  • "She did not love me," he said, turning to her father.
  • "I feared as much," said he, "when I sounded her. Poor Dick, poor Dick!
  • And yet I believe I am as much cut up as you are. I was born to see
  • others happy."
  • "You forget," returned Dick, with something like a sneer, "that I am now
  • a pauper."
  • Van Tromp snapped his fingers.
  • "Tut!" said he; "Esther has plenty for us all."
  • Dick looked at him with some wonder. It had never dawned upon him that
  • this shiftless, thriftless, worthless, sponging parasite was yet, after
  • all and in spite of all, not mercenary in the issue of his thoughts; yet
  • so it was.
  • "Now," said Dick, "I must go."
  • "Go?" cried Van Tromp. "Where? Not one foot, Mr. Richard Naseby. Here
  • you shall stay in the meantime! and--well, and do something
  • practical--advertise for a situation as private secretary--and when you
  • have it, go and welcome. But in the meantime, sir, no false pride; we
  • must stay with our friends; we must sponge a while on Papa Van Tromp,
  • who has sponged so often upon us."
  • "By God," cried Dick, "I believe you are the best of the lot."
  • "Dick, my boy," replied the Admiral, winking, "you mark me, I am not the
  • worst."
  • "Then why," began Dick, and then paused. "But Esther," he began again,
  • once more to interrupt himself. "The fact is, Admiral," he came out with
  • it roundly now, "your daughter wished to run away from you to-day, and I
  • only brought her back with difficulty."
  • "In the pony carriage?" asked the Admiral, with the silliness of extreme
  • surprise.
  • "Yes," Dick answered.
  • "Why, what the devil was she running away from?"
  • Dick found the question unusually hard to answer.
  • "Why," said he, "you know you're a bit of a rip."
  • "I behave to that girl, sir, like an archdeacon," replied Van Tromp
  • warmly.
  • "Well--excuse me--but you know you drink," insisted Dick.
  • "I know that I was a sheet in the wind's eye, sir, once--once only,
  • since I reached this place," retorted the Admiral. "And even then I was
  • fit for any drawing-room. I should like you to tell me how many fathers,
  • lay and clerical, go upstairs every day with a face like a lobster and
  • cod's eyes--and are dull, upon the back of it--not even mirth for the
  • money! No, if that's what she runs for, all I say is, let her run."
  • "You see," Dick tried it again, "she has fancies--"
  • "Confound her fancies!" cried Van Tromp. "I used her kindly; she had her
  • own way; I was her father. Besides, I had taken quite a liking to the
  • girl, and meant to stay with her for good. But I tell you what it is,
  • Dick, since she has trifled with you--Oh yes, she did though!--and since
  • her old papa's not good enough for her--the devil take her, say I."
  • "You will be kind to her at least?" said Dick.
  • "I never was unkind to a living soul," replied the Admiral. "Firm I can
  • be, but not unkind."
  • "Well," said Dick, offering his hand, "God bless you, and farewell."
  • The Admiral swore by all his gods he should not go. "Dick," he said,
  • "you are a selfish dog; you forget your old Admiral. You wouldn't leave
  • him alone, would you?"
  • It was useless to remind him that the house was not his to dispose of,
  • that being a class of considerations to which his intelligence was
  • closed; so Dick tore himself off by force, and shouting a good-bye, made
  • off along the lane to Thymebury.
  • CHAPTER IX
  • IN WHICH THE LIBERAL EDITOR APPEARS AS "DEUS EX MACHINÂ"
  • It was perhaps a week later, as old Mr. Naseby sat brooding in his
  • study, that there was shown in upon him, on urgent business, a little
  • hectic gentleman shabbily attired.
  • "I have to ask pardon for this intrusion, Mr. Naseby," he said; "but I
  • come here to perform a duty. My card has been sent in, but perhaps you
  • may not know, what it does not tell you, that I am the editor of the
  • _Thymebury Star_."
  • Mr. Naseby looked up, indignant.
  • "I cannot fancy," he said, "that we have much in common to discuss."
  • "I have only a word to say--one piece of information to communicate.
  • Some months ago, we had--you will pardon my referring to it, it is
  • absolutely necessary--but we had an unfortunate difference as to facts."
  • "Have you come to apologise?" asked the Squire sternly.
  • "No, sir; to mention a circumstance. On the morning in question, your
  • son, Mr. Richard Naseby----"
  • "I do not permit his name to be mentioned."
  • "You will, however, permit me," replied the Editor.
  • "You are cruel," said the Squire. He was right, he was a broken man.
  • Then the Editor described Dick's warning visit; and how he had seen in
  • the lad's eye that there was a thrashing in the wind, and had escaped
  • through pity only--so the Editor put it--"through pity only, sir. And
  • oh, sir," he went on, "if you had seen him speaking up for you, I am
  • sure you would have been proud of your son. I know I admired the lad
  • myself, and indeed that's what brings me here."
  • "I have misjudged him," said the Squire. "Do you know where he is?"
  • "Yes, sir, he lies sick at Thymebury."
  • "You can take me to him?"
  • "I can."
  • "I pray God he may forgive me," said the father.
  • And he and the Editor made post-haste for the country town.
  • Next day the report went abroad that Mr. Richard was reconciled to his
  • father and had been taken home to Naseby House. He was still ailing, it
  • was said, and the Squire nursed him like the proverbial woman. Rumour,
  • in this instance, did no more than justice to the truth; and over the
  • sick-bed many confidences were exchanged, and clouds that had been
  • growing for years passed away in a few hours, and, as fond mankind loves
  • to hope, for ever. Many long talks had been fruitless in external
  • action, though fruitful for the understanding of the pair; but at last,
  • one showery Tuesday, the Squire might have been observed upon his way to
  • the cottage in the lane.
  • The old gentleman had arranged his features with a view to self-command,
  • rather than external cheerfulness; and he entered the cottage on his
  • visit of conciliation with the bearing of a clergyman come to announce a
  • death.
  • The Admiral and his daughter were both within, and both looked upon
  • their visitor with more surprise than favour.
  • "Sir," said he to Van Tromp, "I am told I have done you much injustice."
  • There came a little sound in Esther's throat, and she put her hand
  • suddenly to her heart.
  • "You have, sir; and the acknowledgment suffices," replied the Admiral.
  • "I am prepared, sir, to be easy with you, since I hear you have made it
  • up with my friend Dick. But let me remind you that you owe some
  • apologies to this young lady also."
  • "I shall have the temerity to ask for more than her forgiveness," said
  • the Squire. "Miss Van Tromp," he continued, "once I was in great
  • distress, and knew nothing of you or your character; but I believe you
  • will pardon a few rough words to an old man who asks forgiveness from
  • his heart. I have heard much of you since then; for you have a fervent
  • advocate in my house. I believe you will understand that I speak of my
  • son. He is, I regret to say, very far from well; he does not pick up as
  • the doctors had expected; he has a great deal upon his mind, and, to
  • tell you the truth, my girl, if you won't help us, I am afraid I shall
  • lose him. Come now, forgive him! I was angry with him once myself, and I
  • found I was in the wrong. This is only a misunderstanding, like the
  • other, believe me; and, with one kind movement, you may give happiness
  • to him, and to me, and to yourself."
  • Esther made a movement towards the door, but long before she reached it
  • she had broken forth sobbing.
  • "It is all right," said the Admiral; "I understand the sex. Let me make
  • you my compliments, Mr. Naseby."
  • The Squire was too much relieved to be angry.
  • "My dear," said he to Esther, "you must not agitate yourself."
  • "She had better go up and see him right away," suggested Van Tromp.
  • "I had not ventured to propose it," replied the Squire. "_Les
  • convenances_, I believe----"
  • "_Je m'en fiche_," cried the Admiral, snapping his fingers. "She shall
  • go and see my friend Dick. Run and get ready, Esther."
  • Esther obeyed.
  • "She has not--has not run away again?" inquired Mr. Naseby, as soon as
  • she was gone.
  • "No," said Van Tromp, "not again. She is a devilish odd girl, though,
  • mind you that."
  • "But I cannot stomach the man with the carbuncles," thought the Squire.
  • And this is why there is a new household and a brand-new baby in Naseby
  • Dower House; and why the great Van Tromp lives in pleasant style upon
  • the shores of England; and why twenty-six individual copies of the
  • _Thymebury Star_ are received daily at the door of Naseby House.
  • THE MERRY MEN
  • _My dear Lady Taylor_,
  • _To your name, if I wrote on brass, I could add nothing; it has been
  • already written higher than I could dream to reach, by a strong and a
  • dear hand; and if I now dedicate to you these tales,[1] it is not as
  • the writer who brings you his work, but as the friend who would
  • remind you of his affection._
  • ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON.
  • _Skerryvore, Bournemouth._
  • THE MERRY MEN
  • CHAPTER I
  • EILEAN AROS
  • It was a beautiful morning in the late July when I set forth on foot for
  • the last time for Aros. A boat had put me ashore the night before at
  • Grisapol; I had such breakfast as the little inn afforded, and, leaving
  • all my baggage till I had an occasion to come round for it by sea,
  • struck right across the promontory with a cheerful heart.
  • I was far from being a native of these parts, springing, as I did, from
  • an unmixed lowland stock. But an uncle of mine, Gordon Darnaway, after a
  • poor, rough youth, and some years at sea, had married a young wife in
  • the islands; Mary Maclean she was called, the last of her family; and
  • when she died in giving birth to a daughter, Aros, the sea-girt farm,
  • had remained in his possession. It brought him in nothing but the means
  • of life, as I was well aware; but he was a man whom ill-fortune had
  • pursued; he feared, cumbered as he was with the young child, to make a
  • fresh adventure upon life; and remained in Aros, biting his nails at
  • destiny. Years passed over his head in that isolation, and brought
  • neither help nor contentment. Meantime our family was dying out in the
  • lowlands; there is little luck for any of that race; and perhaps my
  • father was the luckiest of all, for not only was he one of the last to
  • die, but he left a son to his name and a little money to support it. I
  • was a student of Edinburgh University, living well enough at my own
  • charges, but without kith or kin; when some news of me found its way to
  • Uncle Gordon on the Ross of Grisapol; and he, as he was a man who held
  • blood thicker than water, wrote to me the day he heard of my existence,
  • and taught me to count Aros as my home. Thus it was that I came to spend
  • my vacations in that part of the country, so far from all society and
  • comfort, between the codfish and the moorcocks; and thus it was that
  • now, when I had done with my classes, I was returning thither with so
  • light a heart that July day.
  • The Ross, as we call it, is a promontory neither wide nor high, but as
  • rough as God made it to this day; the deep sea on either hand of it,
  • full of rugged isles and reefs most perilous to seamen--all overlooked
  • from the eastward by some very high cliffs and the great peak of Ben
  • Kyaw. _The Mountain of the Mist_, they say the words signify in the
  • Gaelic tongue; and it is well named. For that hill-top, which is more
  • than three thousand feet in height, catches all the clouds that come
  • blowing from the seaward; and, indeed, I used often to think that it
  • must make them for itself; since when all heaven was clear to the sea
  • level, there would ever be a streamer on Ben Kyaw. It brought water,
  • too, and was mossy[2] to the top in consequence. I have seen us sitting
  • in broad sunshine on the Ross, and the rain falling black like crape
  • upon the mountain. But the wetness of it made it often appear more
  • beautiful to my eyes; for when the sun struck upon the hillsides there
  • were many wet rocks and watercourses that shone like jewels even as far
  • as Aros, fifteen miles away.
  • The road that I followed was a cattle-track. It twisted so as nearly to
  • double the length of my journey; it went over rough boulders so that a
  • man had to leap from one to another, and through soft bottoms where the
  • moss came nearly to the knee. There was no cultivation anywhere, and
  • not one house in the ten miles from Grisapol to Aros. Houses of course
  • there were--three at least; but they lay so far on the one side or the
  • other that no stranger could have found them from the track. A large
  • part of the Ross is covered with big granite rocks, some of them larger
  • than a two-roomed house, one beside another, with fern and deep heather
  • in between them where the vipers breed. Any way the wind was, it was
  • always sea air, as salt as on a ship; the gulls were as free as moorfowl
  • over all the Ross; and whenever the way rose a little, your eye would
  • kindle with the brightness of the sea. From the very midst of the land,
  • on a day of wind and a high spring, I have heard the Roost roaring like
  • a battle where it runs by Aros, and the great and fearful voices of the
  • breakers that we call the Merry Men.
  • Aros itself--Aros Jay, I have heard the natives call it, and they say it
  • means _the House of God_--Aros itself was not properly a piece of the
  • Ross, nor was it quite an islet. It formed the south-west corner of the
  • land, fitted close to it, and was in one place only separated from the
  • coast by a little gut of the sea, not forty feet across the narrowest.
  • When the tide was full, this was clear and still, like a pool on a land
  • river; only there was a difference in the weeds and fishes, and the
  • water itself was green instead of brown; but when the tide went out, in
  • the bottom of the ebb, there was a day or two in every month when you
  • could pass dryshod from Aros to the mainland. There was some good
  • pasture, where my uncle fed the sheep he lived on; perhaps the feed was
  • better because the ground rose higher on the islet than the main level
  • of the Ross, but this I am not skilled enough to settle. The house was a
  • good one for that country, two stories high. It looked westward over a
  • bay, with a pier hard by for a boat, and from the door you could watch
  • the vapours blowing on Ben Kyaw.
  • On all this part of the coast, and especially near Aros, these great
  • granite rocks that I have spoken of go down together in troops into the
  • sea, like cattle on a summer's day. There they stand, for all the world
  • like their neighbours ashore; only the salt water sobbing between them
  • instead of the quiet earth, and clots of sea-pink blooming on their
  • sides instead of heather; and the great sea-conger to wreathe about the
  • base of them instead of the poisonous viper of the land. On calm days
  • you can go wandering between them in a boat for hours, echoes following
  • you about the labyrinth; but when the sea is up, Heaven help the man
  • that hears that caldron boiling.
  • Off the south-west end of Aros these blocks are very many, and much
  • greater in size. Indeed, they must grow monstrously bigger out to sea,
  • for there must be ten sea miles of open water sown with them as thick as
  • a country place with houses, some standing thirty feet above the tides,
  • some covered, but all perilous to ships; so that on a clear, westerly
  • blowing day, I have counted, from the top of Aros, the great rollers
  • breaking white and heavy over as many as six-and-forty buried reefs. But
  • it is nearer in shore that the danger is worst; for the tide, here
  • running like a mill-race, makes a long belt of broken water--a _Roost_
  • we call it--at the tail of the land. I have often been out there in a
  • dead calm at the slack of the tide; and a strange place it is, with the
  • sea swirling and combing up and boiling like the caldrons of a linn, and
  • now and again a little dancing mutter of sound as though the _Roost_
  • were talking to itself. But when the tide begins to run again, and above
  • all in heavy weather, there is no man could take a boat within half a
  • mile of it, nor a ship afloat that could either steer or live in such a
  • place. You can hear the roaring of it six miles away. At the seaward end
  • there comes the strongest of the bubble; and it's here that these big
  • breakers dance together--the dance of death, it may be called--that have
  • got the name, in these parts, of the Merry Men. I have heard it said
  • that they run fifty feet high; but that must be the green water only,
  • for the spray runs twice as high as that. Whether they got the name
  • from their movements, which are swift and antic, or from the shouting
  • they make about the turn of the tide, so that all Aros shakes with it,
  • is more than I can tell.
  • The truth is, that in a south-westerly wind, that part of our
  • archipelago is no better than a trap. If a ship got through the reefs,
  • and weathered the Merry Men, it would be to come ashore on the south
  • coast of Aros, in Sandag Bay, where so many dismal things befell our
  • family, as I propose to tell. The thought of all these dangers, in the
  • place I knew so long, makes me particularly welcome the works now going
  • forward to set lights upon the headlands and buoys along the channels of
  • our iron-bound, inhospitable islands.
  • The country people had many a story about Aros, as I used to hear from
  • my uncle's man, Rorie, an old servant of the Macleans, who had
  • transferred his services without afterthought on the occasion of the
  • marriage. There was some tale of an unlucky creature, a sea-kelpie, that
  • dwelt and did business in some fearful manner of his own among the
  • boiling breakers of the Roost. A mermaid had once met a piper on Sandag
  • beach, and there sang to him a long, bright midsummer's night, so that
  • in the morning he was found stricken crazy, and from thenceforward, till
  • the day he died, said only one form of words; what they were in the
  • original Gaelic I cannot tell, but they were thus translated: "Ah, the
  • sweet singing out of the sea." Seals that haunted on that coast have
  • been known to speak to man in his own tongue, presaging great disasters.
  • It was here that a certain saint first landed on his voyage out of
  • Ireland to convert the Hebrideans. And, indeed, I think he had some
  • claim to be called saint; for, with the boats of that past age, to make
  • so rough a passage, and land on such a ticklish coast, was surely not
  • far short of the miraculous. It was to him, or to some of his monkish
  • underlings who had a cell there, that the islet owes its holy and
  • beautiful name, the House of God.
  • Among these old wives' stories there was one which I was inclined to
  • hear with more credulity. As I was told, in that tempest which scattered
  • the ships of the Invincible Armada over all the north and west of
  • Scotland, one great vessel came ashore on Aros, and before the eyes of
  • some solitary people on a hill-top, went down in a moment with all
  • hands, her colours flying even as she sank. There was some likelihood in
  • this tale; for another of that fleet lay sunk on the north side, twenty
  • miles from Grisapol. It was told, I thought, with more detail and
  • gravity than its companion stories, and there was one particularity
  • which went far to convince me of its truth: the name, that is, of the
  • ship was still remembered, and sounded, in my ears, Spanishly. The
  • _Espirito Santo_ they called it, a great ship of many decks of guns,
  • laden with treasure and grandees of Spain, and fierce soldadoes, that
  • now lay fathom deep to all eternity, done with her wars and voyages, in
  • Sandag Bay, upon the west of Aros. No more salvos of ordnance for that
  • tall ship, the "Holy Spirit," no more fair winds or happy ventures; only
  • to rot there deep in the sea-tangle and hear the shoutings of the Merry
  • Men as the tide ran high about the island. It was a strange thought to
  • me first and last, and only grew stranger as I learned the more of
  • Spain, from which she had set sail with so proud a company, and King
  • Philip, the wealthy king, that sent her on that voyage.
  • And now I must tell you, as I walked from Grisapol that day, the
  • _Espirito Santo_ was very much in my reflections. I had been favourably
  • remarked by our then Principal in Edinburgh College, that famous writer,
  • Dr. Robertson, and by him had been set to work on some papers of an
  • ancient date to rearrange and sift of what was worthless; and in one of
  • these, to my great wonder, I found a note of this very ship, the
  • _Espirito Santo_, with her captain's name, and how she carried a great
  • part of the Spaniards' treasure, and had been lost upon the Ross of
  • Grisapol; but in what particular spot the wild tribes of that place and
  • period would give no information to the king's inquiries. Putting one
  • thing with another, and taking our island tradition together with this
  • note of old King Jamie's perquisitions after wealth, it had come
  • strongly on my mind that the spot for which he sought in vain could be
  • no other than the small bay of Sandag on my uncle's land; and being a
  • fellow of a mechanical turn, I had ever since been plotting how to weigh
  • that good ship up again with all her ingots, ounces, and doubloons, and
  • bring back our house of Darnaway to its long-forgotten dignity and
  • wealth.
  • This was a design of which I soon had reason to repent. My mind was
  • sharply turned on different reflections; and since I became the witness
  • of a strange judgment of God's, the thought of dead men's treasures has
  • been intolerable to my conscience. But even at that time I must acquit
  • myself of sordid greed; for if I desired riches, it was not for their
  • own sake, but for the sake of a person who was dear to my heart--my
  • uncle's daughter, Mary Ellen. She had been educated well, and had been a
  • time to school upon the mainland; which, poor girl, she would have been
  • happier without. For Aros was no place for her, with old Rorie the
  • servant, and her father, who was one of the unhappiest men in Scotland,
  • plainly bred up in a country place among Cameronians, long a skipper
  • sailing out of the Clyde about the islands, and now, with infinite
  • discontent, managing his sheep and a little 'long shore fishing for the
  • necessary bread. If it was sometimes weariful to me, who was there but a
  • month or two, you may fancy what it was to her who dwelt in that same
  • desert all the year round, with the sheep and flying sea-gulls, and the
  • Merry Men singing and dancing in the Roost!
  • CHAPTER II
  • WHAT THE WRECK HAD BROUGHT TO AROS
  • It was half-flood when I got the length of Aros; and there was nothing
  • for it but to stand on the far shore and whistle for Rorie with the
  • boat. I had no need to repeat the signal. At the first sound, Mary was
  • at the door flying a handkerchief by way of answer, and the old
  • long-legged serving-man was shambling down the gravel to the pier. For
  • all his hurry, it took him a long while to pull across the bay; and I
  • observed him several times to pause, go into the stern, and look over
  • curiously into the wake. As he came nearer, he seemed to me aged and
  • haggard, and I thought he avoided my eye. The coble had been repaired,
  • with two new thwarts and several patches of some rare and beautiful
  • foreign wood, the name of it unknown to me.
  • "Why, Rorie," said I, as we began the return voyage, "this is fine wood.
  • How came you by that?"
  • "It will be hard to cheesel," Rorie opined reluctantly; and just then,
  • dropping the oars, he made another of those dives into the stern which I
  • had remarked as he came across to fetch me, and, leaning his hand on my
  • shoulder, stared with an awful look into the waters of the bay.
  • "What is wrong?" I asked, a good deal startled.
  • "It will be a great feesh," said the old man, returning to his oars; and
  • nothing more could I get out of him but strange glances and an ominous
  • nodding of the head. In spite of myself, I was infected with a measure
  • of uneasiness; I turned also, and studied the wake. The water was still
  • and transparent, but, out here in the middle of the bay, exceeding deep.
  • For some time I could see naught; but at last it did seem to me as if
  • something dark--a great fish, or perhaps only a shadow--followed
  • studiously in the track of the moving coble. And then I remembered one
  • of Rorie's superstitions: how in a ferry in Morven, in some great,
  • exterminating feud among the clans, a fish, the like of it unknown in
  • all our waters, followed for some years the passage of the ferryboat,
  • until no man dared to make the crossing.
  • "He will be waiting for the right man," said Rorie.
  • Mary met me on the beach, and led me up the brae and into the house of
  • Aros. Outside and inside there were many changes. The garden was fenced
  • with the same wood that I had noted in the boat; there were chairs in
  • the kitchen covered with strange brocade; curtains of brocade hung from
  • the window; a clock stood silent on the dresser; a lamp of brass was
  • swinging from the roof; the table was set for dinner with the finest of
  • linen and silver; and all these new riches were displayed in the plain
  • old kitchen that I knew so well, with the high-backed settle, and the
  • stools, and the closet bed for Rorie; with the wide chimney the sun
  • shone into, and the clear-smouldering peats; with the pipes on the
  • mantelshelf and the three-cornered spittoons, filled with sea-shells
  • instead of sand, on the floor; with the bare stone walls and the bare
  • wooden floor, and the three patchwork rugs that were of yore its sole
  • adornment--poor man's patchwork, the like of it unknown in cities, woven
  • with homespun, and Sunday black, and sea-cloth polished on the bench of
  • rowing. The room, like the house, had been a sort of wonder in that
  • country-side, it was so neat and habitable; and to see it now, shamed by
  • these incongruous additions, filled me with indignation and a kind of
  • anger. In view of the errand I had come upon to Aros, the feeling was
  • baseless and unjust; but it burned high, at the first moment, in my
  • heart.
  • "Mary, girl," said I, "this is the place I had learned to call my home,
  • and I do not know it."
  • "It is my home by nature, not by the learning," she replied; "the place
  • I was born and the place I'm like to die in; and I neither like these
  • changes, nor the way they came, nor that which came with them. I would
  • have liked better, under God's pleasure, they had gone down into the
  • sea, and the Merry Men were dancing on them now."
  • Mary was always serious; it was perhaps the only trait that she shared
  • with her father; but the tone with which she uttered these words was
  • even graver than of custom.
  • "Ay," said I, "I feared it came by wreck, and that's by death; yet when
  • my father died I took his goods without remorse."
  • "Your father died a clean-strae death, as the folk say," said Mary.
  • "True," I returned; "and a wreck is like a judgment. What was she
  • called?"
  • "They ca'd her the _Christ-Anna_," said a voice behind me; and, turning
  • round, I saw my uncle standing in the doorway.
  • He was a sour, small, bilious man, with a long face and very dark eyes;
  • fifty-six years old, sound and active in body, and with an air somewhat
  • between that of a shepherd and that of a man following the sea. He never
  • laughed, that I heard; read long at the Bible; prayed much, like the
  • Cameronians he had been brought up among; and, indeed, in many ways,
  • used to remind me of one of the hill-preachers in the killing times
  • before the Revolution. But he never got much comfort, nor even, as I
  • used to think, much guidance, by his piety. He had his black fits when
  • he was afraid of hell; but he had led a rough life, to which he would
  • look back with envy, and was still a rough, cold, gloomy man.
  • As he came in at the door out of the sunlight, with his bonnet on his
  • head and a pipe hanging in his button-hole, he seemed, like Rorie, to
  • have grown older and paler, the lines were deeplier ploughed upon his
  • face, and the whites of his eyes were yellow, like old stained ivory, or
  • the bones of the dead.
  • "Ay," he repeated, dwelling upon the first part of the word, "the
  • _Christ-Anna_. It's an awfu' name."
  • I made him my salutations, and complimented him upon his look of health;
  • for I feared he had perhaps been ill.
  • "I'm in the body," he replied, ungraciously enough; "aye in the body and
  • the sins of the body, like yoursel'. Denner," he said abruptly to Mary,
  • and then ran on, to me: "They're grand braws, thir that we hae gotten,
  • are they no'? Yon's a bonny knock,[3] but it'll no gang; and the
  • napery's by ordnar. Bonny, bairnly braws; it's for the like o' them folk
  • sells the peace of God that passeth understanding; it's for the like o'
  • them, an' maybe no' even sae muckle worth, folk daunton God to His face
  • and burn in muckle hell; and it's for that reason the Scripture ca's
  • them, as I read the passage, the accursed thing.--Mary, ye girzie," he
  • interrupted himself to cry with some asperity, "what for hae ye no' put
  • out the twa candlesticks?"
  • "Why should we need them at high noon?" she asked.
  • But my uncle was not to be turned from his idea. "We'll bruik[4] them
  • while we may," he said; and so two massive candlesticks of wrought
  • silver were added to the table equipage, already so unsuited to that
  • rough seaside farm.
  • "She cam' ashore Februar' 10, about ten at nicht," he went on to me.
  • "There was nae wind, and a sair run o' sea; and she was in the sook o'
  • the Roost, as I jaloose. We had seen her a' day, Rorie and me, beating
  • to the wind. She wasna a handy craft, I'm thinking, that _Christ-Anna_;
  • for she would neither steer nor stey wi' them. A sair day they had of
  • it; their hands was never aff the sheets, and it perishin' cauld--ower
  • cauld to snaw; and aye they would get a bit nip o' wind, and awa' again,
  • to pit the emp'y hope into them. Eh, man! but they had a sair day for
  • the last o't! He would have had a prood, prood heart that won ashore
  • upon the back o' that."
  • "And were all lost?" I cried. "God help them!"
  • "Wheesht!" he said sternly. "Nane shall pray for the deid on my
  • hearth-stane."
  • I disclaimed a Popish sense for my ejaculation; and he seemed to accept
  • my disclaimer with unusual facility, and ran on once more upon what had
  • evidently become a favourite subject.
  • "We fand her in Sandag Bay, Rorie an' me, and a' thae braws in the
  • inside of her. There's a kittle bit, ye see, about Sandag; whiles the
  • sook rins strong for the Merry Men; an' whiles again, when the tide's
  • makin' hard an' ye can hear the Roost blawin' at the far-end of Aros,
  • there comes a back-spang of current straucht into Sandag Bay. Weel,
  • there's the thing that got the grip on the _Christ-Anna_. She büt to
  • have come in ram-stam an' stern forrit; for the bows of her are aften
  • under, and the back-side of her is clear at hie-water o' neaps. But,
  • man! the dunt that she cam doon wi' when she struck! Lord save us a'l
  • but it's an unco life to be a sailor--a cauld, wanchancy life. Mony's
  • the gliff I got mysel' in the great deep; and why the Lord should hae
  • made yon unco water is mair than ever I could win to understand. He made
  • the vales and the pastures, the bonny green yaird, the halesome, canty
  • land--
  • And now they shout and sing to Thee,
  • For Thou hast made them glad,
  • as the Psalms say in the metrical version. No' that I would preen my
  • faith to that clink neither; but it's bonny, and easier to mind. 'Who
  • go to sea in ships,' they hae't again--
  • and in
  • Great waters trading be,
  • Within the deep these men God's works
  • And His great wonders see.
  • Weel, it's easy sayin' sae. Maybe Dauvit wasna very weel acquaint wi'
  • the sea. But, troth, if it wasna prentit in the Bible, I wad whiles be
  • temp'it to think it wasna the Lord, but the muckle black deil that made
  • the sea. There's naething good comes oot o't but the fish; an' the
  • spentacle o' God riding on the tempest, to be shüre, whilk would be what
  • Dauvit was likely ettling at. But, man, they were sair wonders that God
  • showed to the _Christ-Anna_--wonders, do I ca' them? Judgments, rather:
  • judgments in the mirk nicht among the draygons o' the deep. And their
  • souls--to think o' that--their souls, man, maybe no' prepared! The
  • sea--a muckle yett to hell!"
  • I observed, as my uncle spoke, that his voice was unnaturally moved and
  • his manner unwontedly demonstrative. He leaned forward at these last
  • words, for example, and touched me on the knee with his spread fingers,
  • looking up into my face with a certain pallor, and I could see that his
  • eyes shone with a deep-seated fire, and that the lines about his mouth
  • were drawn and tremulous.
  • Even the entrance of Rorie, and the beginning of our meal, did not
  • detach him from his train of thought beyond a moment. He condescended,
  • indeed, to ask me some questions as to my success at college, but I
  • thought it was with half his mind; and even in his extempore grace,
  • which was, as usual, long and wandering, I could find the trace of his
  • preoccupation, praying, as he did, that God would "remember in mercy
  • fower puir, feckless, fiddling, sinful creatures here by their lee-lane
  • beside the great and dowie waters."
  • Soon there came an interchange of speeches between him and Rorie.
  • "Was it there?" asked my uncle.
  • "Ou, ay!" said Rorie.
  • I observed that they both spoke in a manner of aside, and with some show
  • of embarrassment, and that Mary herself appeared to colour, and looked
  • down on her plate. Partly to show my knowledge, and so relieve the party
  • from an awkward strain, partly because I was curious, I pursued the
  • subject.
  • "You mean the fish?" I asked.
  • "Whatten fish?" cried my uncle. "Fish, quo' he! Fish! Your een are fu'
  • o' fatness, man; your heid dozened wi' carnal leir. Fish! it's a bogle!"
  • He spoke with great vehemence, as though angry; and perhaps I was not
  • very willing to be put down so shortly, for young men are disputatious.
  • At least I remember I retorted hotly, crying out upon childish
  • superstitions.
  • "And ye come frae the College!" sneered Uncle Gordon. "Gude kens what
  • they learn folk there; it's no' muckle service onyway. Do ye think, man,
  • that there's naething in a' yon saut wilderness o' a world oot wast
  • there, wi' the sea-grasses growin', an' the sea-beasts fechtin', an' the
  • sun glintin' down into it, day by day? Na; the sea's like the land, but
  • fearsomer. If there's folk ashore, there's folk in the sea--deid they
  • may be, but they're folk whatever; and as for deils, there's nane that's
  • like the sea-deils. There's no sae muckle harm in the land-deils, when
  • a's said and done. Lang syne, when I was a callant in the south country,
  • I mind there was an auld, bald bogle in the Peewic Moss. I got a glisk
  • o' him mysel', sittin' on his hunkers in a hag, as grey's a tombstane.
  • An', troth, he was a fearsome-like taed. But he steered naebody. Nae
  • doobt, if ane that was a reprobate, ane the Lord hated, had gane by
  • there wi' his sin still upon his stamach, nae doobt the creature would
  • hae lowped upo' the likes o' him. But there's deils in the deep sea
  • would yoke on a communicant! Eh, sirs, if ye had gane doon wi' the puir
  • lads in the _Christ-Anna_, ye would ken by now the mercy o' the seas. If
  • ye had sailed it for as lang as me, ye would hate the thocht of it as I
  • do. If ye had but used the een God gave ye, ye would hae learned the
  • wickedness o' that fause, saut, cauld, bullering creature, and of a'
  • that's in it by the Lord's permission: labsters an' partans, an'
  • sic-like, howking in the deid; muckle, gutsy, blawing whales; an'
  • fish--the hale clan o' them--cauld-wamed, blind-ee'd uncanny ferlies.
  • Oh, sirs," he cried, "the horror--the horror o' the sea!"
  • We were all somewhat staggered by this outburst; and the speaker
  • himself, after that last hoarse apostrophe, appeared to sink gloomily
  • into his own thoughts. But Rorie, who was greedy of superstitious lore,
  • recalled him to the subject by a question.
  • "You will not ever have seen a teevil of the sea?" he asked.
  • "No' clearly," replied the other. "I misdoobt if a mere man could see
  • ane clearly and conteenue in the body. I hae sailed wi' a lad--they ca'd
  • him Sandy Gabart; he saw ane, shüre eneuch, an' shüre eneuch it was the
  • end of him. We were seeven days oot frae the Clyde--a sair wark we had
  • had--gaun north wi' seeds an' braws an' things for the Macleod. We had
  • got in ower near under the Cutchull'ns, an' had just gane about by Soa,
  • an' were off on a long tack, we thocht would maybe hauld as far's
  • Copnahow. I mind the nicht weel; a mune smoored wi' mist; a fine-gaun
  • breeze upon the water, but no steedy; an'--what nane o' us likit to
  • hear--anither wund gurlin' owerheid, amang thae fearsome, auld stane
  • craigs o' the Cutchull'ns. Weel, Sandy was forrit wi' the jib sheet; we
  • couldna see him for the mains'l, that had just begude to draw, when a'
  • at ance he gied a skirl. I luffed for my life, for I thocht we were over
  • near Soa; but na, it wasna that, it was puir Sandy Gabart's deid
  • skreigh, or near-hand, for he was deid in half an hour. A't he could
  • tell was that a sea-deil, or sea-bogle, or sea-spenster, or sic-like,
  • had clum up by the bowsprit, an' gi'en him ae cauld, uncanny look. An',
  • or the life was oot o' Sandy's body, we kent weel what the thing
  • betokened, and why the wund gurled in the taps o' the Cutchull'ns; for
  • doon it cam'--a wund do I ca' it! It was the wund o' the Lord's
  • anger--an' a' that nicht we focht like men dementit, and the neist that
  • we kenned we were ashore in Loch Uskevagh, an' the cocks were crawin' in
  • Benbecula."
  • "It will have been a merman," Rorie said.
  • "A merman!" screamed my uncle with immeasurable scorn. "Auld wives'
  • clavers! There's nae sic things as mermen."
  • "But what was the creature like?" I asked.
  • "What like was it? Gude forbid that we suld ken what like it was! It had
  • a kind of a heid upon it--man could say nae mair."
  • Then Rorie, smarting under the affront, told several tales of mermen,
  • mermaids, and sea-horses that had come ashore upon the islands and
  • attacked the crews of boats upon the sea; and my uncle, in spite of his
  • incredulity, listened with uneasy interest.
  • "Aweel, aweel," he said, "it may be sae; I may be wrang; but I find nae
  • word o' mermen in the Scriptures."
  • "And you will find nae word of Aros Roost, maybe," objected Rorie, and
  • his argument appeared to carry weight.
  • When dinner was over, my uncle carried me forth with him to a bank
  • behind the house. It was a very hot and quiet afternoon; scarce a ripple
  • anywhere upon the sea, nor any voice but the familiar voice of sheep and
  • gulls; and perhaps in consequence of this repose in nature, my kinsman
  • showed himself more rational and tranquil than before. He spoke evenly
  • and almost cheerfully of my career, with every now and then a reference
  • to the lost ship or the treasures it had brought to Aros. For my part, I
  • listened to him in a sort of trance, gazing with all my heart on that
  • remembered scene, and drinking gladly the sea-air and the smoke of
  • peats that had been lit by Mary.
  • Perhaps an hour had passed when my uncle, who had all the while been
  • covertly gazing on the surface of the little bay, rose to his feet and
  • bade me follow his example. Now I should say that the great run of tide
  • at the south-west end of Aros exercises a perturbing influence round all
  • the coast. In Sandag Bay, to the south, a strong current runs at certain
  • points of the flood and ebb respectively; but in this northern bay--Aros
  • Bay, as it is called--where the house stands and on which my uncle was
  • now gazing, the only sign of disturbance is towards the end of the ebb,
  • and even then it is too slight to be remarkable. When there is any
  • swell, nothing can be seen at all; but when it is calm, as it often is,
  • there appear certain strange, undecipherable marks--sea-runes, as we may
  • name them--on the glassy surface of the bay. The like is common in a
  • thousand places on the coast; and many a boy must have amused himself as
  • I did, seeking to read in them some reference to himself or those he
  • loved. It was to these marks that my uncle now directed my attention,
  • struggling, as he did so, with an evident reluctance.
  • "Do you see yon scart upo' the water?" he inquired; "yon ane wast the
  • grey stane? Ay? Weel, it'll no' be like a letter, wull it?"
  • "Certainly it is," I replied. "I have often remarked it. It is like a
  • C."
  • He heaved a sigh as if heavily disappointed with my answer, and then
  • added below his breath: "Ay, for the _Christ-Anna_."
  • "I used to suppose, sir, it was for myself," said I; "for my name is
  • Charles."
  • "And so ye saw't afore?" he ran on, not heeding my remark. "Weel, weel,
  • but that's unco strange. Maybe, it's been there waitin', as a man wad
  • say, through a' the weary ages. Man, but that's awfu'." And then,
  • breaking off: "Ye'll no' see anither, will ye?" he asked.
  • "Yes," said I. "I see another very plainly, near the Ross side, where
  • the road comes down--an M."
  • "An M," he repeated very low; and then, again after another pause: "An'
  • what wad ye make o' that?" he inquired.
  • "I had always thought it to mean Mary, sir," I answered, growing
  • somewhat red, convinced as I was in my own mind that I was on the
  • threshold of a decisive explanation.
  • But we were each following his own train of thought to the exclusion of
  • the other's. My uncle once more paid no attention to my words; only hung
  • his head and held his peace; and I might have been led to fancy that he
  • had not heard me, if his next speech had not contained a kind of echo
  • from my own.
  • "I would say naething o' thae clavers to Mary," he observed, and began
  • to walk forward.
  • There is a belt of turf along the side of Aros Bay where walking is
  • easy; and it was along this that I silently followed my silent kinsman.
  • I was perhaps a little disappointed at having lost so good an
  • opportunity to declare my love; but I was at the same time far more
  • deeply exercised at the change that had befallen my uncle. He was never
  • an ordinary, never, in the strict sense, an amiable, man; but there was
  • nothing in even the worst that I had known of him before, to prepare me
  • for so strange a transformation. It was impossible to close the eyes
  • against one fact; that he had, as the saying goes, something on his
  • mind; and as I mentally ran over the different words which might be
  • represented by the letter M--misery, mercy, marriage, money, and the
  • like--I was arrested with a sort of start by the word murder. I was
  • still considering the ugly sound and fatal meaning of the word, when the
  • direction of our walk brought us to a point from which a view was to be
  • had to either side, back towards Aros Bay and homestead, and forward on
  • the ocean, dotted to the north with isles, and lying to the southward
  • blue and open to the sky. There my guide came to a halt, and stood
  • staring for awhile on that expanse. Then he turned to me and laid a hand
  • on my arm.
  • "Ye think there's naething there?" he said, pointing with his pipe; and
  • then cried out aloud, with a kind of exultation: "I'll tell ye, man! The
  • deid are down there--thick like rattons!"
  • He turned at once, and, without another word, we retraced our steps to
  • the house of Aros.
  • I was eager to be alone with Mary; yet it was not till after supper, and
  • then but for a short while, that I could have a word with her. I lost no
  • time beating about the bush, but spoke out plainly what was on my mind.
  • "Mary," I said, "I have not come to Aros without a hope. If that should
  • prove well founded, we may all leave and go somewhere else, secure of
  • daily bread and comfort; secure, perhaps, of something far beyond that,
  • which it would seem extravagant in me to promise. But there's a hope
  • that lies nearer to my heart than money." And at that I paused. "You can
  • guess fine what that is, Mary," I said. She looked away from me in
  • silence, and that was small encouragement, but I was not to be put off.
  • "All my days I have thought the world of you," I continued; "the time
  • goes on and I think always the more of you; I could not think to be
  • happy or hearty in my life without you: you are the apple of my eye."
  • Still she looked away, and said never a word; but I thought I saw that
  • her hands shook. "Mary," I cried in fear, "do ye no' like me?"
  • "Oh, Charlie man," she said, "is this a time to speak of it? Let me be a
  • while; let me be the way I am; it'll not be you that loses by the
  • waiting!"
  • I made out by her voice that she was nearly weeping, and this put me out
  • of any thought but to compose her. "Mary Ellen," I said, "say no more; I
  • did not come to trouble you: your way shall be mine, and your time too;
  • and you have told me all I wanted. Only just this one thing more: what
  • ails you?"
  • She owned it was her father, but would enter into no particulars, only
  • shook her head, and said he was not well and not like himself, and it
  • was a great pity. She knew nothing of the wreck. "I havena been near
  • it," said she. "What for would I go near it, Charlie lad? The poor souls
  • are gone to their account long syne; and I would just have wished they
  • had ta'en their gear with them--poor souls!"
  • This was scarcely any great encouragement for me to tell her of the
  • _Espirito Santo_; yet I did so, and at the very first word she cried out
  • in surprise. "There was a man at Grisapol," she said, "in the month of
  • May--a little, yellow, black-avised body, they tell me, with gold rings
  • upon his fingers, and a beard; and he was speiring high and low for that
  • same ship."
  • It was towards the end of April that I had been given these papers to
  • sort out by Dr. Robertson: and it came suddenly back upon my mind that
  • they were thus prepared for a Spanish historian, or a man calling
  • himself such, who had come with high recommendations to the Principal,
  • on a mission of inquiry as to the dispersion of the great Armada.
  • Putting one thing with another, I fancied that the visitor "with the
  • gold rings upon his fingers" might be the same with Dr. Robertson's
  • historian from Madrid. If that were so, he would be more likely after
  • treasure for himself than information for a learned society. I made up
  • my mind, I should lose no time over my undertaking; and if the ship lay
  • sunk in Sandag Bay, as perhaps both he and I supposed, it should not be
  • for the advantage of this ringed adventurer, but for Mary and myself,
  • and for the good, old, honest, kindly family of the Darnaways.
  • CHAPTER III
  • LAND AND SEA IN SANDAG BAY
  • I was early afoot next morning; and as soon as I had a bite to eat, set
  • forth upon a tour of exploration. Something in my heart distinctly told
  • me that I should find the ship of the Armada; and although I did not
  • give way entirely to such hopeful thoughts, I was still very light in
  • spirits and walked upon air. Aros is a very rough islet, its surface
  • strewn with great rocks and shaggy with fern and heather; and my way lay
  • almost north and south across the highest knoll; and though the whole
  • distance was inside of two miles, it took more time and exertion than
  • four upon a level road. Upon the summit, I paused. Although not very
  • high--not three hundred feet, as I think--it yet outtops all the
  • neighbouring lowlands of the Ross, and commands a great view of sea and
  • islands. The sun, which had been up some time, was already hot upon my
  • neck; the air was listless and thundery, although purely clear; away
  • over the north-west, where the isles lie thickliest congregated, some
  • half a dozen small and ragged clouds hung together in a covey; and the
  • head of Ben Kyaw wore, not merely a few streamers, but a solid hood of
  • vapour. There was a threat in the weather. The sea, it is true, was
  • smooth like glass: even the Roost was but a seam on that wide mirror,
  • and the Merry Men no more than caps of foam; but to my eye and ear, so
  • long familiar with these places, the sea also seemed to lie uneasily; a
  • sound of it, like a long sigh, mounted to me where I stood; and, quiet
  • as it was, the Roost itself appeared to be revolving mischief. For I
  • ought to say that all we dwellers in these parts attributed, if not
  • prescience, at least a quality of warning, to that strange and dangerous
  • creature of the tides.
  • I hurried on, then, with the greater speed, and had soon descended the
  • slope of Aros to the part that we call Sandag Bay. It is a pretty large
  • piece of water compared with the size of the isle; well sheltered from
  • all but the prevailing wind; sandy and shoal and bounded by low
  • sand-hills to the west, but to the eastward lying several fathoms deep
  • along a ledge of rocks. It is upon that side that, at a certain time
  • each flood, the current mentioned by my uncle sets so strong into the
  • bay; a little later, when the Roost begins to work higher, an undertow
  • runs still more strongly in the reverse direction; and it is the action
  • of this last, as I suppose, that has scoured that part so deep. Nothing
  • is to be seen out of Sandag Bay but one small segment of the horizon
  • and, in heavy weather, the breakers flying high over a deep-sea reef.
  • From half-way down the hill I had perceived the wreck of February last,
  • a brig of considerable tonnage, lying, with her back broken, high and
  • dry on the east corner of the sands; and I was making directly towards
  • it, and already almost on the margin of the turf, when my eyes were
  • suddenly arrested by a spot, cleared of fern and heather, and marked by
  • one of those long, low, and almost human-looking mounds that we see so
  • commonly in graveyards. I stopped like a man shot. Nothing had been said
  • to me of any dead man or interment on the island; Rorie, Mary, and my
  • uncle had all equally held their peace; of her at least, I was certain
  • that she must be ignorant; and yet here, before my eyes, was proof
  • indubitable of the fact. Here was a grave; and I had to ask myself, with
  • a chill, what manner of man lay there in his last sleep, awaiting the
  • signal of the Lord in that solitary, sea-beat resting-place? My mind
  • supplied no answer but what I feared to entertain. Shipwrecked, at
  • least, he must have been; perhaps, like the old Armada mariners, from
  • some far and rich land over-sea; or perhaps one of my own race,
  • perishing within eyesight of the smoke of home. I stood awhile uncovered
  • by his side, and I could have desired that it had lain in our religion
  • to put up some prayer for that unhappy stranger, or, in the old classic
  • way, outwardly to honour his misfortune. I knew, although his bones lay
  • there, a part of Aros, till the trumpet sounded, his imperishable soul
  • was forth and far away, among the raptures of the everlasting Sabbath or
  • the pangs of hell; and yet my mind misgave me even with a fear, that
  • perhaps he was near me where I stood, guarding his sepulchre, and
  • lingering on the scene of his unhappy fate.
  • Certainly it was with a spirit somewhat overshadowed that I turned away
  • from the grave to the hardly less melancholy spectacle of the wreck. Her
  • stem was above the first arc of the flood; she was broken in two a
  • little abaft the foremast--though indeed she had none, both masts having
  • broken short in her disaster; and as the pitch of the beach was very
  • sharp and sudden, and the bows lay many feet below the stern, the
  • fracture gaped widely open, and you could see right through her poor
  • hull upon the farther side. Her name was much defaced, and I could not
  • make out clearly whether she was called _Christiania_, after the
  • Norwegian city, or _Christiana_, after the good woman, Christian's wife,
  • in that old book the "Pilgrim's Progress." By her build she was a
  • foreign ship, but I was not certain of her nationality. She had been
  • painted green, but the colour was faded and weathered, and the paint
  • peeling off in strips. The wreck of the mainmast lay alongside,
  • half-buried in sand. She was a forlorn sight, indeed, and I could not
  • look without emotion at the bits of rope that still hung about her, so
  • often handled of yore by shouting seamen; or the little scuttle where
  • they had passed up and down to their affairs; or that poor noseless
  • angel of a figure-head that had dipped into so many running billows.
  • I do not know whether it came most from the ship or from the grave, but
  • I fell into some melancholy scruples, as I stood there, leaning with one
  • hand against the battered timbers. The homelessness of men, and even of
  • inanimate vessels, cast away upon strange shores, came strongly in upon
  • my mind. To make a profit of such pitiful misadventures seemed an
  • unmanly and a sordid act; and I began to think of my then quest as of
  • something sacrilegious in its nature. But when I remembered Mary I took
  • heart again. My uncle would never consent to an imprudent marriage, nor
  • would she, as I was persuaded, wed without his full approval. It behoved
  • me, then, to be up and doing for my wife; and I thought with a laugh how
  • long it was since that great sea-castle, the _Espirito Santo_, had left
  • her bones in Sandag Bay, and how weak it would be to consider rights so
  • long extinguished and misfortunes so long forgotten in the process of
  • time.
  • I had my theory of where to seek for her remains. The set of the current
  • and the soundings both pointed to the east side of the bay under the
  • ledge of rocks. If she had been lost in Sandag Bay, and if, after these
  • centuries, any portion of her held together, it was there that I should
  • find it. The water deepens, as I have said, with great rapidity, and
  • even close alongside the rocks several fathoms may be found. As I walked
  • upon the edge I could see far and wide over the sandy bottom of the bay;
  • the sun shone clear and green and steady in the deeps; the bay seemed
  • rather like a great transparent crystal, as one sees them in a
  • lapidary's shop; there was naught to show that it was water but an
  • internal trembling, a hovering within of sun-glints and netted shadows,
  • and now and then a faint lap and a dying bubble round the edge. The
  • shadows of the rocks lay out for some distance at their feet, so that my
  • own shadow, moving, pausing, and stooping on the top of that, reached
  • sometimes half across the bay. It was above all in this belt of shadows
  • that I hunted for the _Espirito Santo_; since it was there the undertow
  • ran strongest, whether in or out. Cool as the whole water seemed this
  • broiling day, it looked, in that part, yet cooler, and had a mysterious
  • invitation for the eyes. Peer as I pleased, however, I could see nothing
  • but a few fishes or a bush of sea-tangle, and here and there a lump of
  • rock that had fallen from above and now lay separate on the sandy floor.
  • Twice did I pass from one end to the other of the rocks, and in the
  • whole distance I could see nothing of the wreck, nor any place but one
  • where it was possible for it to be. This was a large terrace in five
  • fathoms of water, raised off the surface of the sand to a considerable
  • height, and looking from above like a mere outgrowth of the rocks on
  • which I walked. It was one mass of great sea-tangles like a grove, which
  • prevented me judging of its nature, but in shape and size it bore some
  • likeness to a vessel's hull. At least it was my best chance. If the
  • _Espirito Santo_ lay not there under the tangles, it lay nowhere at all
  • in Sandag Bay; and I prepared to put the question to the proof, once and
  • for all, and either go back to Aros a rich man or cured for ever of my
  • dreams of wealth.
  • I stripped to the skin, and stood on the extreme margin with my hands
  • clasped, irresolute. The bay at that time was utterly quiet; there was
  • no sound but from a school of porpoises somewhere out of sight behind
  • the point; yet a certain fear withheld me on the threshold of my
  • venture. Sad sea-feelings, scraps of my uncle's superstitions, thoughts
  • of the dead, of the grave, of the old broken ships, drifted through my
  • mind. But the strong sun upon my shoulders warmed me to the heart, and I
  • stooped forward and plunged into the sea.
  • It was all that I could do to catch a trail of the sea-tangle that grew
  • so thickly on the terrace; but once so far anchored I secured myself by
  • grasping a whole armful of these thick and slimy stalks, and, planting
  • my feet against the edge, I looked around me. On all sides the clear
  • sand stretched forth unbroken; it came to the foot of the rocks,
  • scoured into the likeness of an alley in a garden by the action of the
  • tides; and before me, for as far as I could see, nothing was visible but
  • the same many-folded sand upon the sun-bright bottom of the bay. Yet the
  • terrace to which I was then holding was as thick with strong sea-growths
  • as a tuft of heather, and the cliff from which it bulged hung draped
  • below the water-line with brown lianas. In this complexity of forms, all
  • swaying together in the current, things were hard to be distinguished;
  • and I was still uncertain whether my feet were pressed upon the natural
  • rock or upon the timbers of the Armada treasure-ship, when the whole
  • tuft of tangle came away in my hand, and in an instant I was on the
  • surface, and the shores of the bay and the bright water swam before my
  • eyes in a glory of crimson.
  • I clambered back upon the rocks, and threw the plant of tangle at my
  • feet. Something at the same moment rang sharply, like a falling coin. I
  • stooped, and there, sure enough, crusted with the red rust, there lay an
  • iron shoe-buckle. The sight of this poor human relic thrilled me to the
  • heart, but not with hope nor fear, only with a desolate melancholy. I
  • held it in my hand, and the thought of its owner appeared before me like
  • the presence of an actual man. His weather-beaten face, his sailor's
  • hands, his sea-voice hoarse with singing at the capstan, the very foot
  • that had once worn that buckle and trod so much along the swerving
  • decks--the whole human fact of him, as a creature like myself, with hair
  • and blood and seeing eyes, haunted me in that sunny, solitary place, not
  • like a spectre, but like some friend whom I had basely injured. Was the
  • great treasure-ship indeed below there, with her guns and chain and
  • treasure, as she had sailed from Spain; her decks a garden for the
  • seaweed, her cabin a breeding-place for fish, soundless but for the
  • dredging water, motionless but for the waving of the tangle upon her
  • battlements--that old, populous, sea-riding castle, now a reef in Sandag
  • Bay? Or, as I thought it likelier, was this a waif from the disaster of
  • the foreign brig--was this shoe-buckle bought but the other day and worn
  • by a man of my own period in the world's history, hearing the same news
  • from day to day, thinking the same thoughts, praying, perhaps, in the
  • same temple with myself? However it was, I was assailed with dreary
  • thoughts; my uncle's words, "the dead are down there," echoed in my
  • ears; and though I determined to dive once more, it was with a strong
  • repugnance that I stepped forward to the margin of the rocks.
  • A great change passed at that moment over the appearance of the bay. It
  • was no more that clear, visible interior, like a house roofed with
  • glass, where the green submarine sunshine slept so stilly. A breeze, I
  • suppose, had flawed the surface, and a sort of trouble and blackness
  • filled its bosom, where flashes of light and clouds of shadow tossed
  • confusedly together. Even the terrace below obscurely rocked and
  • quivered. It seemed a graver thing to venture on this place of ambushes;
  • and when I leaped into the sea a second time it was with a quaking in my
  • soul.
  • I secured myself as at first, and groped among the waving tangle. All
  • that met my touch was cold and soft and gluey. The thicket was alive
  • with crabs and lobsters, trundling to and fro lopsidedly, and I had to
  • harden my heart against the horror of their carrion neighbourhood. On
  • all sides I could feel the grain and the clefts of hard, living stone;
  • no planks, no iron, not a sign of any wreck; the _Espirito Santo_ was
  • not there. I remember I had almost a sense of relief in my
  • disappointment, and I was about ready to leave go, when something
  • happened that sent me to the surface with my heart in my mouth. I had
  • already stayed somewhat late over my explorations; the current was
  • freshening with the change of the tide, and Sandag Bay was no longer a
  • safe place for a single swimmer. Well, just at the last moment there
  • came a sudden flush of current, dredging through the tangles like a
  • wave. I lost one hold, was flung sprawling on my side, and,
  • instinctively grasping for a fresh support, my fingers closed on
  • something hard and cold. I think I knew at that moment what it was. At
  • least I instantly left hold of the tangle, leaped for the surface, and
  • clambered out next moment on the friendly rocks with the bone of a man's
  • leg in my grasp.
  • Mankind is a material creature, slow to think and dull to perceive
  • connections. The grave, the wreck of the brig, and the rusty shoe-buckle
  • were surely plain advertisements. A child might have read their dismal
  • story, and yet it was not until I touched that actual piece of mankind
  • that the full horror of the charnel ocean burst upon my spirit. I laid
  • the bone beside the buckle, picked up my clothes, and ran as I was along
  • the rocks towards the human shore. I could not be far enough from the
  • spot; no fortune was vast enough to tempt me back again. The bones of
  • the drowned dead should henceforth roll undisturbed by me, whether on
  • tangle or minted gold. But as soon as I trod the good earth again, and
  • had covered my nakedness against the sun, I knelt down over against the
  • ruins of the brig, and out of the fulness of my heart prayed long and
  • passionately for all poor souls upon the sea. A generous prayer is never
  • presented in vain; the petition may be refused, but the petitioner is
  • always, I believe, rewarded by some gracious visitation. The horror, at
  • least, was lifted from my mind; I could look with calm of spirit on that
  • great bright creature, God's ocean; and as I set off homeward up the
  • rough sides of Aros, nothing remained of my concern beyond a deep
  • determination to meddle no more with the spoils of wrecked vessels or
  • the treasures of the dead.
  • I was already some way up the hill before I paused to breathe and look
  • behind me. The sight that met my eyes was doubly strange.
  • For, first, the storm that I had foreseen was now advancing with almost
  • tropical rapidity. The whole surface of the sea had been dulled from its
  • conspicuous brightness to an ugly hue of corrugated lead; already in
  • the distance the white waves, the "skipper's daughters," had begun to
  • flee before a breeze that was still insensible on Aros; and already
  • along the curve of Sandag Bay there was a splashing run of sea that I
  • could hear from where I stood. The change upon the sky was even more
  • remarkable. There had begun to arise out of the south-west a huge and
  • solid continent of scowling cloud; here and there, through rents in its
  • contexture, the sun still poured a sheaf of spreading rays; and here and
  • there, from all its edges, vast inky streamers lay forth along the yet
  • unclouded sky. The menace was express and imminent. Even as I gazed, the
  • sun was blotted out. At any moment the tempest might fall upon Aros in
  • its might.
  • The suddenness of this change of weather so fixed my eyes on heaven that
  • it was some seconds before they alighted on the bay, mapped out below my
  • feet, and robbed a moment later of the sun. The knoll which I had just
  • surmounted overflanked a little amphitheatre of lower hillocks sloping
  • towards the sea, and beyond that the yellow arc of beach and the whole
  • extent of Sandag Bay. It was a scene on which I had often looked down,
  • but where I had never before beheld a human figure. I had but just
  • turned my back upon it and left it empty, and my wonder may be fancied
  • when I saw a boat and several men in that deserted spot. The boat was
  • lying by the rocks. A pair of fellows, bareheaded, with their sleeves
  • rolled up, and one with a boat-hook, kept her with difficulty to her
  • moorings, for the current was growing brisker every moment. A little way
  • off upon the ledge two men in black clothes, whom I judged to be
  • superior in rank, laid their heads together over some task which at
  • first I did not understand, but a second after I had made it out--they
  • were taking bearings with the compass; and just then I saw one of them
  • unroll a sheet of paper and lay his finger down, as though identifying
  • features in a map. Meanwhile a third was walking to and fro, poking
  • among the rocks and peering over the edge into the water. While I was
  • still watching them with the stupefaction of surprise, my mind hardly
  • yet able to work on what my eyes reported, this third person suddenly
  • stooped and summoned his companions with a cry so loud that it reached
  • my ears upon the hill. The others ran to him, even dropping the compass
  • in their hurry, and I could see the bone and the shoe-buckle going from
  • hand to hand, causing the most unusual gesticulations of surprise and
  • interest. Just then I could hear the seamen crying from the boat, and
  • saw them point westward to that cloud continent which was ever the more
  • rapidly unfurling its blackness over heaven. The others seemed to
  • consult; but the danger was too pressing to be braved, and they bundled
  • into the boat, carrying my relics with them, and set forth out of the
  • bay with all speed of oars.
  • I made no more ado about the matter, but turned and ran for the house.
  • Whoever these men were, it was fit my uncle should be instantly
  • informed. It was not then altogether too late in the day for a descent
  • of the Jacobites; and maybe Prince Charlie, whom I knew my uncle to
  • detest, was one of the three superiors whom I had seen upon the rock.
  • Yet as I ran, leaping from rock to rock, and turned the matter loosely
  • in my mind, this theory grew ever the longer the less welcome to my
  • reason. The compass, the map, the interest awakened by the buckle, and
  • the conduct of that one among the strangers who had looked so often
  • below him in the water, all seemed to point to a different explanation
  • of their presence on that outlying, obscure islet of the western sea.
  • The Madrid historian, the search instituted by Dr. Robertson, the
  • bearded stranger with the rings, my own fruitless search that very
  • morning in the deep water of Sandag Bay, ran together, piece by piece,
  • in my memory, and I made sure that these strangers must be Spaniards in
  • quest of ancient treasure and the lost ship of the Armada. But the
  • people living in outlying islands, such as Aros, are answerable for
  • their own security; there is none near by to protect or even to help
  • them; and the presence in such a spot of a crew of foreign
  • adventurers--poor, greedy, and most likely lawless--filled me with
  • apprehensions for my uncle's money, and even for the safety of his
  • daughter. I was still wondering how we were to get rid of them when I
  • came, all breathless, to the top of Aros. The whole world was shadowed
  • over; only in the extreme east, on a hill of the mainland, one last
  • gleam of sunshine lingered like a jewel; rain had begun to fall, not
  • heavily, but in great drops; the sea was rising with each moment, and
  • already a band of white encircled Aros and the nearer coasts of
  • Grisapol. The boat was still pulling seaward, but I now became aware of
  • what had been hidden from me lower down--a large, heavily sparred,
  • handsome schooner lying-to at the south end of Aros. Since I had not
  • seen her in the morning when I had looked around so closely at the signs
  • of the weather, and upon these lone waters where a sail was rarely
  • visible, it was clear she must have lain last night behind the
  • uninhabited Eilean Gour, and this proved conclusively that she was
  • manned by strangers to our coast, for that anchorage, though good enough
  • to look at, is little better than a trap for ships. With such ignorant
  • sailors upon so wild a coast, the coming gale was not unlikely to bring
  • death upon its wings.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • THE GALE
  • I found my uncle at the gable-end, watching the signs of the weather,
  • with a pipe in his fingers.
  • "Uncle," said I, "there were men ashore at Sandag Bay----"
  • I had no time to go further; indeed, I not only forgot my words, but
  • even my weariness, so strange was the effect on Uncle Gordon. He dropped
  • his pipe and fell back against the end of the house with his jaw fallen,
  • his eyes staring, and his long face as white as paper. We must have
  • looked at one another silently for a quarter of a minute, before he made
  • answer in this extraordinary fashion: "Had he a hair kep on?"
  • I knew as well as if I had been there that the man who now lay buried at
  • Sandag had worn a hairy cap, and that he had come shore alive. For the
  • first and only time I lost toleration for the man who was my benefactor
  • and the father of the woman I hoped to call my wife.
  • "These were living men," said I, "perhaps Jacobites, perhaps the French,
  • perhaps pirates, perhaps adventurers come here to seek the Spanish
  • treasure-ship; but, whatever they may be, dangerous at least to your
  • daughter and my cousin. As for your own guilty terrors, man, the dead
  • sleeps well where you have laid him. I stood this morning by his grave;
  • he will not wake before the trump of doom."
  • My kinsman looked upon me, blinking, while I spoke; then he fixed his
  • eyes for a little on the ground, and pulled his fingers foolishly; but
  • it was plain that he was past the power of speech.
  • "Come," said I. "You must think for others. You must come up the hill
  • with me and see this ship."
  • He obeyed without a word or a look, following slowly after my impatient
  • strides. The spring seemed to have gone out of his body, and he
  • scrambled heavily up and down the rocks, instead of leaping, as he was
  • wont, from one to another. Nor could I, for all my cries, induce him to
  • make better haste. Only once he replied to me complainingly, and like
  • one in bodily pain: "Ay, ay, man, I'm coming." Long before we had
  • reached the top I had no other thought for him but pity. If the crime
  • had been monstrous, the punishment was in proportion.
  • At last we emerged above the sky-line of the hill, and could see around
  • us. All was black and stormy to the eye; the last gleam of sun had
  • vanished; a wind had sprung up, not yet high, but gusty and unsteady to
  • the point; the rain, on the other hand, had ceased. Short as was the
  • interval, the sea already ran vastly higher than when I had stood there
  • last; already it had begun to break over some of the outward reefs, and
  • already it moaned aloud in the sea-caves of Aros. I looked, at first, in
  • vain for the schooner.
  • "There she is," I said at last. But her new position, and the course she
  • was now lying, puzzled me. "They cannot mean to beat to sea," I cried.
  • "That's what they mean," said my uncle, with something like joy; and
  • just then the schooner went about and stood upon another tack, which put
  • the question beyond the reach of doubt. These strangers, seeing a gale
  • on hand, had thought first of sea-room. With the wind that threatened,
  • in these reef-sown waters and contending against so violent a stream of
  • tide, their course was certain death.
  • "Good God!" said I, "they are all lost."
  • "Ay," returned my uncle, "a'--a' lost. They hadna a chance but to rin
  • for Kyle Dona. The gate they're gaun the noo, they couldna win through
  • an the muckle deil were there to pilot them. Eh, man," he continued,
  • touching me on the sleeve, "it's a braw nicht for a shipwreck! Twa in ae
  • twalmonth! Eh, but the Merry Men'll dance bonny!"
  • I looked at him, and it was then that I began to fancy him no longer in
  • his right mind. He was peering up to me, as if for sympathy, a timid joy
  • in his eyes. All that had passed between us was already forgotten in the
  • prospect of this fresh disaster.
  • "If it were not too late," I cried with indignation, "I would take the
  • coble and go out to warn them."
  • "Na, na," he protested, "ye maunna interfere; ye maunna meddle wi' the
  • like o' that. It's His"--doffing his bonnet--"His wull. And, eh, man!
  • but it's a braw nicht for't!"
  • Something like fear began to creep into my soul; and, reminding him that
  • I had not yet dined, I proposed we should return to the house. But no;
  • nothing would tear him from his place of outlook.
  • "I maun see the hail thing, man Charlie," he explained; and then as the
  • schooner went about a second time, "Eh, but they han'le her bonny!" he
  • cried. "The _Christ-Anna_ was naething to this."
  • Already the men on board the schooner must have begun to realise some
  • part, but not yet the twentieth, of the dangers that environed their
  • doomed ship. At every lull of the capricious wind they must have seen
  • how fast the current swept them back. Each tack was made shorter, as
  • they saw how little it prevailed. Every moment the rising swell began to
  • boom and foam upon another sunken reef; and ever and again a breaker
  • would fall in sounding ruin under the very bows of her, and the brown
  • reef and streaming tangle appear in the hollow of the wave. I tell you,
  • they had to stand to their tackle: there was no idle man aboard that
  • ship, God knows. It was upon the progress of a scene so horrible to any
  • human-hearted man that my misguided uncle now pored and gloated like a
  • connoisseur. As I turned to go down the hill, he was lying on his belly
  • on the summit, with his hands stretched forth and clutching in the
  • heather. He seemed rejuvenated, mind and body.
  • When I got back to the house already dismally affected, I was still more
  • sadly downcast at the sight of Mary. She had her sleeves rolled up over
  • her strong arms, and was quietly making bread. I got a bannock from the
  • dresser and sat down to eat it in silence.
  • "Are ye wearied, lad?" she asked after a while.
  • "I am not so much wearied, Mary," I replied, getting on my feet, "as I
  • am weary of delay, and perhaps of Aros too. You know me well enough to
  • judge me fairly, say what I like. Well, Mary, you may be sure of this:
  • you had better be anywhere but here."
  • "I'll be sure of one thing," she returned: "I'll be where my duty is."
  • "You forget, you have a duty to yourself," I said.
  • "Ay, man," she replied, pounding at the dough; "will you have found that
  • in the Bible, now?"
  • "Mary," I said solemnly, "you must not laugh at me just now. God knows I
  • am in no heart for laughing. If we could get your father with us, it
  • would be best; but with him or without him, I want you far away from
  • here, my girl; for your own sake, and for mine, ay, and for your
  • father's too, I want you far--far away from here. I came with other
  • thoughts; I came here as a man comes home; now it is all changed, and I
  • have no desire nor hope but to flee--for that's the word--flee, like a
  • bird out of the fowler's snare, from this accursed island."
  • She had stopped her work by this time.
  • "And do you think, now," said she, "do you think, now, I have neither
  • eyes nor ears? Do ye think I havena broken my heart to have these braws
  • (as he calls them, God forgive him!) thrown into the sea? Do ye think I
  • have lived with him, day in, day out, and not seen what you saw in an
  • hour or two? No," she said, "I know there's wrong in it; what wrong, I
  • neither know nor want to know. There was never an ill thing made better
  • by meddling, that I could hear of. But, my lad, you must never ask me to
  • leave my father. While the breath is in his body, I'll be with him. And
  • he's not long for here, either: that I can tell you, Charlie--he's not
  • long for here. The mark is on his brow; and better so--maybe better so."
  • I was a while silent, not knowing what to say; and when I roused my head
  • at last to speak, she got before me.
  • "Charlie," she said, "what's right for me needna be right for you.
  • There's sin upon this house and trouble; you are a stranger; take your
  • things upon your back and go your ways to better places and to better
  • folk, and if you were ever minded to come back, though it were twenty
  • years syne, you would find me aye waiting."
  • "Mary Ellen," I said, "I asked you to be my wife, and you said as good
  • as yes. That's done for good. Wherever you are, I am; as I shall answer
  • to my God."
  • As I said the words the wind suddenly burst out raving, and then seemed
  • to stand still and shudder round the house of Aros. It was the first
  • squall, or prologue, of the coming tempest, and as we started and looked
  • about us, we found that a gloom, like the approach of evening, had
  • settled round the house.
  • "God pity all poor folks at sea!" she said. "We'll see no more of my
  • father till the morrow's morning."
  • And then she told me, as we sat by the fire and hearkened to the rising
  • gusts, of how this change had fallen upon my uncle. All last winter he
  • had been dark and fitful in his mind. Whenever the Roost ran high, or,
  • as Mary said, whenever the Merry Men were dancing, he would lie out for
  • hours together on the Head, if it were night, or on the top of Aros by
  • day, watching the tumult of the sea, and sweeping the horizon for a
  • sail. After February the 10th, when the wealth-bringing wreck was cast
  • ashore at Sandag, he had been at first unnaturally gay, and his
  • excitement had never fallen in degree, but only changed in kind from
  • dark to darker. He neglected his work, and kept Rorie idle. They two
  • would speak together by the hour at the gable-end, in guarded tones and
  • with an air of secrecy, and almost of guilt; and if she questioned
  • either, as at first she sometimes did, her inquiries were put aside with
  • confusion. Since Rorie had first remarked the fish that hung about the
  • ferry, his master had never set foot but once upon the mainland of the
  • Ross. That once--it was in the height of the springs--he had passed
  • dry-shod while the tide was out; but, having lingered overlong on the
  • far side, found himself cut off from Aros by the returning waters. It
  • was with a shriek of agony that he had leaped across the gut, and he had
  • reached home thereafter in a fever-fit of fear. A fear of the sea, a
  • constant haunting thought of the sea, appeared in his talk and
  • devotions, and even in his looks when he was silent.
  • Rorie alone came in to supper; but a little later my uncle appeared,
  • took a bottle under his arm, put some bread in his pocket, and set forth
  • again to his outlook, followed this time by Rorie. I heard that the
  • schooner was losing ground, but the crew was still fighting every inch
  • with hopeless ingenuity and courage; and the news filled my mind with
  • blackness.
  • A little after sundown the full fury of the gale broke forth, such a
  • gale as I have never seen in summer, nor, seeing how swiftly it had
  • come, even in winter. Mary and I sat in silence, the house quaking
  • overhead, the tempest howling without, the fire between us sputtering
  • with raindrops. Our thoughts were far away with the poor fellows on the
  • schooner, or my not less unhappy uncle, houseless on the promontory; and
  • yet ever and again we were startled back to ourselves, when the wind
  • would rise and strike the gable like a solid body, or suddenly fall and
  • draw away, so that the fire leaped into flame and our hearts bounded in
  • our sides. Now the storm in its might would seize and shake the four
  • corners of the roof, roaring like Leviathan in anger. Anon, in a lull,
  • cold eddies of tempest moved shudderingly in the room, lifting the hair
  • upon our heads and passing between us as we sat. And again the wind
  • would break forth in a chorus of melancholy sounds, hooting low in the
  • chimney, wailing with flutelike softness round the house.
  • It was perhaps eight o'clock when Rorie came in and pulled me
  • mysteriously to the door. My uncle, it appeared, had frightened even his
  • constant comrade; and Rorie, uneasy at his extravagance, prayed me to
  • come out and share the watch. I hastened to do as I was asked; the more
  • readily as, what with fear and horror, and the electrical tension of the
  • night, I was myself restless and disposed for action. I told Mary to be
  • under no alarm, for I should be a safeguard on her father; and wrapping
  • myself warmly in a plaid, I followed Rorie into the open air.
  • The night, though we were so little past midsummer, was as dark as
  • January. Intervals of a groping twilight alternated with spells of utter
  • blackness; and it was impossible to trace the reason of these changes in
  • the flying horror of the sky. The wind blew the breath out of a man's
  • nostrils; all heaven seemed to thunder overhead like one huge sail; and
  • when there fell a momentary lull on Aros, we could hear the gusts
  • dismally sweeping in the distance. Over all the lowlands of the Ross the
  • wind must have blown as fierce as on the open sea; and God only knows
  • the uproar that was raging around the head of Ben Kyaw. Sheets of
  • mingled spray and rain were driven in our faces. All round the isle of
  • Aros the surf, with an incessant, hammering thunder, beat upon the reefs
  • and beaches. Now louder in one place, now lower in another, like the
  • combinations of orchestral music, the constant mass of sound was hardly
  • varied for a moment. And loud above all this hurly-burly I could hear
  • the changeful voices of the Roost and the intermittent roaring of the
  • Merry Men. At that hour, there flashed into my mind the reason of the
  • name that they were called. For the noise of them seemed almost
  • mirthful, as it out-topped the other noises of the night; or if not
  • mirthful, yet instinct with a portentous joviality. Nay, and it seemed
  • even human. As when savage men have drunk away their reason, and,
  • discarding speech, bawl together in their madness by the hour; so, to my
  • ears, these deadly breakers shouted by Aros in the night.
  • Arm in arm, and staggering against the wind, Rorie and I won every yard
  • of ground with conscious effort. We slipped on the wet sod, we fell
  • together sprawling on the rocks. Bruised, drenched, beaten, and
  • breathless, it must have taken us near half an hour to get from the
  • house down to the Head that overlooks the Roost. There, it seemed, was
  • my uncle's favourite observatory. Right in the face of it, where the
  • cliff is highest and most sheer, a hump of earth, like a parapet, makes
  • a place of shelter from the common winds, where a man may sit in quiet
  • and see the tide and the mad billows contending at his feet. As he might
  • look down from the window of a house upon some street disturbance, so,
  • from this post, he looks down upon the tumbling of the Merry Men. On
  • such a night, of course, he peers upon a world of blackness, where the
  • waters wheel and boil, where the waves joust together with the noise of
  • an explosion, and the foam towers and vanishes in the twinkling of an
  • eye. Never before had I seen the Merry Men thus violent. The fury,
  • height, and transiency of their spoutings was a thing to be seen and not
  • recounted. High over our heads on the cliff rose their white columns in
  • the darkness; and the same instant, like phantoms, they were gone.
  • Sometimes three at a time would thus aspire and vanish; sometimes a gust
  • took them, and the spray would fall about us, heavy as a wave. And yet
  • the spectacle was rather maddening in its levity than impressive by its
  • force. Thought was beaten down by the confounding uproar; a gleeful
  • vacancy possessed the brains of men, a state akin to madness; and I
  • found myself at times following the dance of the Merry Men as it were a
  • tune upon a jigging instrument.
  • I first caught sight of my uncle when we were still some yards away in
  • one of the flying glimpses of twilight that chequered the pitch darkness
  • of the night. He was standing up behind the parapet, his head thrown
  • back and the bottle to his mouth. As he put it down, he saw and
  • recognised us with a toss of one hand fleeringly above his head.
  • "Has he been drinking?" shouted I to Rorie.
  • "He will aye be drunk when the wind blaws," returned Rorie in the same
  • high key, and it was all that I could do to hear him.
  • "Then--was he so--in February?" I inquired.
  • Rorie's "Ay" was a cause of joy to me. The murder, then, had not sprung
  • in cold blood from calculation; it was an act of madness no more to be
  • condemned than to be pardoned. My uncle was a dangerous madman, if you
  • will, but he was not cruel and base as I had feared. Yet what a scene
  • for a carouse, what an incredible vice, was this that the poor man had
  • chosen! I have always thought drunkenness a wild and almost fearful
  • pleasure, rather demoniacal than human; but drunkenness, out here in the
  • roaring blackness, on the edge of a cliff above that hell of waters, the
  • man's head spinning like the Roost, his foot tottering on the edge of
  • death, his ear watching for the signs of shipwreck, surely that, if it
  • were credible in any one, was morally impossible in a man like my uncle,
  • whose mind was set upon a damnatory creed and haunted by the darkest
  • superstitions. Yet so it was; and, as we reached the bight of shelter
  • and could breathe again, I saw the man's eyes shining in the night with
  • an unholy glimmer.
  • "Eh, Charlie man, it's grand!" he cried. "See to them!" he continued,
  • dragging me to the edge of the abyss from whence arose that deafening
  • clamour and those clouds of spray; "see to them dancin', man! Is that no
  • wicked?"
  • He pronounced the word with gusto, and I thought it suited with the
  • scene.
  • "They're yowlin' for thon schooner," he went on, his thin, insane voice
  • clearly audible in the shelter of the bank, "an' she's comin' aye
  • nearer, aye nearer, aye nearer an' nearer an' nearer; an' they ken't,
  • the folk kens it, they ken weel it's by wi' them. Charlie lad, they're
  • a' drunk in yon schooner, a' dozened wi' drink. They were a' drunk in
  • the _Christ-Anna_, at the hinder end. There's nane could droon at sea
  • wantin' the brandy. Hoot awa, what do you ken?" with a sudden blast of
  • anger. "I tell ye, it canna be; they daurna droon without it. Hae,"
  • holding out the bottle, "tak' a sowp."
  • I was about to refuse, but Rorie touched me as if in warning; and indeed
  • I had already thought better of the movement. I took the bottle,
  • therefore, and not only drank freely myself, but contrived to spill even
  • more as I was doing so. It was pure spirit, and almost strangled me to
  • swallow. My kinsman did not observe the loss, but, once more throwing
  • back his head, drained the remainder to the dregs. Then, with a loud
  • laugh, he cast the bottle forth among the Merry Men, who seemed to leap
  • up, shouting to receive it.
  • "Hae, bairns!" he cried, "there's your hansel. Ye'll get bonnier nor
  • that or morning."
  • Suddenly, out in the black night before us, and not two hundred yards
  • away, we heard, at a moment when the wind was silent, the clear note of
  • a human voice. Instantly the wind swept howling down upon the Head, and
  • the Roost bellowed, and churned, and danced with a new fury. But we had
  • heard the sound, and we knew, with agony, that this was the doomed ship
  • now close on ruin, and that what we had heard was the voice of her
  • master issuing his last command. Crouching together on the edge, we
  • waited, straining every sense, for the inevitable end. It was long,
  • however, and to us it seemed like ages, ere the schooner suddenly
  • appeared for one brief instant, relieved against a tower of glimmering
  • foam. I still see her reefed mainsail flapping loose, as the boom fell
  • heavily across the deck; I still see the black outline of the hull, and
  • still think I can distinguish the figure of a man stretched upon the
  • tiller. Yet the whole sight we had of her passed swifter than lightning;
  • the very wave that disclosed her fell burying her for ever; the mingled
  • cry of many voices at the point of death rose and was quenched in the
  • roaring of the Merry Men. And with that the tragedy was at an end. The
  • strong ship, with all her gear, and the lamp perhaps still burning in
  • the cabin, the lives of so many men, precious surely to others, dear, at
  • least, as heaven to themselves, had all, in that one moment, gone down
  • into the surging waters. They were gone like a dream. And the wind still
  • ran and shouted, and the senseless waters in the Roost still leaped and
  • tumbled as before.
  • How long we lay there together, we three, speechless and motionless, is
  • more than I can tell, but it must have been for long. At length, one by
  • one, and almost mechanically, we crawled back into the shelter of the
  • bank. As I lay against the parapet, wholly wretched and not entirely
  • master of my mind, I could hear my kinsman maundering to himself in an
  • altered and melancholy mood. Now he would repeat to himself with maudlin
  • iteration, "Sic a fecht as they had--sic a sair fecht as they had, puir
  • lads, puir lads!" and anon he would bewail that "a' the gear was as
  • gude's tint," because the ship had gone down among the Merry Men instead
  • of stranding on the shore; and throughout, the name--the
  • _Christ-Anna_--would come and go in his divagations, pronounced with
  • shuddering awe. The storm all this time was rapidly abating. In half an
  • hour the wind had fallen to a breeze, and the change was accompanied or
  • caused by a heavy, cold, and plumping rain. I must then have fallen
  • asleep, and when I came to myself, drenched, stiff, and unrefreshed, day
  • had already broken, grey, wet, discomfortable day; the wind blew in
  • faint and shifting capfuls, the tide was out, the Roost was at its
  • lowest, and only the strong beating surf round all the coasts of Aros
  • remained to witness of the furies of the night.
  • CHAPTER V
  • A MAN OUT OF THE SEA
  • Rorie set out for the house in search of warmth and breakfast; but my
  • uncle was bent upon examining the shores of Aros, and I felt it a part
  • of duty to accompany him throughout. He was now docile and quiet, but
  • tremulous and weak in mind and body; and it was with the eagerness of a
  • child that he pursued his exploration. He climbed far down upon the
  • rocks; on the beaches he pursued the retreating breakers. The merest
  • broken plank or rag of cordage was a treasure in his eyes to be secured
  • at the peril of his life. To see him, with weak and stumbling footsteps,
  • expose himself to the pursuit of the surf, or the snares and pitfalls of
  • the weedy rock, kept me in a perpetual terror. My arm was ready to
  • support him, my hand clutched him by the skirt, I helped him to draw his
  • pitiful discoveries beyond the reach of the returning wave; a nurse
  • accompanying a child of seven would have had no different experience.
  • Yet, weakened as he was by the reaction from his madness of the night
  • before, the passions that smouldered in his nature were those of a
  • strong man. His terror of the sea, although conquered for the moment,
  • was still undiminished; had the sea been a lake of living flames, he
  • could not have shrunk more panically from its touch; and once, when his
  • foot slipped and he plunged to the mid-leg into a pool of water, the
  • shriek that came up out of his soul was like the cry of death. He sat
  • still for a while, panting like a dog, after that; but his desire for
  • the spoils of shipwreck triumphed once more over his fears; once more
  • he tottered among the curded foam; once more he crawled upon the rocks
  • among the bursting bubbles; once more his whole heart seemed to be set
  • on driftwood, fit, if it was fit for anything, to throw upon the fire.
  • Pleased as he was with what he found, he still incessantly grumbled at
  • his ill-fortune.
  • "Aros," he said, "is no' a place for wrecks ava'--no' ava'. A' the years
  • I've dwalt here, this ane maks the second; and the best o' the gear
  • clean tint!"
  • "Uncle," said I, for we were now on a stretch of open sand, where there
  • was nothing to divert his mind, "I saw you last night, as I never
  • thought to see you--you were drunk."
  • "Na, na," he said, "no' as bad as that. I had been drinking, though. And
  • to tell ye the God's truth, it's a thing I canna mend. There's nae
  • soberer man than me in my ordnar; but when I hear the wind blaw in my
  • lug, it's my belief that I gang gyte."
  • "You are a religious man," I replied, "and this is sin."
  • "Ou," he returned, "if it wasna sin, I dinna ken that I would care
  • for't. Ye see, man, it's defiance. There's a sair spang o' the auld sin
  • o' the world in yon sea; it's an unchristian business at the best o't;
  • an' whiles when it gets up, an' the wind skreighs--the wind an' her are
  • a kind of sib, I'm thinkin'--an' thae Merry Men, the daft callants,
  • blawin' and lauchin', and puir souls in the deid-thraws warstlin' the
  • leelang nicht wi' their bit ships--weel, it comes ower me like a
  • glamour. I'm a deil, I ken't. But I think naething o' the puir sailor
  • lads; I'm wi' the sea, I'm just like ane o' her ain Merry Men."
  • I thought I should touch him in a joint of his harness. I turned me
  • towards the sea; the surf was running gaily, wave after wave, with their
  • manes blowing behind them, riding one after another up the beach,
  • towering, curving, falling one upon another on the trampled sand.
  • Without, the salt air, the scared gulls, the widespread army of the
  • sea-chargers, neighing to each other, as they gathered together to the
  • assault of Aros; and close before us, that line on the flat sands, that,
  • with all their number and their fury, they might never pass.
  • "Thus far shalt thou go," said I, "and no farther." And then I quoted as
  • solemnly as I was able a verse that I had often before fitted to the
  • chorus of the breakers:--
  • But yet the Lord, that is on high,
  • Is more of might by far
  • Than noise of many waters is,
  • Or great sea-billows are.
  • "Ay," said my kinsman, "at the hinder end, the Lord will triumph; I
  • dinna misdoobt that. But here on earth, even silly men-folk daur Him to
  • His face. It is no' wise; I am no sayin' that it's wise; but it's the
  • pride of the eye, and it's the lust o' life, an' it's the wale o'
  • pleesures."
  • I said no more, for we had now begun to cross a neck of land that lay
  • between us and Sandag; and I withheld my last appeal to the man's better
  • reason till we should stand upon the spot associated with his crime. Nor
  • did he pursue the subject; but he walked beside me with a firmer step.
  • The call that I had made upon his mind acted like a stimulant, and I
  • could see that he had forgotten his search for worthless jetsam, in a
  • profound, gloomy, and yet stirring train of thought. In three or four
  • minutes we had topped the brae and began to go down upon Sandag. The
  • wreck had been roughly handled by the sea; the stem had been spun round
  • and dragged a little lower down; and perhaps the stern had been forced a
  • little higher, for the two parts now lay entirely separate on the beach.
  • When we came to the grave I stopped, uncovered my head in the thick
  • rain, and, looking my kinsman in the face, addressed him.
  • "A man," said I, "was in God's providence suffered to escape from mortal
  • dangers; he was poor, he was naked, he was wet, he was weary, he was a
  • stranger; he had every claim upon the bowels of your compassion; it may
  • be that he was the salt of the earth, holy, helpful, and kind; it may be
  • he was a man laden with iniquities to whom death was the beginning of
  • torment. I ask you in the sight of Heaven: Gordon Darnaway, where is the
  • man for whom Christ died?"
  • He started visibly at the last words; but there came no answer, and his
  • face expressed no feeling but a vague alarm.
  • "You were my father's brother," I continued; "you have taught me to
  • count your house as if it were my father's house; and we are both sinful
  • men walking before the Lord among the sins and dangers of this life. It
  • is by our evil that God leads us into good; we sin, I dare not say by
  • His temptation, but I must say with His consent; and to any but the
  • brutish man his sins are the beginning of wisdom. God has warned you by
  • this crime; He warns you still by the bloody grave between our feet; and
  • if there shall follow no repentance, no improvement, no return to Him,
  • what can we look for but the following of some memorable judgment?"
  • Even as I spoke the words, the eyes of my uncle wandered from my face. A
  • change fell upon his looks that cannot be described; his features seemed
  • to dwindle in size, the colour faded from his cheeks, one hand rose
  • waveringly and pointed over my shoulder into the distance, and the
  • oft-repeated name fell once more from his lips: "The _Christ-Anna_!"
  • I turned; and if I was not appalled to the same degree, as I return
  • thanks to Heaven that I had not the cause, I was still startled by the
  • sight that met my eyes. The form of a man stood upright on the
  • cabin-hutch of the wrecked ship; his back was towards us; he appeared to
  • be scanning the offing with shaded eyes, and his figure was relieved to
  • its full height, which was plainly very great, against the sea and sky.
  • I have said a thousand times that I am not superstitious; but at that
  • moment, with my mind running upon death and sin, the unexplained
  • appearance of a stranger on that sea-girt, solitary island filled me
  • with a surprise that bordered close on terror. It seemed scarce possible
  • that any human soul should have come ashore alive in such a sea as had
  • raged last night along the coast of Aros; and the only vessel within
  • miles had gone down before our eyes among the Merry Men. I was assailed
  • with doubts that made suspense unbearable, and, to put the matter to the
  • touch at once, stepped forward and hailed the figure like a ship.
  • He turned about, and I thought he started to behold us. At this my
  • courage instantly revived, and I called and signed to him to draw near,
  • and he, on his part, dropped immediately to the sands, and began slowly
  • to approach, with many stops and hesitations. At each repeated mark of
  • the man's uneasiness I grew the more confident myself; and I advanced
  • another step, encouraging him as I did so with my head and hand. It was
  • plain the castaway had heard indifferent accounts of our island
  • hospitality; and indeed, about this time, the people farther north had a
  • sorry reputation.
  • "Why," I said, "the man is black!"
  • And just at that moment, in a voice that I could scarce have recognised,
  • my kinsman began swearing and praying in a mingled stream. I looked at
  • him; he had fallen on his knees, his face was agonised; at each step of
  • the castaway's the pitch of his voice rose, the volubility of his
  • utterance and the fervour of his language redoubled. I call it prayer,
  • for it was addressed to God; but surely no such ranting incongruities
  • were ever before addressed to the Creator by a creature: surely if
  • prayer can be a sin, this mad harangue was sinful. I ran to my kinsman,
  • I seized him by the shoulders, I dragged him to his feet.
  • "Silence, man," said I, "respect your God in words, if not in action.
  • Here, on the very scene of your transgressions, He sends you an occasion
  • of atonement. Forward and embrace it: welcome like a father yon
  • creature who comes trembling to your mercy."
  • With that, I tried to force him towards the black; but he felled me to
  • the ground, burst from my grasp, leaving the shoulder of his jacket, and
  • fled up the hillside towards the top of Aros like a deer. I staggered to
  • my feet again, bruised and somewhat stunned; the negro had paused in
  • surprise, perhaps in terror, some half-way between me and the wreck; my
  • uncle was already far away, bounding from rock to rock; and I thus found
  • myself torn for a time between two duties. But I judged, and I pray
  • Heaven that I judged rightly, in favour of the poor wretch upon the
  • sands; his misfortune was at least not plainly of his own creation; it
  • was one, besides, that I could certainly relieve; and I had begun by
  • that time to regard my uncle as an incurable and dismal lunatic. I
  • advanced accordingly towards the black, who now awaited my approach with
  • folded arms, like one prepared for either destiny. As I came nearer, he
  • reached forth his hand with a great gesture, such as I had seen from the
  • pulpit, and spoke to me in something of a pulpit voice, but not a word
  • was comprehensible. I tried him first in English, then in Gaelic, both
  • in vain; so that it was clear we must rely upon the tongue of looks and
  • gestures. Thereupon I signed to him to follow me, which he did readily
  • and with a grave obeisance like a fallen king; all the while there had
  • come no shade of alteration in his face, neither of anxiety while he was
  • still waiting, nor of relief now that he was reassured; if he were a
  • slave, as I supposed, I could not but judge he must have fallen from
  • some high place in his own country, and, fallen as he was, I could not
  • but admire his bearing. As we passed the grave, I paused and raised my
  • hands and eyes to heaven in token of respect and sorrow for the dead;
  • and he, as if in answer, bowed low and spread his hands abroad; it was a
  • strange motion, but done like a thing of common custom; and I supposed
  • it was ceremonial in the land from which he came. At the same time he
  • pointed to my uncle, whom we could just see perched upon a knoll, and
  • touched his head to indicate that he was mad.
  • We took the long way round the shore, for I feared to excite my uncle if
  • we struck across the island; and as we walked, I had time enough to
  • mature the little dramatic exhibition by which I hoped to satisfy my
  • doubts. Accordingly, pausing on a rock, I proceeded to imitate before
  • the negro the action of the man whom I had seen the day before taking
  • bearings with the compass at Sandag. He understood me at once, and,
  • taking the imitation out of my hands, showed me where the boat was,
  • pointed out seaward as if to indicate the position of the schooner, and
  • then down along the edge of the rock with the words "Espirito Santo,"
  • strangely pronounced, but clear enough for recognition. I had thus been
  • right in my conjecture; the pretended historical inquiry had been but a
  • cloak for treasure-hunting; the man who had played on Dr. Robertson was
  • the same as the foreigner who visited Grisapol in spring, and now, with
  • many others, lay dead under the Roost of Aros: there had their greed
  • brought them, there should their bones be tossed for evermore. In the
  • meantime the black continued his imitation of the scene, now looking up
  • skyward as though watching the approach of the storm; now, in the
  • character of a seaman, waving the rest to come aboard; now as an
  • officer, running along the rock and entering the boat; and anon bending
  • over imaginary oars with the air of a hurried boatman; but all with the
  • same solemnity of manner, so that I was never even moved to smile.
  • Lastly, he indicated to me, by a pantomime not to be described in words,
  • how he himself had gone up to examine the stranded wreck, and, to his
  • grief and indignation, had been deserted by his comrades; and thereupon
  • folded his arms once more, and stooped his head, like one accepting
  • fate.
  • The mystery of his presence being thus solved for me, I explained to
  • him by means of a sketch the fate of the vessel and of all aboard her.
  • He showed no surprise nor sorrow, and, with a sudden lifting of his open
  • hand, seemed to dismiss his former friends or masters (whichever they
  • had been) into God's pleasure. Respect came upon me and grew stronger,
  • the more I observed him; I saw he had a powerful mind and a sober and
  • severe character, such as I loved to commune with; and before we reached
  • the house of Aros I had almost forgotten, and wholly forgiven him, his
  • uncanny colour.
  • To Mary I told all that had passed without suppression, though I own my
  • heart failed me; but I did wrong to doubt her sense of justice.
  • "You did the right," she said. "God's will be done." And she set out
  • meat for us at once.
  • As soon as I was satisfied, I bade Rorie keep an eye upon the castaway,
  • who was still eating, and set forth again myself to find my uncle. I had
  • not gone far before I saw him sitting in the same place, upon the very
  • topmost knoll, and seemingly in the same attitude as when I had last
  • observed him. From that point, as I have said, the most of Aros and the
  • neighbouring Ross would be spread below him like a map; and it was plain
  • that he kept a bright look-out in all directions, for my head had
  • scarcely risen above the summit of the first ascent before he had leaped
  • to his feet and turned as if to face me. I hailed him at once, as well
  • as I was able, in the same tones and words as I had often used before,
  • when I had come to summon him to dinner. He made not so much as a
  • movement in reply. I passed on a little farther, and again tried parley,
  • with the same result. But when I began a second time to advance, his
  • insane fears blazed up again, and still in dead silence, but with
  • incredible speed, he began to flee from before me along the rocky summit
  • of the hill. An hour before he had been dead weary, and I had been
  • comparatively active. But now his strength was recruited by the fervour
  • of insanity, and it would have been vain for me to dream of pursuit.
  • Nay, the very attempt, I thought, might have inflamed his terrors, and
  • thus increased the miseries of our position. And I had nothing left but
  • to turn homeward and make my sad report to Mary.
  • She heard it, as she had heard the first, with a concerned composure,
  • and, bidding me lie down and take that rest of which I stood so much in
  • need, set forth herself in quest of her misguided father. At that age it
  • would have been a strange thing that put me from either meat or sleep; I
  • slept long and deep; and it was already long past noon before I awoke
  • and came downstairs into the kitchen. Mary, Rorie, and the black
  • castaway were seated about the fire in silence; and I could see that
  • Mary had been weeping. There was cause enough, as I soon learned, for
  • tears. First she, and then Rorie, had been forth to seek my uncle; each
  • in turn had found him perched upon the hill-top, and from each in turn
  • he had silently and swiftly fled. Rorie had tried to chase him, but in
  • vain; madness lent a new vigour to his bounds; he sprang from rock to
  • rock over the widest gullies; he scoured like the wind along the
  • hill-tops; he doubled and twisted like a hare before the dogs; and Rorie
  • at length gave in; and the last that he saw, my uncle was seated as
  • before upon the crest of Aros. Even during the hottest excitement of the
  • chase, even when the fleet-footed servant had come, for a moment, very
  • near to capture him, the poor lunatic had uttered not a sound. He fled,
  • and he was silent, like a beast; and this silence had terrified his
  • pursuer.
  • There was something heart-breaking in the situation. How to capture the
  • madman, how to feed him in the meanwhile, and what to do with him when
  • he was captured, were the three difficulties that we had to solve.
  • "The black," said I, "is the cause of this attack. It may even be his
  • presence in the house that keeps my uncle on the hill. We have done the
  • fair thing; he has been fed and warmed under this roof; now I propose
  • that Rorie put him across the bay in the coble, and take him through the
  • Ross as far as Grisapol."
  • In this proposal Mary heartily concurred; and bidding the black follow
  • us, we all three descended to the pier. Certainly, Heaven's will was
  • declared against Gordon Darnaway; a thing had happened, never paralleled
  • before in Aros: during the storm, the coble had broken loose, and,
  • striking on the rough splinters of the pier, now lay in four feet of
  • water with one side stove in. Three days of work at least would be
  • required to make her float. But I was not to be beaten. I led the whole
  • party round to where the gut was narrowest, swam to the other side, and
  • called to the black to follow me. He signed, with the same clearness and
  • quiet as before, that he knew not the art; and there was truth apparent
  • in his signals, it would have occurred to none of us to doubt his truth;
  • and that hope being over, we must all go back even as we came to the
  • house of Aros, the negro walking in our midst without embarrassment.
  • All we could do that day was to make one more attempt to communicate
  • with the unhappy madman. Again he was visible on his perch; again he
  • fled in silence. But food and a great cloak were at least left for his
  • comfort; the rain, besides, had cleared away, and the night promised to
  • be even warm. We might compose ourselves, we thought, until the morrow;
  • rest was the chief requisite, that we might be strengthened for unusual
  • exertions; and as none cared to talk, we separated at an early hour.
  • I lay long awake, planning a campaign for the morrow. I was to place the
  • black on the side of Sandag, whence he should head my uncle towards the
  • house; Rorie in the west, I on the east, were to complete the cordon, as
  • best we might. It seemed to me, the more I recalled the configuration of
  • the island, that it should be possible, though hard, to force him down
  • upon the low ground along Aros Bay; and once there, even with the
  • strength of his madness, ultimate escape was hardly to be feared. It was
  • on his terror of the black that I relied; for I made sure, however he
  • might run, it would not be in the direction of the man whom he supposed
  • to have returned from the dead, and thus one point of the compass at
  • least would be secure.
  • When at length I fell asleep, it was to be awakened shortly after by a
  • dream of wrecks, black men, and submarine adventure; and I found myself
  • so shaken and fevered that I arose, descended the stair, and stepped out
  • before the house. Within, Rorie and the black were asleep together in
  • the kitchen; outside was a wonderful clear night of stars, with here and
  • there a cloud still hanging, last stragglers of the tempest. It was near
  • the top of the flood, and the Merry Men were roaring in the windless
  • quiet of the night. Never, not even in the height of the tempest, had I
  • heard their song with greater awe. Now, when the winds were gathered
  • home, when the deep was dandling itself back into its summer slumber,
  • and when the stars rained their gentle light over land and sea, the
  • voice of these tide-breakers was still raised for havoc. They seemed,
  • indeed, to be a part of the world's evil and the tragic side of life.
  • Nor were their meaningless vociferations the only sounds that broke the
  • silence of the night. For I could hear, now shrill and thrilling and now
  • almost drowned, the note of a human voice that accompanied the uproar of
  • the Roost. I knew it for my kinsman's; and a great fear fell upon me of
  • God's judgments, and the evil in the world. I went back again into the
  • darkness of the house as into a place of shelter, and lay long upon my
  • bed, pondering these mysteries.
  • It was late when I again woke, and I leaped into my clothes and hurried
  • to the kitchen. No one was there; Rorie and the black had both
  • stealthily departed long before; and my heart stood still at the
  • discovery. I could rely on Rorie's heart, but I placed no trust in his
  • discretion. If he had thus set out without a word, he was plainly bent
  • upon some service to my uncle. But what service could he hope to render
  • even alone, far less in the company of the man in whom my uncle found
  • his fears incarnated? Even if I were not already too late to prevent
  • some deadly mischief, it was plain I must delay no longer. With the
  • thought I was out of the house; and often as I have run on the rough
  • sides of Aros, I never ran as I did that fatal morning. I do not believe
  • I put twelve minutes to the whole ascent.
  • My uncle was gone from his perch. The basket had indeed been torn open
  • and the meat scattered on the turf; but, as we found afterwards, no
  • mouthful had been tasted; and there was not another trace of human
  • existence in that wide field of view. Day had already filled the clear
  • heavens; the sun already lighted in a rosy bloom upon the crest of Ben
  • Kyaw; but all below me the rude knolls of Aros and the shield of sea lay
  • steeped in the clear darkling twilight of the dawn.
  • "Rorie!" I cried; and again "Rorie!" My voice died in the silence, but
  • there came no answer back. If there were indeed an enterprise afoot to
  • catch my uncle, it was plainly not in fleetness of foot, but in
  • dexterity of stalking, that the hunters placed their trust. I ran on
  • farther, keeping the higher spurs, and looking right and left, nor did I
  • pause again till I was on the mount above Sandag. I could see the wreck,
  • the uncovered belt of sand, the waves idly beating, the long ledge of
  • rocks, and on either hand the tumbled knolls, boulders, and gullies of
  • the island. But still no human thing.
  • At a stride the sunshine fell on Aros, and the shadows and colours
  • leaped into being. Not half a moment later, below me to the west, sheep
  • began to scatter as in a panic. There came a cry. I saw my uncle
  • running. I saw the black jump up in hot pursuit; and before I had time
  • to understand, Rorie also had appeared, calling directions in Gaelic as
  • to a dog herding sheep.
  • I took to my heels to interfere, and perhaps I had done better to have
  • waited where I was, for I was the means of cutting off the madman's last
  • escape. There was nothing before him from that moment but the grave, the
  • wreck, and the sea in Sandag Bay. And yet Heaven knows that what I did
  • was for the best.
  • My Uncle Gordon saw in what direction, horrible to him, the chase was
  • driving him. He doubled, darting to the right and left; but high as the
  • fever ran in his veins, the black was still the swifter. Turn where he
  • would, he was still forestalled, still driven toward the scene of his
  • crime. Suddenly he began to shriek aloud, so that the coast re-echoed;
  • and now both I and Rorie were calling on the black to stop. But all was
  • vain, for it was written otherwise. The pursuer still ran, the chase
  • still sped before him screaming; they avoided the grave, and skimmed
  • close past the timbers of the wreck; in a breath they had cleared the
  • sand; and still my kinsman did not pause, but dashed straight into the
  • surf; and the black, now almost within reach, still followed swiftly
  • behind him. Rorie and I both stopped, for the thing was now beyond the
  • hands of men, and these were the decrees of God that came to pass before
  • our eyes. There was never a sharper ending. On that steep beach they
  • were beyond their depth at a bound; neither could swim; the black rose
  • once for a moment with a throttling cry; but the current had them,
  • racing seaward; and if ever they came up again, which God alone can
  • tell, it would be ten minutes after, at the far end of Aros Roost, where
  • the sea-birds hover fishing.
  • FOOTNOTES:
  • [1] _i.e._ the six stories which were in 1887 published in a volume
  • entitled _The Merry Men, and Other Tales and Fables_: of this volume
  • "The Merry Men" and "Olalla" formed part.
  • [2] Boggy.
  • [3] Clock.
  • [4] Enjoy.
  • OLALLA
  • OLALLA
  • "Now," said the doctor, "my part is done, and, I may say, with some
  • vanity, well done. It remains only to get you out of this cold and
  • poisonous city, and to give you two months of a pure air and an easy
  • conscience. The last is your affair. To the first I think I can help
  • you. It falls indeed rather oddly; it was but the other day the Padre
  • came in from the country; and as he and I are old friends, although of
  • contrary professions, he applied to me in a matter of distress among
  • some of his parishioners. This was a family--but you are ignorant of
  • Spain, and even the names of our grandees are hardly known to you;
  • suffice it, then, that they were once great people, and are now fallen
  • to the brink of destitution. Nothing now belongs to them but the
  • residencia, and certain leagues of desert mountain, in the greater part
  • of which not even a goat could support life. But the house is a fine old
  • place, and stands at a great height among the hills, and most
  • salubriously; and I had no sooner heard my friend's tale than I
  • remembered you. I told him I had a wounded officer, wounded in the good
  • cause, who was now able to make a change; and I proposed that his
  • friends should take you for a lodger. Instantly the Padre's face grew
  • dark, as I had maliciously foreseen it would. It was out of the
  • question, he said. Then let them starve, said I, for I have no sympathy
  • with tatterdemalion pride. Thereupon we separated, not very content with
  • one another; but yesterday, to my wonder, the Padre returned and made a
  • submission: the difficulty, he said, he had found upon inquiry to be
  • less than he had feared; or, in other words, these proud people had put
  • their pride in their pocket. I closed with the offer; and, subject to
  • your approval, I have taken rooms for you in the residencia. The air of
  • these mountains will renew your blood; and the quiet in which you will
  • there live is worth all the medicines in the world."
  • "Doctor," said I, "you have been throughout my good angel, and your
  • advice is a command. But tell me, if you please, something of the family
  • with which I am to reside."
  • "I am coming to that," replied my friend; "and, indeed, there is a
  • difficulty in the way. These beggars are, as I have said, of very high
  • descent, and swollen with the most baseless vanity; they have lived for
  • some generations in a growing isolation, drawing away, on either hand,
  • from the rich who had now become too high for them, and from the poor,
  • whom they still regarded as too low; and even to-day, when poverty
  • forces them to unfasten their door to a guest, they cannot do so without
  • a most ungracious stipulation. You are to remain, they say, a stranger;
  • they will give you attendance, but they refuse from the first the idea
  • of the smallest intimacy."
  • I will not deny that I was piqued, and perhaps the feeling strengthened
  • my desire to go, for I was confident that I could break down that
  • barrier if I desired. "There is nothing offensive in such a
  • stipulation," said I; "and I even sympathise with the feeling that
  • inspired it."
  • "It is true they have never seen you," returned the doctor politely;
  • "and if they knew you were the handsomest and the most pleasant man that
  • ever came from England (where I am told that handsome men are common,
  • but pleasant ones not so much so), they would doubtless make you welcome
  • with a better grace. But since you take the thing so well, it matters
  • not. To me, indeed, it seems discourteous. But you will find yourself
  • the gainer. The family will not much tempt you. A mother, a son, and a
  • daughter; an old woman said to be half-witted, a country lout, and a
  • country girl, who stands very high with her confessor, and is,
  • therefore," chuckled the physician, "most likely plain; there is not much
  • in that to attract the fancy of a dashing officer."
  • "And yet you say they are high-born," I objected.
  • "Well, as to that, I should distinguish," returned the doctor. "The
  • mother is; not so the children. The mother was the last representative
  • of a princely stock, degenerate both in parts and fortune. Her father
  • was not only poor, he was mad: and the girl ran wild about the
  • residencia till his death. Then, much of the fortune having died with
  • him, and the family being quite extinct, the girl ran wilder than ever,
  • until at last she married, Heaven knows whom, a muleteer some say,
  • others a smuggler; while there are some who uphold there was no marriage
  • at all, and that Felipe and Olalla are bastards. The union, such as it
  • was, was tragically dissolved some years ago; but they live in such
  • seclusion, and the country at that time was in so much disorder, that
  • the precise manner of the man's end is known only to the priest--if even
  • to him."
  • "I begin to think I shall have strange experiences," said I.
  • "I would not romance, if I were you," replied the doctor; "you will
  • find, I fear, a very grovelling and commonplace reality. Felipe, for
  • instance, I have seen. And what am I to say? He is very rustic, very
  • cunning, very loutish, and, I should say, an innocent; the others are
  • probably to match. No, no, señor commandante, you must seek congenial
  • society among the great sights of our mountains; and in these at least,
  • if you are at all a lover of the works of nature, I promise you will not
  • be disappointed."
  • The next day Felipe came for me in a rough country cart, drawn by a
  • mule; and a little before the stroke of noon, after I had said farewell
  • to the doctor, the innkeeper, and different good souls who had
  • befriended me during my sickness, we set forth out of the city by the
  • eastern gate, and began to ascend into the Sierra. I had been so long a
  • prisoner, since I was left behind for dying after the loss of the
  • convoy, that the mere smell of the earth set me smiling. The country
  • through which we went was wild and rocky, partially covered with rough
  • woods, now of the cork-tree, and now of the great Spanish chestnut, and
  • frequently intersected by the beds of mountain torrents. The sun shone,
  • the wind rustled joyously; and we had advanced some miles, and the city
  • had already shrunk into an inconsiderable knoll upon the plain behind
  • us, before my attention began to be diverted to the companion of my
  • drive. To the eye, he seemed but a diminutive, loutish, well-made
  • country lad, such as the doctor had described, mighty quick and active,
  • but devoid of any culture; and this first impression was with most
  • observers final. What began to strike me was his familiar, chattering
  • talk; so strangely inconsistent with the terms on which I was to be
  • received; and partly from his imperfect enunciation, partly from the
  • sprightly incoherence of the matter, so very difficult to follow clearly
  • without an effort of the mind. It is true I had before talked with
  • persons of a similar mental constitution; persons who seemed to live (as
  • he did) by the senses, taken and possessed by the visual object of the
  • moment and unable to discharge their minds of that impression. His
  • seemed to me (as I sat, distantly giving ear) a kind of conversation
  • proper to drivers, who pass much of their time in a great vacancy of the
  • intellect and threading the sights of a familiar country. But this was
  • not the case of Felipe; by his own account, he was a home-keeper; "I
  • wish I was there now," he said; and then, spying a tree by the wayside,
  • he broke off to tell me that he had once seen a crow among its branches.
  • "A crow?" I repeated, struck by the ineptitude of the remark, and
  • thinking I had heard imperfectly.
  • But by this time he was already filled with a new idea; hearkening with
  • a rapt intentness, his head on one side, his face puckered; and he
  • struck me rudely, to make me hold my peace. Then he smiled and shook his
  • head.
  • "What did you hear?" I asked.
  • "Oh, it is all right," he said; and began encouraging his mule with
  • cries that echoed unhumanly up the mountain walls.
  • I looked at him more closely. He was superlatively well-built, light,
  • and lithe and strong; he was well-featured; his yellow eyes were very
  • large, though, perhaps, not very expressive; take him altogether, he was
  • a pleasant-looking lad, and I had no fault to find with him, beyond that
  • he was of a dusky hue, and inclined to hairiness; two characteristics
  • that I disliked. It was his mind that puzzled, and yet attracted me. The
  • doctor's phrase--an innocent--came back to me; and I was wondering if
  • that were, after all, the true description, when the road began to go
  • down into the narrow and naked chasm of a torrent. The waters thundered
  • tumultuously in the bottom; and the ravine was filled full of the sound,
  • the thin spray, and the claps of wind, that accompanied their descent.
  • The scene was certainly impressive; but the road was in that part very
  • securely walled in; the mule went steadily forward; and I was astonished
  • to perceive the paleness of terror in the face of my companion. The
  • voice of that wild river was inconstant, now sinking lower as if in
  • weariness, now doubling its hoarse tones; momentary freshets seemed to
  • swell its volume, sweeping down the gorge, raving and booming against
  • the barrier walls; and I observed it was at each of these accessions to
  • the clamour that my driver more particularly winced and blanched. Some
  • thoughts of Scottish superstition and the river-kelpie passed across my
  • mind; I wondered if perchance the like were prevalent in that part of
  • Spain; and turning to Felipe, sought to draw him out.
  • "What is the matter?" I asked.
  • "Oh, I am afraid," he replied.
  • "Of what are you afraid?" I returned. "This seems one of the safest
  • places on this very dangerous road."
  • "It makes a noise," he said, with a simplicity of awe that set my doubts
  • at rest.
  • The lad was but a child in intellect; his mind was like his body, active
  • and swift, but stunted in development; and I began from that time forth
  • to regard him with a measure of pity, and to listen at first with
  • indulgence, and at last even with pleasure, to his disjointed babble.
  • By about four in the afternoon we had crossed the summit of the mountain
  • line, said farewell to the western sunshine, and began to go down upon
  • the other side, skirting the edge of many ravines and moving through the
  • shadow of dusky woods. There rose upon all sides the voice of falling
  • water, not condensed and formidable as in the gorge of the river, but
  • scattered and sounding gaily and musically from glen to glen. Here, too,
  • the spirits of my driver mended, and he began to sing aloud in a
  • falsetto voice, and with a singular bluntness of musical perception,
  • never true either to melody or key, but wandering at will, and yet
  • somehow with an effect that was natural and pleasing, like that of the
  • song of birds. As the dusk increased, I fell more and more under the
  • spell of this artless warbling, listening and waiting for some
  • articulate air, and still disappointed; and when at last I asked him
  • what it was he sang--"Oh," cried he, "I am just singing!" Above all, I
  • was taken with a trick he had of unweariedly repeating the same note at
  • little intervals; it was not so monotonous as you would think, or, at
  • least, not disagreeable; and it seemed to breathe a wonderful
  • contentment with what is, such as we love to fancy in the attitude of
  • trees, or the quiescence of a pool.
  • Night had fallen dark before we came out upon a plateau, and drew up a
  • little after, before a certain lump of superior blackness which I could
  • only conjecture to be the residencia. Here my guide, getting down from
  • the cart, hooted and whistled for a long time in vain; until at last an
  • old peasant man came towards us from somewhere in the surrounding dark,
  • carrying a candle in his hand. By the light of this I was able to
  • perceive a great arched doorway of a Moorish character: it was closed by
  • iron-studded gates, in one of the leaves of which Felipe opened a
  • wicket. The peasant carried off the cart to some out-building; but my
  • guide and I passed through the wicket, which was closed again behind us;
  • and, by the glimmer of the candle, passed through a court, up a stone
  • stair, along a section of an open gallery, and up more stairs again,
  • until we came at last to the door of a great and somewhat bare
  • apartment. This room, which I understood was to be mine, was pierced by
  • three windows, lined with some lustrous wood disposed in panels, and
  • carpeted with the skins of many savage animals. A bright fire burned in
  • the chimney, and shed abroad a changeful flicker; close up to the blaze
  • there was drawn a table, laid for supper; and in the far end a bed stood
  • ready. I was pleased by these preparations, and said so to Felipe; and
  • he, with the same simplicity of disposition that I had already remarked
  • in him, warmly re-echoed my praises. "A fine room," he said; "a very
  • fine room. And fire, too; fire is good; it melts out the pleasure in
  • your bones. And the bed," he continued, carrying over the candle in that
  • direction--"see what fine sheets--how soft, how smooth, smooth"; and he
  • passed his hand again and again over their texture, and then laid down
  • his head and rubbed his cheeks among them with a grossness of content
  • that somehow offended me. I took the candle from his hand (for I feared
  • he would set the bed on fire) and walked back to the supper-table,
  • where, perceiving a measure of wine, I poured out a cup and called to
  • him to come and drink of it. He started to his feet at once and ran to
  • me with a strong expression of hope; but when he saw the wine he visibly
  • shuddered.
  • "Oh, no," he said, "not that; that is for you. I hate it."
  • "Very well, Señor," said I; "then I will drink to your good health, and
  • to the prosperity of your house and family. Speaking of which," I added,
  • after I had drunk, "shall I not have the pleasure of laying my
  • salutations in person at the feet of the Señora, your mother?"
  • But at these words all the childishness passed out of his face, and was
  • succeeded by a look of indescribable cunning and secrecy. He backed away
  • from me at the same time, as though I were an animal about to leap or
  • some dangerous fellow with a weapon, and when he had got near the door,
  • glowered at me sullenly with contracted pupils. "No," he said at last,
  • and the next moment was gone noiselessly out of the room; and I heard
  • his footing die away downstairs as light as rainfall, and silence closed
  • over the house.
  • After I had supped I drew up the table nearer to the bed and began to
  • prepare for rest; but in the new position of the light, I was struck by
  • a picture on the wall. It represented a woman, still young. To judge by
  • her costume and the mellow unity which reigned over the canvas, she had
  • long been dead; to judge by the vivacity of the attitude, the eyes and
  • the features, I might have been beholding in a mirror the image of life.
  • Her figure was very slim and strong, and of a just proportion; red
  • tresses lay like a crown over her brow; her eyes, of a very golden
  • brown, held mine with a look; and her face, which was perfectly shaped,
  • was yet marred by a cruel, sullen, and sensual expression. Something in
  • both face and figure, something exquisitely intangible, like the echo of
  • an echo, suggested the features and bearing of my guide; and I stood a
  • while unpleasantly attracted and wondering at the oddity of the
  • resemblance. The common, carnal stock of that race, which had been
  • originally designed for such high dames as the one now looking on me
  • from the canvas, had fallen to baser uses, wearing country clothes,
  • sitting on the shaft and holding the reins of a mule cart, to bring
  • home a lodger. Perhaps an actual link subsisted; perhaps some scruple of
  • the delicate flesh that was once clothed upon with the satin and brocade
  • of the dead lady, now winced at the rude contact of Felipe's frieze.
  • The first light of the morning shone full upon the portrait, and, as I
  • lay awake, my eyes continued to dwell upon it with growing complacency;
  • its beauty crept about my heart insidiously, silencing my scruples one
  • after another; and while I knew that to love such a woman were to sign
  • and seal one's own sentence of degeneration, I still knew that, if she
  • were alive, I should love her. Day after day the double knowledge of her
  • wickedness and of my weakness grew clearer. She came to be the heroine
  • of many day-dreams, in which her eyes led on to, and sufficiently
  • rewarded, crimes. She cast a dark shadow on my fancy, and when I was out
  • in the free air of heaven, taking vigorous exercise and healthily
  • renewing the current of my blood, it was often a glad thought to me that
  • my enchantress was safe in the grave, her wand of beauty broken, her
  • lips closed in silence, her philtre spilt. And yet I had a
  • half-lingering terror that she might not be dead after all, but
  • re-arisen in the body of some descendant.
  • Felipe served my meals in my own apartment; and his resemblance to the
  • portrait haunted me. At times it was not; at times, upon some change of
  • attitude or flash of expression, it would leap out upon me like a ghost.
  • It was above all in his ill tempers that the likeness triumphed. He
  • certainly liked me; he was proud of my notice, which he sought to engage
  • by many simple and childlike devices; he loved to sit close before my
  • fire, talking his broken talk or singing his odd, endless, wordless,
  • songs, and sometimes drawing his hand over my clothes with an
  • affectionate manner of caressing that never failed to cause in me an
  • embarrassment of which I was ashamed. But for all that, he was capable
  • of flashes of causeless anger and fits of sturdy sullenness. At a word
  • of reproof, I have seen him upset the dish of which I was about to eat,
  • and this not surreptitiously, but with defiance; and similarly at a hint
  • of inquisition. I was not unnaturally curious, being in a strange place
  • and surrounded by strange people; but at the shadow of a question he
  • shrank back, lowering and dangerous. Then it was that, for a fraction of
  • a second, this rough lad might have been the brother of the lady in the
  • frame. But these humours were swift to pass; and the resemblance died
  • along with them.
  • In these first days I saw nothing of any one but Felipe, unless the
  • portrait is to be counted; and since the lad was plainly of weak mind,
  • and had moments of passion, it may be wondered that I bore his dangerous
  • neighbourhood with equanimity. As a matter of fact, it was for some time
  • irksome; but it happened before long that I obtained over him so
  • complete a mastery as set my disquietude at rest.
  • It fell in this way. He was by nature slothful, and much of a vagabond,
  • and yet he kept by the house, and not only waited upon my wants, but
  • laboured every day in the garden or small farm to the south of the
  • residencia. Here he would be joined by the peasant whom I had seen on
  • the night of my arrival, and who dwelt at the far end of the enclosure,
  • about half a mile away, in a rude out-house; but it was plain to me that
  • of these two, it was Felipe who did most; and though I would sometimes
  • see him throw down his spade and go to sleep among the very plants he
  • had been digging, his constancy and energy were admirable in themselves,
  • and still more so since I was well assured they were foreign to his
  • disposition, and the fruit of an ungrateful effort. But while I admired,
  • I wondered what had called forth in a lad so shuttle-witted this
  • enduring sense of duty. How was it sustained? I asked myself, and to
  • what length did it prevail over his instincts? The priest was possibly
  • his inspirer; but the priest came one day to the residencia. I saw him
  • both come and go after an interval of close upon an hour, from a knoll
  • where I was sketching, and all that time Felipe continued to labour
  • undisturbed in the garden.
  • At last, in a very unworthy spirit, I determined to debauch the lad from
  • his good resolutions, and, waylaying him at the gate, easily persuaded
  • him to join me in a ramble. It was a fine day, and the woods to which I
  • led him were green and pleasant and sweet-smelling, and alive with the
  • hum of insects. Here he discovered himself in a fresh character,
  • mounting up to heights of gaiety that abashed me, and displaying an
  • energy and grace of movement that delighted the eye. He leaped, he ran
  • round me in mere glee; he would stop, and look and listen, and seem to
  • drink in the world like a cordial; and then he would suddenly spring
  • into a tree with one bound, and hang and gambol there like one at home.
  • Little as he said to me, and that of not much import, I have rarely
  • enjoyed more stirring company; the sight of his delight was a continual
  • feast; the speed and accuracy of his movements pleased me to the heart;
  • and I might have been so thoughtlessly unkind as to make a habit of
  • these walks, had not chance prepared a very rude conclusion to my
  • pleasure. By some swiftness or dexterity the lad captured a squirrel in
  • a tree top. He was then some way ahead of me, but I saw him drop to the
  • ground and crouch there, crying aloud for pleasure like a child. The
  • sound stirred my sympathies, it was so fresh and innocent; but as I
  • bettered my pace to draw near, the cry of the squirrel knocked upon my
  • heart. I have heard and seen much of the cruelty of lads, and above all,
  • of peasants; but what I now beheld struck me into a passion of anger. I
  • thrust the fellow aside, plucked the poor brute out of his hands, and
  • with swift mercy killed it. Then I turned upon the torturer, spoke to
  • him long out of the heat of my indignation, calling him names at which
  • he seemed to wither; and at length, pointing towards the residencia,
  • bade him begone and leave me, for I chose to walk with men, not with
  • vermin. He fell upon his knees, and, the words coming to him with more
  • clearness than usual, poured out a stream of the most touching
  • supplications, begging me in mercy to forgive him, to forget what he had
  • done, to look to the future. "Oh, I try so hard," he said. "Oh,
  • commandante, bear with Felipe this once; he will never be a brute
  • again!" Thereupon, much more affected than I cared to show, I suffered
  • myself to be persuaded, and at last shook hands with him and made it up.
  • But the squirrel, by way of penance, I made him bury; speaking of the
  • poor thing's beauty, telling him what pains it had suffered, and how
  • base a thing was the abuse of strength. "See, Felipe," said I, "you are
  • strong indeed; but in my hands you are as helpless as that poor thing of
  • the trees. Give me your hand in mine. You cannot remove it. Now suppose
  • that I were cruel like you, and took a pleasure in pain. I only tighten
  • my hold, and see how you suffer." He screamed aloud, his face stricken
  • ashy and dotted with needle-points of sweat; and when I set him free, he
  • fell to the earth and nursed his hand and moaned over it like a baby.
  • But he took the lesson in good part; and whether from that, or from what
  • I had said to him, or the higher notion he now had of my bodily
  • strength, his original affection was changed into a dog-like, adoring
  • fidelity.
  • Meanwhile I gained rapidly in health. The residencia stood on the crown
  • of a stony plateau; on every side the mountains hemmed it about; only
  • from the roof, where was a bartizan, there might be seen, between two
  • peaks, a small segment of plain, blue with extreme distance. The air in
  • these altitudes moved freely and largely; great clouds congregated
  • there, and were broken up by the wind and left in tatters on the
  • hill-tops; a hoarse and yet faint rumbling of torrents rose from all
  • round; and one could there study all the ruder and more ancient
  • characters of nature in something of their pristine force. I delighted
  • from the first in the vigorous scenery and changeful weather; nor less
  • in the antique and dilapidated mansion where I dwelt. This was a large
  • oblong, flanked at two opposite corners by bastion-like projections, one
  • of which commanded the door, while both were loopholed for musketry. The
  • lower story was, besides, naked of windows, so that the building, if
  • garrisoned, could not be carried without artillery. It enclosed an open
  • court planted with pomegranate trees. From this a broad flight of marble
  • stairs ascended to an open gallery, running all round and resting,
  • towards the court, on slender pillars. Thence, again, several enclosed
  • stairs led to the upper stories of the house, which were thus broken up
  • into distinct divisions. The windows, both within and without, were
  • closely shuttered; some of the stonework in the upper parts had fallen;
  • the roof, in one place, had been wrecked in one of the flurries of wind
  • which were common in these mountains; and the whole house, in the
  • strong, beating sunlight, and standing out above a grove of stunted
  • cork-trees, thickly laden and discoloured with dust, looked like the
  • sleeping palace of the legend. The court, in particular, seemed the very
  • home of slumber. A hoarse cooing of doves haunted about the eaves; the
  • winds were excluded, but when they blew outside, the mountain dust fell
  • here as thick as rain, and veiled the red bloom of the pomegranates;
  • shuttered windows and the closed doors of numerous cellars, and the
  • vacant arches of the gallery, enclosed it; and all day long the sun made
  • broken profiles on the four sides, and paraded the shadow of the pillars
  • on the gallery floor. At the ground level there was, however, a certain
  • pillared recess, which bore the marks of human habitation. Though it was
  • open in front upon the court, it was yet provided with a chimney, where
  • a wood fire would be always prettily blazing; and the tile floor was
  • littered with the skins of animals.
  • It was in this place that I first saw my hostess. She had drawn one of
  • the skins forward and sat in the sun, leaning against a pillar. It was
  • her dress that struck me first of all, for it was rich and brightly
  • coloured, and shone out in that dusty courtyard with something of the
  • same relief as the flowers of the pomegranates. At a second look it was
  • her beauty of person that took hold of me. As she sat back--watching me,
  • I thought, though with invisible eyes--and wearing at the same time an
  • expression of almost imbecile good-humour and contentment, she showed a
  • perfectness of feature and a quiet nobility of attitude that were beyond
  • a statue's. I took off my hat to her in passing, and her face puckered
  • with suspicion as swiftly and lightly as a pool ruffles in the breeze;
  • but she paid no heed to my courtesy. I went forth on my customary walk a
  • trifle daunted, her idol-like impassivity haunting me; and when I
  • returned, although she was still in much the same posture, I was half
  • surprised to see that she had moved as far as the next pillar, following
  • the sunshine. This time, however, she addressed me with some trivial
  • salutation, civilly enough conceived, and uttered in the same
  • deep-chested, and yet indistinct and lisping tones, that had already
  • baffled the utmost niceness of my hearing from her son. I answered
  • rather at a venture; for not only did I fail to take her meaning with
  • precision, but the sudden disclosure of her eyes disturbed me. They were
  • unusually large, the iris golden like Felipe's, but the pupil at that
  • moment so distended that they seemed almost black; and what affected me
  • was not so much their size as (what was perhaps its consequence) the
  • singular insignificance of their regard. A look more blankly stupid I
  • have never met. My eyes dropped before it even as I spoke, and I went on
  • my way upstairs to my own room, at once baffled and embarrassed. Yet
  • when I came there and saw the face of the portrait, I was again reminded
  • of the miracle of family descent. My hostess was, indeed, both older and
  • fuller in person; her eyes were of a different colour; her face,
  • besides, was not only free from the ill-significance that offended and
  • attracted me in the painting; it was devoid of either good or bad--a
  • moral blank expressing literally naught. And yet there was a likeness,
  • not so much speaking as immanent, not so much in any particular feature
  • as upon the whole. It should seem, I thought, as if when the master set
  • his signature to that grave canvas, he had not only caught the image of
  • one smiling and false-eyed woman, but stamped the essential quality of a
  • race.
  • From that day forth, whether I came or went, I was sure to find the
  • Señora seated in the sun against a pillar, or stretched on a rug before
  • the fire; only at times she would shift her station to the top round of
  • the stone staircase, where she lay with the same nonchalance right
  • across my path. In all these days, I never knew her to display the least
  • spark of energy beyond what she expended in brushing and re-brushing her
  • copious copper-coloured hair, or in lisping out, in the rich and broken
  • hoarseness of her voice, her customary idle salutations to myself.
  • These, I think, were her two chief pleasures, beyond that of mere
  • quiescence. She seemed always proud of her remarks, as though they had
  • been witticisms: and, indeed, though they were empty enough, like the
  • conversation of many respectable persons, and turned on a very narrow
  • range of subjects, they were never meaningless or incoherent; nay, they
  • had a certain beauty of their own, breathing, as they did, of her entire
  • contentment. Now she would speak of the warmth, in which (like her son)
  • she greatly delighted; now of the flowers of the pomegranate trees, and
  • now of the white doves and long-winged swallows that fanned the air of
  • the court. The birds excited her. As they raked the eaves in their swift
  • flight, or skimmed sidelong past her with a rush of wind, she would
  • sometimes stir, and sit a little up, and seem to awaken from her doze of
  • satisfaction. But for the rest of her days she lay luxuriously folded on
  • herself and sunk in sloth and pleasure. Her invincible content at first
  • annoyed me, but I came gradually to find repose in the spectacle, until
  • at last it grew to be my habit to sit down beside her four times in the
  • day, both coming and going, and to talk with her sleepily, I scarce knew
  • of what. I had come to like her dull, almost animal neighbourhood; her
  • beauty and her stupidity soothed and amused me. I began to find a kind
  • of transcendental good sense in her remarks, and her unfathomable
  • good-nature moved me to admiration and envy. The liking was returned;
  • she enjoyed my presence half-unconsciously, as a man in deep meditation
  • may enjoy the babbling of a brook. I can scarce say she brightened when
  • I came, for satisfaction was written on her face eternally, as on some
  • foolish statue's; but I was made conscious of her pleasure by some more
  • intimate communication than the sight. And one day, as I sat within
  • reach of her on the marble step, she suddenly shot forth one of her
  • hands and patted mine. The thing was done, and she was back in her
  • accustomed attitude, before my mind had received intelligence of the
  • caress; and when I turned to look her in the face I could perceive no
  • answerable sentiment. It was plain she attached no moment to the act,
  • and I blamed myself for my own more uneasy consciousness.
  • The sight and (if I may so call it) the acquaintance of the mother
  • confirmed the view I had already taken of the son. The family blood had
  • been impoverished, perhaps by long inbreeding, which I knew to be a
  • common error among the proud and the exclusive. No decline, indeed, was
  • to be traced in the body, which had been handed down unimpaired in
  • shapeliness and strength; and the faces of to-day were struck as sharply
  • from the mint as the face of two centuries ago that smiled upon me from
  • the portrait. But the intelligence (that more precious heirloom) was
  • degenerate; the treasure of ancestral memory ran low; and it had
  • required the potent, plebeian crossing of a muleteer or mountain
  • _contrabandista_ to raise what approached hebetude in the mother into
  • the active oddity of the son. Yet of the two, it was the mother I
  • preferred. Of Felipe, vengeful and placable, full of starts and shyings,
  • inconstant as a hare, I could even conceive as a creature possibly
  • noxious. Of the mother I had no thoughts but those of kindness. And
  • indeed, as spectators are apt ignorantly to take sides, I grew something
  • of a partisan in the enmity which I perceived to smoulder between them.
  • True, it seemed mostly on the mother's part. She would sometimes draw in
  • her breath as he came near, and the pupils of her vacant eyes would
  • contract as if with horror or fear. Her emotions, such as they were,
  • were much upon the surface and readily shared; and this latent repulsion
  • occupied my mind, and kept me wondering on what grounds it rested, and
  • whether the son was certainly in fault.
  • I had been about ten days in the residencia, when there sprang up a high
  • and harsh wind, carrying clouds of dust. It came out of malarious
  • lowlands, and over several snowy sierras. The nerves of those on whom it
  • blew were strung and jangled; their eyes smarted with the dust; their
  • legs ached under the burthen of their body; and the touch of one hand
  • upon another grew to be odious. The wind, besides, came down the gullies
  • of the hills and stormed about the house with a great, hollow buzzing
  • and whistling that was wearisome to the ear and dismally depressing to
  • the mind. It did not so much blow in gusts as with the steady sweep of a
  • waterfall, so that there was no remission of discomfort while it blew.
  • But higher up on the mountain it was probably of a more variable
  • strength, with accesses of fury; for there came down at times a far-off
  • wailing, infinitely grievous to hear; and at times, on one of the high
  • shelves or terraces, there would start up, and then disperse, a tower of
  • dust, like the smoke of an explosion.
  • I no sooner awoke in bed than I was conscious of the nervous tension and
  • depression of the weather, and the effect grew stronger as the day
  • proceeded. It was in vain that I resisted; in vain that I set forth upon
  • my customary morning's walk; the irrational, unchanging fury of the
  • storm had soon beat down my strength and wrecked my temper; and I
  • returned to the residencia, glowing with dry heat, and foul and gritty
  • with dust. The court had a forlorn appearance; now and then a glimmer of
  • sun fled over it; now and then the wind swooped down upon the
  • pomegranates, and scattered the blossoms, and set the window shutter
  • clapping on the wall. In the recess the Señora was pacing to and fro
  • with a flushed countenance and bright eyes; I thought, too, she was
  • speaking to herself, like one in anger. But when I addressed her with my
  • customary salutation, she only replied by a sharp gesture and continued
  • her walk. The weather had distempered even this impassive creature; and
  • as I went on upstairs I was the less ashamed of my own discomposure.
  • All day the wind continued; and I sat in my room and made a feint of
  • reading, or walked up and down, and listened to the riot overhead. Night
  • fell, and I had not so much as a candle. I began to long for some
  • society, and stole down to the court. It was now plunged in the blue of
  • the first darkness; but the recess was redly lighted by the fire. The
  • wood had been piled high, and was crowned by a shock of flames, which
  • the draught of the chimney brandished to and fro. In this strong and
  • shaken brightness the Señora continued pacing from wall to wall with
  • disconnected gestures, clasping her hands, stretching forth her arms,
  • throwing back her head as in appeal to heaven. In these disordered
  • movements the beauty and grace of the woman showed more clearly; but
  • there was a light in her eye that struck on me unpleasantly; and when I
  • had looked on a while in silence, and seemingly unobserved, I turned
  • tail as I had come, and groped my way back again to my own chamber.
  • By the time Felipe brought my supper and lights, my nerve was utterly
  • gone; and, had the lad been such as I was used to seeing him, I should
  • have kept him (even by force, had that been necessary) to take off the
  • edge from my distasteful solitude. But on Felipe, also, the wind had
  • exercised its influence. He had been feverish all day; now that the
  • night had come he was fallen into a low and tremulous humour that
  • reacted on my own. The sight of his scared face, his starts and pallors
  • and sudden hearkenings, unstrung me; and when he dropped and broke a
  • dish, I fairly leaped out of my seat.
  • "I think we are all mad to-day," said I, affecting to laugh.
  • "It is the black wind," he replied dolefully. "You feel as if you must
  • do something, and you don't know what it is."
  • I noted the aptness of the description; but, indeed, Felipe had
  • sometimes a strange felicity in rendering into words the sensations of
  • the body. "And your mother, too," said I; "she seems to feel this
  • weather much. Do you not fear she may be unwell?"
  • He stared at me a little, and then said, "No," almost defiantly; and the
  • next moment, carrying his hand to his brow, cried out lamentably on the
  • wind and the noise that made his head go round like a millwheel. "Who
  • can be well?" he cried; and, indeed, I could only echo his question, for
  • I was disturbed enough myself.
  • I went to bed early, wearied with day-long restlessness; but the
  • poisonous nature of the wind, and its ungodly and unintermittent uproar,
  • would not suffer me to sleep. I lay there and tossed, my nerves and
  • senses on the stretch. At times I would doze, dream horribly, and wake
  • again; and these snatches of oblivion confused me as to time. But it
  • must have been late on in the night, when I was suddenly startled by an
  • outbreak of pitiable and hateful cries. I leaped from my bed, supposing
  • I had dreamed; but the cries still continued to fill the house, cries of
  • pain, I thought, but certainly of rage also, and so savage and
  • discordant that they shocked the heart. It was no illusion; some living
  • thing, some lunatic or some wild animal was being foully tortured. The
  • thought of Felipe and the squirrel flashed into my mind, and I ran to
  • the door; but it had been locked from the outside, and I might shake it
  • as I pleased, I was a fast prisoner. Still the cries continued. Now they
  • would dwindle down into a moaning that seemed to be articulate, and at
  • these times I made sure they must be human; and again they would break
  • forth and fill the house with ravings worthy of hell. I stood at the
  • door and gave ear to them, till at last they died away. Long after that,
  • I still lingered and still continued to hear them mingle in fancy with
  • the storming of the wind; and when at last I crept to my bed, it was
  • with a deadly sickness and a blackness of horror on my heart.
  • It was little wonder if I slept no more. Why had I been locked in? What
  • had passed? Who was the author of these indescribable and shocking
  • cries? A human being? It was inconceivable. A beast? The cries were
  • scarce quite bestial; and what animal, short of a lion or a tiger, could
  • thus shake the solid walls of the residencia? And while I was thus
  • turning over the elements of the mystery, it came into my mind that I
  • had not yet set eyes upon the daughter of the house. What was more
  • probable than that the daughter of the Señora, and the sister of Felipe,
  • should be herself insane? Or, what more likely than that these ignorant
  • and half-witted people should seek to manage an afflicted kinswoman by
  • violence? Here was a solution; and yet when I called to mind the cries
  • (which I never did without a shuddering chill) it seemed altogether
  • insufficient: not even cruelty could wring such cries from madness. But
  • of one thing I was sure: I could not live in a house where such a thing
  • was half conceivable, and not probe the matter home and, if necessary,
  • interfere.
  • The next day came, the wind had blown itself out, and there was nothing
  • to remind me of the business of the night. Felipe came to my bedside
  • with obvious cheerfulness; as I passed through the court the Señora was
  • sunning herself with her accustomed immobility; and when I issued from
  • the gateway I found the whole face of nature austerely smiling, the
  • heavens of a cold blue, and sown with great cloud islands, and the
  • mountain-sides mapped forth into provinces of light and shadow. A short
  • walk restored me to myself, and renewed within me the resolve to plumb
  • this mystery; and when, from the vantage of my knoll, I had seen Felipe
  • pass forth to his labours in the garden, I returned at once to the
  • residencia to put my design in practice. The Señora appeared plunged in
  • slumber; I stood a while and marked her, but she did not stir; even if
  • my design were indiscreet, I had little to fear from such a guardian;
  • and turning away, I mounted to the gallery and began my exploration of
  • the house.
  • All morning I went from one door to another, and entered spacious and
  • faded chambers, some rudely shuttered, some receiving their full charge
  • of daylight, all empty and unhomely. It was a rich house, on which Time
  • had breathed its tarnish and dust had scattered disillusion. The spider
  • swung there; the bloated tarantula scampered on the cornices; ants had
  • their crowded highways on the floor of halls of audience; the big and
  • foul fly, that lives on carrion and is often the messenger of death, had
  • set up his nest in the rotten woodwork, and buzzed heavily about the
  • rooms. Here and there a stool or two, a couch, a bed, or a great carved
  • chair remained behind, like islets on the bare floors, to testify of
  • man's bygone habitation; and everywhere the walls were set with the
  • portraits of the dead. I could judge, by these decaying effigies, in the
  • house of what a great and what a handsome race I was then wandering.
  • Many of the men wore orders on their breasts and had the port of noble
  • offices; the women were all richly attired; the canvases, most of them,
  • by famous hands. But it was not so much these evidences of greatness
  • that took hold upon my mind, even contrasted, as they were, with the
  • present depopulation and decay of that great house. It was rather the
  • parable of family life that I read in this succession of fair faces and
  • shapely bodies. Never before had I so realised the miracle of the
  • continued race, the creation and re-creation, the weaving and changing
  • and handing down of fleshly elements. That a child should be born of its
  • mother, that it should grow and clothe itself (we know not how) with
  • humanity, and put on inherited looks, and turn its head with the manner
  • of one ascendant, and offer its hand with the gesture of another, are
  • wonders dulled for us by repetition. But in the singular unity of look,
  • in the common features and common bearing, of all these painted
  • generations on the walls of the residencia, the miracle started out and
  • looked me in the face. And an ancient mirror falling opportunely in my
  • way, I stood and read my own features a long while, tracing out on
  • either hand the filaments of descent and the bonds that knit me with my
  • family.
  • At last, in the course of these investigations, I opened the door of a
  • chamber that bore the marks of habitation. It was of large proportions
  • and faced to the north, where the mountains were most wildly figured.
  • The embers of a fire smouldered and smoked upon the hearth, to which a
  • chair had been drawn close. And yet the aspect of the chamber was
  • ascetic to the degree of sternness; the chair was uncushioned; the floor
  • and walls were naked; and beyond the books which lay here and there in
  • some confusion, there was no instrument of either work or pleasure. The
  • sight of books in the house of such a family exceedingly amazed me; and
  • I began with a great hurry, and in momentary fear of interruption, to go
  • from one to another and hastily inspect their character. They were of
  • all sorts, devotional, historical, and scientific, but mostly of a great
  • age and in the Latin tongue. Some I could see to bear the marks of
  • constant study; others had been torn across and tossed aside as if in
  • petulance or disapproval. Lastly, as I cruised about that empty chamber,
  • I espied some papers written upon with pencil on a table near the
  • window. An unthinking curiosity led me to take one up. It bore a copy of
  • verses, very roughly metred in the original Spanish, and which I may
  • render somewhat thus--
  • "Pleasure approached with pain and shame,
  • Grief with a wreath of lilies came.
  • Pleasure showed the lovely sun;
  • Jesu dear, how sweet it shone!
  • Grief with her worn hand pointed on,
  • Jesu dear, to Thee!"
  • Shame and confusion at once fell on me; and, laying down the paper, I
  • beat an immediate retreat from the apartment. Neither Felipe nor his
  • mother could have read the books nor written these rough but feeling
  • verses. It was plain I had stumbled with sacrilegious feet into the room
  • of the daughter of the house. God knows, my own heart most sharply
  • punished me for my indiscretion. The thought that I had thus secretly
  • pushed my way into the confidence of a girl so strangely situated, and
  • the fear that she might somehow come to hear of it, oppressed me like
  • guilt. I blamed myself besides for my suspicions of the night before;
  • wondered that I should ever have attributed those shocking cries to one
  • of whom I now conceived as of a saint, spectral of mien, wasted with
  • maceration, bound up in the practices of a mechanical devotion, and
  • dwelling in a great isolation of soul with her incongruous relatives;
  • and as I leaned on the balustrade of the gallery and looked down into
  • the bright close of pomegranates and at the gaily dressed and somnolent
  • woman, who just then stretched herself and delicately licked her lips as
  • in the very sensuality of sloth, my mind swiftly compared the scene with
  • the cold chamber looking northward on the mountains, where the daughter
  • dwelt.
  • That same afternoon, as I sat upon my knoll, I saw the Padre enter the
  • gates of the residencia. The revelation of the daughter's character had
  • struck home to my fancy, and almost blotted out the horrors of the
  • night before; but at sight of this worthy man the memory revived. I
  • descended, then, from the knoll, and making a circuit among the woods,
  • posted myself by the wayside to await his passage. As soon as he
  • appeared I stepped forth and introduced myself as the lodger of the
  • residencia. He had a very strong, honest countenance, on which it was
  • easy to read the mingled emotions with which he regarded me, as a
  • foreigner, a heretic, and yet one who had been wounded for the good
  • cause. Of the family at the residencia he spoke with reserve, and yet
  • with respect. I mentioned that I had not yet seen the daughter,
  • whereupon he remarked that that was as it should be, and looked at me a
  • little askance. Lastly, I plucked up courage to refer to the cries that
  • had disturbed me in the night. He heard me out in silence, and then
  • stopped and partly turned about, as though to mark beyond doubt that he
  • was dismissing me.
  • "Do you take tobacco-powder?" said he, offering his snuff-box; and then,
  • when I had refused, "I am an old man," he added, "and I may be allowed
  • to remind you that you are a guest."
  • "I have, then, your authority," I returned, firmly enough, although I
  • flushed at the implied reproof, "to let things take their course, and
  • not to interfere?"
  • He said "Yes," and with a somewhat uneasy salute turned and left me
  • where I was. But he had done two things: he had set my conscience at
  • rest, and he had awakened my delicacy. I made a great effort, once more
  • dismissed the recollections of the night, and fell once more to brooding
  • on my saintly poetess. At the same time, I could not quite forget that I
  • had been locked in, and that night when Felipe brought me my supper I
  • attacked him warily on both points of interest.
  • "I never see your sister," said I casually.
  • "Oh, no," said he; "she is a good, good girl," and his mind instantly
  • veered to something else.
  • "Your sister is pious, I suppose?" I asked in the next pause.
  • "Oh!" he cried, joining his hands with extreme fervour, "a saint; it is
  • she that keeps me up."
  • "You are very fortunate," said I, "for the most of us, I am afraid, and
  • myself among the number, are better at going down."
  • "Señor," said Felipe earnestly, "I would not say that. You should not
  • tempt your angel. If one goes down, where is he to stop?"
  • "Why, Felipe," said I, "I had no guess you were a preacher, and I may
  • say a good one; but I suppose that is your sister's doing?"
  • He nodded at me with round eyes.
  • "Well, then," I continued, "she has doubtless reproved you for your sin
  • of cruelty?"
  • "Twelve times!" he cried; for this was the phrase by which the odd
  • creature expressed the sense of frequency. "And I told her you had done
  • so--I remembered that," he added proudly--"and she was pleased."
  • "Then, Felipe," said I, "what were those cries that I heard last night?
  • for surely they were cries of some creature in suffering."
  • "The wind," returned Felipe, looking in the fire.
  • I took his hand in mine, at which, thinking it to be a caress, he smiled
  • with a brightness of pleasure that came near disarming my resolve. But I
  • trod the weakness down. "The wind," I repeated; "and yet I think it was
  • this hand," holding it up, "that had first locked me in." The lad shook
  • visibly, but answered never a word. "Well," said I, "I am a stranger and
  • a guest. It is not my part either to meddle or to judge in your affairs;
  • in these you shall take your sister's counsel, which I cannot doubt to
  • be excellent. But in so far as concerns my own I will be no man's
  • prisoner, and I demand that key." Half an hour later my door was
  • suddenly thrown open, and the key tossed ringing on the floor.
  • A day or two after I came in from a walk a little before the point of
  • noon. The Senõra was lying lapped in slumber on the threshold of the
  • recess; the pigeons dozed below the eaves like snowdrifts; the house was
  • under a deep spell of noontide quiet; and only a wandering and gentle
  • wind from the mountain stole round the galleries, rustled among the
  • pomegranates, and pleasantly stirred the shadows. Something in the
  • stillness moved me to imitation, and I went very lightly across the
  • court and up the marble staircase. My foot was on the topmost round,
  • when a door opened, and I found myself face to face with Olalla.
  • Surprise transfixed me; her loveliness struck to my heart; she glowed in
  • the deep shadow of the gallery, a gem of colour; her eyes took hold upon
  • mine and clung there, and bound us together like the joining of hands;
  • and the moments we thus stood face to face, drinking each other in, were
  • sacramental and the wedding of souls. I know not how long it was before
  • I awoke out of a deep trance, and, hastily bowing, passed on into the
  • upper stair. She did not move, but followed me with her great, thirsting
  • eyes; and as I passed out of sight it seemed to me as if she paled and
  • faded.
  • In my own room, I opened the window and looked out, and could not think
  • what change had come upon that austere field of mountains that it should
  • thus sing and shine under the lofty heaven. I had seen her--Olalla! And
  • the stone crags answered, Olalla! and the dumb, unfathomable azure
  • answered, Olalla! The pale saint of my dreams had vanished for ever; and
  • in her place I beheld this maiden on whom God had lavished the richest
  • colours and the most exuberant energies of life, whom He had made active
  • as a deer, slender as a reed, and in whose great eyes He had lighted the
  • torches of the soul. The thrill of her young life, strung like a wild
  • animal's, had entered into me; the force of soul that had looked out
  • from her eyes and conquered mine, mantled about my heart and sprang to
  • my lips in singing. She passed through my veins: she was one with me.
  • I will not say that this enthusiasm declined; rather my soul held out in
  • its ecstasy as in a strong castle, and was there besieged by cold and
  • sorrowful considerations. I could not doubt but that I loved her at
  • first sight, and already with a quivering ardour that was strange to my
  • experience. What then was to follow? She was the child of an afflicted
  • house, the Señora's daughter, the sister of Felipe; she bore it even in
  • her beauty. She had the lightness and swiftness of the one, swift as an
  • arrow, light as dew; like the other, she shone on the pale background of
  • the world with the brilliancy of flowers. I could not call by the name
  • of brother that half-witted lad, nor by the name of mother that
  • immovable and lovely thing of flesh, whose silly eyes and perpetual
  • simper now recurred to my mind like something hateful. And if I could
  • not marry, what then? She was helplessly unprotected; her eyes, in that
  • single and long glance, which had been all our intercourse, had
  • confessed a weakness equal to my own; but in my heart I knew her for the
  • student of the cold northern chamber, and the writer of the sorrowful
  • lines; and this was a knowledge to disarm a brute. To flee was more than
  • I could find courage for; but I registered a vow of unsleeping
  • circumspection.
  • As I turned from the window, my eyes alighted on the portrait. It had
  • fallen dead, like a candle after sunrise; it followed me with eyes of
  • paint. I knew it to be like, and marvelled at the tenacity of type in
  • that declining race; but the likeness was swallowed up in difference. I
  • remembered how it had seemed to me a thing unapproachable in the life, a
  • creature rather of the painter's craft than of the modesty of nature,
  • and I marvelled at the thought, and exulted in the image of Olalla.
  • Beauty I had seen before, and not been charmed, and I had been often
  • drawn to women, who were not beautiful except to me; but in Olalla all
  • that I desired and had not dared to imagine was united.
  • I did not see her the next day, and my heart ached and my eyes longed
  • for her, as men long for morning. But the day after, when I returned,
  • about my usual hour, she was once more on the gallery, and our looks
  • once more met and embraced. I would have spoken, I would have drawn near
  • to her; but strongly as she plucked at my heart, drawing me like a
  • magnet, something yet more imperious withheld me; and I could only bow
  • and pass by; and she, leaving my salutation unanswered, only followed me
  • with her noble eyes.
  • I had now her image by rote, and as I conned the traits in memory it
  • seemed as if I read her very heart. She was dressed with something of
  • her mother's coquetry and love of positive colour. Her robe, which I
  • knew she must have made with her own hands, clung about her with a
  • cunning grace. After the fashion of that country, besides, her bodice
  • stood open in the middle, in a long slit, and here, in spite of the
  • poverty of the house, a gold coin, hanging by a ribbon, lay on her brown
  • bosom. These were proofs, had any been needed, of her inborn delight in
  • life and her own loveliness. On the other hand, in her eyes that hung
  • upon mine, I could read depth beyond depth of passion and sadness,
  • lights of poetry and hope, blacknesses of despair, and thoughts that
  • were above the earth. It was a lovely body, but the inmate, the soul,
  • was more than worthy of that lodging. Should I leave this incomparable
  • flower to wither unseen on these rough mountains? Should I despise the
  • great gift offered me in the eloquent silence of her eyes? Here was a
  • soul immured; should I not burst its prison? All side considerations
  • fell off from me; were she the child of Herod I swore I should make her
  • mine; and that very evening I set myself, with a mingled sense of
  • treachery and disgrace, to captivate the brother. Perhaps I read him
  • with more favourable eyes, perhaps the thought of his sister always
  • summoned up the better qualities of that imperfect soul; but he had
  • never seemed to me so amiable, and his very likeness to Olalla, while it
  • annoyed, yet softened me.
  • A third day passed in vain--an empty desert of hours. I would not lose a
  • chance, and loitered all afternoon in the court, where (to give myself a
  • countenance) I spoke more than usual with the Señora. God knows it was
  • with a most tender and sincere interest that I now studied her; and even
  • as for Felipe, so now for the mother, I was conscious of a growing
  • warmth of toleration. And yet I wondered. Even while I spoke with her,
  • she would doze off into a little sleep, and presently awake again
  • without embarrassment; and this composure staggered me. And again, as I
  • marked her make infinitesimal changes in her posture, savouring and
  • lingering on the bodily pleasure of the movement, I was driven to wonder
  • at this depth of passive sensuality. She lived in her body; and her
  • consciousness was all sunk into and disseminated through her members,
  • where it luxuriously dwelt. Lastly, I could not grow accustomed to her
  • eyes. Each time she turned on me those great beautiful and meaningless
  • orbs, wide open to the day, but closed against human inquiry--each time
  • I had occasion to observe the lively changes of her pupils which
  • expanded and contracted in a breath--I know not what it was came over
  • me, I can find no name for the mingled feeling of disappointment,
  • annoyance, and distaste that jarred along my nerves. I tried her on a
  • variety of subjects, equally in vain; and at last led the talk to her
  • daughter. But even there she proved indifferent; said she was pretty,
  • which (as with children) was her highest word of commendation, but was
  • plainly incapable of any higher thought; and when I remarked that Olalla
  • seemed silent, merely yawned in my face and replied that speech was of
  • no great use when you had nothing to say. "People speak much, very
  • much," she added, looking at me with expanded pupils; and then again
  • yawned, and again showed me a mouth that was as dainty as a toy. This
  • time I took the hint, and, leaving her to her repose, went up into my
  • own chamber to sit by the open window, looking on the hills and not
  • beholding them, sunk in lustrous and deep dreams, and hearkening in
  • fancy to the note of a voice that I had never heard.
  • I awoke on the fifth morning with a brightness of anticipation that
  • seemed to challenge fate. I was sure of myself, light of heart and foot,
  • and resolved to put my love incontinently to the touch of knowledge. It
  • should lie no longer under the bonds of silence, a dumb thing, living by
  • the eye only, like the love of beasts; but should now put on the spirit,
  • and enter upon the joys of the complete human intimacy. I thought of it
  • with wild hopes, like a voyager to El Dorado; into that unknown and
  • lovely country of her soul, I no longer trembled to adventure. Yet when
  • I did indeed encounter her, the same force of passion descended on me
  • and at once submerged my mind; speech seemed to drop away from me like a
  • childish habit; and I but drew near to her as the giddy man draws near
  • to the margin of a gulf. She drew back from me a little as I came; but
  • her eyes did not waver from mine, and these lured me forward. At last,
  • when I was already within reach of her, I stopped. Words were denied me;
  • if I advanced I could but clasp her to my heart in silence; and all that
  • was sane in me, all that was still unconquered, revolted against the
  • thought of such an accost. So we stood for a second, all our life in our
  • eyes, exchanging salvos of attraction and yet each resisting; and then,
  • with a great effort of the will, and conscious at the same time of a
  • sudden bitterness of disappointment, I turned and went away in the same
  • silence.
  • What power lay upon me that I could not speak? And she, why was she also
  • silent? Why did she draw away before me dumbly, with fascinated eyes?
  • Was this love? or was it a mere brute attraction, mindless and
  • inevitable, like that of the magnet for the steel? We had never spoken,
  • we were wholly strangers; and yet an influence, strong as the grasp of a
  • giant, swept us silently together. On my side, it filled me with
  • impatience; and yet I was sure that she was worthy; I had seen her
  • books, read her verses, and thus, in a sense, divined the soul of my
  • mistress. But on her side, it struck me almost cold. Of me, she knew
  • nothing but my bodily favour; she was drawn to me as stones fall to the
  • earth; the laws that rule the earth conducted her, unconsenting, to my
  • arms; and I drew back at the thought of such a bridal, and began to be
  • jealous for myself. It was not thus that I desired to be loved. And then
  • I began to fall into a great pity for the girl herself. I thought how
  • sharp must be her mortification, that she, the student, the recluse,
  • Felipe's saintly monitress, should have thus confessed an overweening
  • weakness for a man with whom she had never exchanged a word. And at the
  • coming of pity, all other thoughts were swallowed up; and I longed only
  • to find and console and reassure her; to tell her how wholly her love
  • was returned on my side, and how her choice, even if blindly made, was
  • not unworthy.
  • The next day it was glorious weather; depth upon depth of blue
  • over-canopied the mountains; the sun shone wide; and the wind in the
  • trees and the many fallen torrents in the mountains filled the air with
  • delicate and haunting music. Yet I was prostrated with sadness. My heart
  • wept for the sight of Olalla, as a child weeps for its mother. I sat
  • down on a boulder on the verge of the low cliffs that bound the plateau
  • to the north. Thence I looked down into the wooded valley of a stream,
  • where no foot came. In the mood I was in, it was even touching to behold
  • the place untenanted; it lacked Olalla; and I thought of the delight and
  • glory of a life passed wholly with her in that strong air, and among
  • these rugged and lovely surroundings, at first with a whimpering
  • sentiment, and then again with such a fiery joy that I seemed to grow
  • in strength and stature, like a Samson.
  • And then suddenly I was aware of Olalla drawing near. She appeared out
  • of a grove of cork-trees, and came straight towards me; and I stood up
  • and waited. She seemed in her walking a creature of such life and fire
  • and lightness as amazed me; yet she came quietly and slowly. Her energy
  • was in the slowness; but for inimitable strength, I felt she would have
  • run, she would have flown to me. Still, as she approached, she kept her
  • eyes lowered to the ground; and when she had drawn quite near, it was
  • without one glance that she addressed me. At the first note of her voice
  • I started. It was for this I had been waiting; this was the last test of
  • my love. And lo, her enunciation was precise and clear, not lisping and
  • incomplete like that of her family; and the voice, though deeper than
  • usual with women, was still both youthful and womanly. She spoke in a
  • rich chord; golden contralto strains mingled with hoarseness, as the red
  • threads were mingled with the brown among her tresses. It was not only a
  • voice that spoke to my heart directly; but it spoke to me of her. And
  • yet her words immediately plunged me back upon despair.
  • "You will go away," she said, "to-day."
  • Her example broke the bonds of my speech; I felt as lightened of a
  • weight, or as if a spell had been dissolved. I know not in what words I
  • answered; but, standing before her on the cliffs, I poured out the whole
  • ardour of my love, telling her that I lived upon the thought of her,
  • slept only to dream of her loveliness, and would gladly forswear my
  • country, my language, and my friends, to live for ever by her side. And
  • then, strongly commanding myself, I changed the note; I reassured, I
  • comforted her; I told her I had divined in her a pious and heroic
  • spirit, with which I was worthy to sympathise, and which I longed to
  • share and lighten. "Nature," I told her, "was the voice of God, which
  • men disobey at peril; and if we were thus dumbly drawn together, ay,
  • even as by a miracle of love, it must imply a divine fitness in our
  • souls; we must be made," I said--"made for one another. We should be mad
  • rebels," I cried out--"mad rebels against God, not to obey this
  • instinct."
  • She shook her head. "You will go to-day," she repeated, and then with a
  • gesture, and in a sudden, sharp note--"no, not to-day," she cried,
  • "to-morrow!"
  • But at this sign of relenting, power came in upon me in a tide. I
  • stretched out my arms and called upon her name; and she leaped to me and
  • clung to me. The hills rocked about us, the earth quailed; a shock as of
  • a blow went through me and left me blind and dizzy. And the next moment
  • she had thrust me back, broken rudely from my arms, and fled with the
  • speed of a deer among the cork-trees.
  • I stood and shouted to the mountains; I turned and went back towards the
  • residencia, walking upon air. She sent me away, and yet I had but to
  • call upon her name and she came to me. These were but the weaknesses of
  • girls, from which even she, the strangest of her sex, was not exempted.
  • Go? Not I, Olalla--Oh, not I, Olalla, my Olalla! A bird sang near by;
  • and in that season birds were rare. It bade me be of good cheer. And
  • once more the whole countenance of nature, from the ponderous and stable
  • mountains down to the lightest leaf and the smallest darting fly in the
  • shadow of the groves, began to stir before me and to put on the
  • lineaments of life and wear a face of awful joy. The sunshine struck
  • upon the hills, strong as a hammer on the anvil, and the hills shook;
  • the earth, under that vigorous insolation, yielded up heady scents; the
  • woods smouldered in the blaze. I felt the thrill of travail and delight
  • run through the earth. Something elemental, something rude, violent, and
  • savage, in the love that sang in my heart, was like a key to nature's
  • secrets; and the very stones that rattled under my feet appeared alive
  • and friendly. Olalla! Her touch had quickened, and renewed, and strung
  • me up to the old pitch of concert with the rugged earth, to a swelling
  • of the soul that men learn to forget in their polite assemblies. Love
  • burned in me like rage; tenderness waxed fierce; I hated, I adored, I
  • pitied, I revered her with ecstasy. She seemed the link that bound me in
  • with dead things on the one hand, and with our pure and pitying God upon
  • the other: a thing brutal and divine, and akin at once to the innocence
  • and to the unbridled forces of the earth.
  • My head thus reeling, I came into the courtyard of the residencia, and
  • the sight of the mother struck me like a revelation. She sat there, all
  • sloth and contentment, blinking under the strong sunshine, branded with
  • a passive enjoyment, a creature set quite apart, before whom my ardour
  • fell away like a thing ashamed. I stopped a moment, and, commanding such
  • shaken tones as I was able, said a word or two. She looked at me with
  • her unfathomable kindness; her voice in reply sounded vaguely out of the
  • realm of peace in which she slumbered, and there fell on my mind, for
  • the first time, a sense of respect for one so uniformly innocent and
  • happy, and I passed on in a kind of wonder at myself that I should be so
  • much disquieted.
  • On my table there lay a piece of the same yellow paper I had seen in the
  • north room; it was written on with pencil in the same hand, Olalla's
  • hand, and I picked it up with a sudden sinking of alarm, and read, "If
  • you have any kindness for Olalla, if you have any chivalry for a
  • creature sorely wrought, go from here to-day; in pity, in honour, for
  • the sake of Him who died, I supplicate that you shall go." I looked at
  • this a while in mere stupidity, then I began to awaken to a weariness
  • and horror of life; the sunshine darkened outside on the bare hills, and
  • I began to shake like a man in terror. The vacancy thus suddenly opened
  • in my life unmanned me like a physical void. It was not my heart, it was
  • not my happiness, it was life itself that was involved. I could not
  • lose her. I said so, and stood repeating it. And then, like one in a
  • dream, I moved to the window, put forth my hand to open the casement,
  • and thrust it through the pane. The blood spurted from my wrist; and
  • with an instantaneous quietude and command of myself, I pressed my thumb
  • on the little leaping fountain, and reflected what to do. In that empty
  • room there was nothing to my purpose; I felt, besides, that I required
  • assistance. There shot into my mind a hope that Olalla herself might be
  • my helper, and I turned and went downstairs, still keeping my thumb
  • upon the wound.
  • There was no sign of either Olalla or Felipe, and I addressed myself to
  • the recess, whither the Señora had now drawn quite back and sat dozing
  • close before the fire, for no degree of heat appeared too much for her.
  • "Pardon me," said I, "if I disturb you, but I must apply to you for
  • help."
  • She looked up sleepily and asked me what it was, and with the very words
  • I thought she drew in her breath with a widening of the nostrils and
  • seemed to come suddenly and fully alive.
  • "I have cut myself," I said, "and rather badly. See!" And I held out my
  • two hands, from which the blood was oozing and dripping.
  • Her great eyes opened wide, the pupils shrank into points; a veil seemed
  • to fall from her face, and leave it sharply expressive and yet
  • inscrutable. And as I still stood, marvelling a little at her
  • disturbance, she came swiftly up to me, and stooped and caught me by the
  • hand; and the next moment my hand was at her mouth, and she had bitten
  • me to the bone. The pang of the bite, the sudden spurting of blood, and
  • the monstrous horror of the act, flashed through me all in one, and I
  • beat her back; and she sprang at me again and again, with bestial cries,
  • cries that I recognised, such cries as had awakened me on the night of
  • the high wind. Her strength was like that of madness; mine was rapidly
  • ebbing with the loss of blood; my mind besides was whirling with the
  • abhorrent strangeness of the onslaught, and I was already forced against
  • the wall, when Olalla ran betwixt us, and Felipe, following at a bound,
  • pinned down his mother on the floor.
  • A trance-like weakness fell upon me; I saw, heard, and felt, but I was
  • incapable of movement. I heard the struggle roll to and fro upon the
  • floor, the yells of the catamount ringing up to heaven as she strove to
  • reach me. I felt Olalla clasp me in her arms, her hair falling on my
  • face, and, with the strength of a man, raise and half drag, half carry
  • me upstairs into my own room, where she cast me down upon the bed. Then
  • I saw her hasten to the door and lock it, and stand an instant listening
  • to the savage cries that shook the residencia. And then, swift and light
  • as a thought, she was again beside me, binding up my hand, laying it in
  • her bosom, moaning and mourning over it, with dove-like sounds. They
  • were not words that came to her, they were sounds more beautiful than
  • speech, infinitely touching, infinitely tender; and yet as I lay there,
  • a thought stung to my heart, a thought wounded me like a sword, a
  • thought, like a worm in a flower, profaned the holiness of my love. Yes,
  • they were beautiful sounds, and they were inspired by human tenderness;
  • but was their beauty human?
  • All day I lay there. For a long time the cries of that nameless female
  • thing, as she struggled with her half-witted whelp, resounded through
  • the house, and pierced me with despairing sorrow and disgust. They were
  • the death-cry of my love; my love was murdered; it was not only dead,
  • but an offence to me; and yet, think as I pleased, feel as I must, it
  • still swelled within me like a storm of sweetness, and my heart melted
  • at her looks and touch. This horror that had sprung out, this doubt upon
  • Olalla, this savage and bestial strain that ran not only through the
  • whole behaviour of her family, but found a place in the very
  • foundations and story of our love--though it appalled, though it shocked
  • and sickened me, was yet not of power to break the knot of my
  • infatuation.
  • When the cries had ceased, there came a scraping at the door, by which I
  • knew Felipe was without; and Olalla went and spoke to him--I know not
  • what. With that exception, she stayed close beside me, now kneeling by
  • my bed and fervently praying, now sitting with her eyes upon mine. So
  • then, for these six hours I drank in her beauty, and silently perused
  • the story in her face. I saw the golden coin hover on her breaths; I saw
  • her eyes darken and brighten, and still speak no language but that of an
  • unfathomable kindness; I saw the faultless face, and, through the robe,
  • the lines of the faultless body. Night came at last, and in the growing
  • darkness of the chamber the sight of her slowly melted; but even then
  • the touch of her smooth hand lingered in mine and talked with me. To lie
  • thus in deadly weakness and drink in the traits of the beloved, is to
  • re-awake to love from whatever shock of disillusion. I reasoned with
  • myself; and I shut my eyes on horrors, and again I was very bold to
  • accept the worst. What mattered it, if that imperious sentiment
  • survived; if her eyes still beckoned and attached me; if now, even as
  • before, every fibre of my dull body yearned and turned to her? Late on
  • in the night some strength revived in me, and I spoke:--
  • "Olalla," I said, "nothing matters; I ask nothing; I am content; I love
  • you."
  • She knelt down a while and prayed, and I devoutly respected her
  • devotions. The moon had begun to shine in upon one side of each of the
  • three windows, and make a misty clearness in the room, by which I saw
  • her indistinctly. When she re-arose she made the sign of the cross.
  • "It is for me to speak," she said, "and for you to listen. I know; you
  • can but guess. I prayed, how I prayed for you to leave this place. I
  • begged it of you, and I know you would have granted me even this; or if
  • not, oh let me think so!"
  • "I love you," I said.
  • "And yet you have lived in the world," she said; after a pause, "you are
  • a man and wise; and I am but a child. Forgive me, if I seem to teach,
  • who am as ignorant as the trees of the mountain; but those who learn
  • much do but skim the face of knowledge; they seize the laws, they
  • conceive the dignity of the design--the horror of the living fact fades
  • from their memory. It is we who sit at home with evil who remember, I
  • think, and are warned and pity. Go, rather, go now, and keep me in mind.
  • So I shall have a life in the cherished places of your memory; a life as
  • much my own as that which I lead in this body."
  • "I love you," I said once more; and reaching out my weak hand, took
  • hers, and carried it to my lips, and kissed it. Nor did she resist, but
  • winced a little; and I could see her look upon me with a frown that was
  • not unkindly, only sad and baffled. And then it seemed she made a call
  • upon her resolution; plucked my hand towards her, herself at the same
  • time leaning somewhat forward, and laid it on the beating of her heart.
  • "There," she cried, "you feel the very footfall of my life. It only
  • moves for you; it is yours. But is it even mine? It is mine indeed to
  • offer you, as I might take the coin from my neck, as I might break a
  • live branch from a tree, and give it you. And yet not mine! I dwell, or
  • I think I dwell (if I exist at all), somewhere apart, an impotent
  • prisoner, and carried about and deafened by a mob that I disown. This
  • capsule, such as throbs against the sides of animals, knows you at a
  • touch for its master; ay, it loves you! But my soul, does my soul? I
  • think not; I know not, fearing to ask. Yet when you spoke to me, your
  • words were of the soul; it is of the soul that you ask--it is only from
  • the soul that you would take me."
  • "Olalla," I said, "the soul and the body are one, and mostly so in love.
  • What the body chooses, the soul loves; where the body clings, the soul
  • cleaves; body for body, soul to soul, they come together at God's
  • signal; and the lower part (if we can call aught low) is only the
  • footstool and foundation of the highest."
  • "Have you," she said, "seen the portraits in the house of my fathers?
  • Have you looked at my mother or at Felipe? Have your eyes never rested
  • on that picture that hangs by your bed? She who sat for it died ages
  • ago; and she did evil in her life. But, look again: there is my hand to
  • the least line, there are my eyes and my hair. What is mine, then, and
  • what am I? If not a curve in this poor body of mine (which you love, and
  • for the sake of which you dotingly dream that you love me), not a
  • gesture that I can frame, not a tone of my voice, not any look from my
  • eyes, no, not even now when I speak to him I love, but has belonged to
  • others? Others, ages dead, have wooed other men with my eyes; other men
  • have heard the pleading of the same voice that now sounds in your ears.
  • The hands of the dead are in my bosom; they move me, they pluck me, they
  • guide me; I am a puppet at their command; and I but re-inform features
  • and attributes that have long been laid aside from evil in the quiet of
  • the grave. Is it me you love, friend? or the race that made me? The girl
  • who does not know and cannot answer for the least portion of herself? or
  • the stream of which she is a transitory eddy, the tree of which she is
  • the passing fruit? The race exists; it is old, it is ever young, it
  • carries its eternal destiny in its bosom; upon it, like waves upon the
  • sea, individual succeeds to individual, mocked with a semblance of
  • self-control, but they are nothing. We speak of the soul, but the soul
  • is in the race."
  • "You fret against the common law," I said. "You rebel against the voice
  • of God, which He has made so winning to convince, so imperious to
  • command. Hear it, and how it speaks between us! Your hand clings to
  • mine, your heart leaps at my touch, the unknown elements of which we
  • are compounded awake and run together at a look; the clay of the earth
  • remembers its independent life and yearns to join us; we are drawn
  • together as the stars are turned about in space, or as the tides ebb and
  • flow; by things older and greater than we ourselves."
  • "Alas!" she said, "what can I say to you? My fathers, eight hundred
  • years ago, ruled all this province: they were wise, great, cunning, and
  • cruel; they were a picked race of the Spanish; their flags led in war;
  • the king called them his cousin; the people, when the rope was slung for
  • them or when they returned and found their hovels smoking, blasphemed
  • their name. Presently a change began. Man has risen; if he has sprung
  • from the brutes, he can descend again to the same level. The breath of
  • weariness blew on their humanity and the cords relaxed; they began to go
  • down; their minds fell on sleep, their passions awoke in gusts, heady
  • and senseless like the wind in the gutters of the mountains; beauty was
  • still handed down, but no longer the guiding wit nor the human heart;
  • the seed passed on, it was wrapped in flesh, the flesh covered the
  • bones, but they were the bones and the flesh of brutes, and their mind
  • was as the mind of flies. I speak to you as I dare; but you have seen
  • for yourself how the wheel has gone backward with my doomed race. I
  • stand, as it were, upon a little rising ground in this desperate
  • descent, and see both before and behind, both what we have lost and to
  • what we are condemned to go farther downward. And shall I--I that dwell
  • apart in the house of the dead, my body, loathing its ways--shall I
  • repeat the spell? Shall I bind another spirit, reluctant as my own, into
  • this bewitched and tempest-broken tenement that I now suffer in? Shall I
  • hand down this cursed vessel of humanity, charge it with fresh life as
  • with fresh poison, and dash it, like a fire, in the faces of posterity?
  • But my vow has been given; the race shall cease from off the earth. At
  • this hour my brother is making ready; his foot will soon be on the
  • stair; and you will go with him and pass out of my sight for ever.
  • Think of me sometimes as one to whom the lesson of life was very harshly
  • told, but who heard it with courage; as one who loved you indeed, but
  • who hated herself so deeply that her love was hateful to her; as one who
  • sent you away and yet would have longed to keep you for ever: who had no
  • dearer hope than to forget you, and no greater fear than to be
  • forgotten."
  • She had drawn towards the door as she spoke, her rich voice sounding
  • softer and farther away; and with the last word she was gone, and I lay
  • alone in the moonlit chamber. What I might have done had not I lain
  • bound by my extreme weakness, I know not; but as it was, there fell upon
  • me a great and blank despair. It was not long before there shone in at
  • the door the ruddy glimmer of a lantern, and Felipe, coming, charged me
  • without a word upon his shoulders, and carried me down to the great
  • gate, where the cart was waiting. In the moonlight the hills stood out
  • sharply, as if they were of cardboard; on the glimmering surface of the
  • plateau, and from among the low trees which swung together and sparkled
  • in the wind, the great black cube of the residencia stood out bulkily,
  • its mass only broken by three dimly lighted windows in the northern
  • front above the gate. They were Olalla's windows, and as the cart jolted
  • onwards I kept my eyes fixed upon them till, where the road dipped into
  • a valley, they were lost to my view for ever. Felipe walked in silence
  • beside the shafts, but from time to time he would check the mule and
  • seem to look back upon me; and at length drew quite near and laid his
  • hand upon my head. There was such kindness in the touch, and such a
  • simplicity, as of the brutes, that tears broke from me like the bursting
  • of an artery.
  • "Felipe," I said, "take me where they will ask no questions."
  • He said never a word, but he turned his mule about, end for end,
  • retraced some part of the way we had gone, and, striking into another
  • path, led me to the mountain village, which was, as we say in Scotland,
  • the kirk-town of that thinly peopled district. Some broken memories
  • dwell in my mind of the day breaking over the plain, of the cart
  • stopping, of arms that helped me down, of a bare room into which I was
  • carried, and of a swoon that fell upon me like sleep.
  • The next day and the days following, the old priest was often at my side
  • with his snuff-box and prayer-book, and after a while, when I began to
  • pick up strength, he told me that I was now on a fair way to recovery,
  • and must as soon as possible hurry my departure; whereupon, without
  • naming any reason, he took snuff and looked at me sideways. I did not
  • affect ignorance; I knew he must have seen Olalla. "Sir," said I, "you
  • know that I do not ask in wantonness. What of that family?"
  • He said they were very unfortunate; that it seemed a declining race, and
  • that they were very poor and had been much neglected.
  • "But she has not," I said. "Thanks, doubtless, to yourself, she is
  • instructed and wise beyond the use of women."
  • "Yes," he said, "the Señorita is well-informed. But the family has been
  • neglected."
  • "The mother?" I queried.
  • "Yes, the mother too," said the Padre, taking snuff. "But Felipe is a
  • well-intentioned lad."
  • "The mother is odd?" I asked.
  • "Very odd," replied the priest.
  • "I think, sir, we beat about the bush," said I. "You must know more of
  • my affairs than you allow. You must know my curiosity to be justified on
  • many grounds. Will you not be frank with me?"
  • "My son," said the old gentleman, "I will be very frank with you on
  • matters within my competence; on those of which I know nothing it does
  • not require much discretion to be silent. I will not fence with you, I
  • take your meaning perfectly; and what can I say, but that we are all in
  • God's hands, and that His ways are not our ways? I have even advised
  • with my superiors in the Church, but they, too, were dumb. It is a great
  • mystery."
  • "Is she mad?" I asked.
  • "I will answer you according to my belief. She is not," returned the
  • Padre, "or she was not. When she was young--God help me, I fear I
  • neglected that wild lamb--she was surely sane; and yet, although it did
  • not run to such heights, the same strain was already notable; it had
  • been so before her in her father, ay, and before him, and this inclined
  • me, perhaps, to think too lightly of it. But these things go on growing,
  • not only in the individual but in the race."
  • "When she was young," I began, and my voice failed me for a moment, and
  • it was only with a great effort that I was able to add, "was she like
  • Olalla?"
  • "Now God forbid!" exclaimed the Padre. "God forbid that any man should
  • think so slightingly of my favourite penitent. No, no; the Señorita (but
  • for her beauty, which I wish most honestly she had less of) has not a
  • hair's resemblance to what her mother was at the same age. I could not
  • bear to have you think so; though, heaven knows, it were, perhaps,
  • better that you should."
  • At this I raised myself in bed, and opened my heart to the old man;
  • telling him of our love and of her decision; owning my own horrors, my
  • own passing fancies, but telling him that these were at an end; and with
  • something more than a purely formal submission, appealing to his
  • judgment.
  • He heard me very patiently and without surprise; and when I had done he
  • sat for some time silent. Then he began: "The Church," and instantly
  • broke off again to apologise. "I had forgotten, my child, that you were
  • not a Christian," said he. "And indeed, upon a point so highly unusual,
  • even the Church can scarce be said to have decided. But would you have
  • my opinion? The Señorita is, in a matter of this kind, the best judge;
  • I would accept her judgment."
  • On the back of that he went away, nor was he thenceforward so assiduous
  • in his visits; indeed, even when I began to get about again, he plainly
  • feared and deprecated my society, not as in distaste, but much as a man
  • might be disposed to flee from the riddling sphinx. The villagers, too,
  • avoided me; they were unwilling to be my guides upon the mountain. I
  • thought they looked at me askance, and I made sure that the more
  • superstitious crossed themselves on my approach. At first I set this
  • down to my heretical opinions; but it began at length to dawn upon me
  • that if I was thus redoubted it was because I had stayed at the
  • residencia. All men despise the savage notions of such peasantry; and
  • yet I was conscious of a chill shadow that seemed to fall and dwell upon
  • my love. It did not conquer, but I may not deny that it restrained, my
  • ardour.
  • Some miles westward of the village there was a gap in the sierra, from
  • which the eye plunged direct upon the residencia; and thither it became
  • my daily habit to repair. A wood crowned the summit; and just where the
  • pathway issued from its fringes, it was overhung by a considerable shelf
  • of rock, and that, in its turn, was surmounted by a crucifix of the size
  • of life and more than usually painful in design. This was my perch;
  • thence, day after day, I looked down upon the plateau, and the great old
  • house, and could see Felipe, no bigger than a fly, going to and fro
  • about the garden. Sometimes mists would draw across the view, and be
  • broken up again by mountain winds; sometimes the plain slumbered below
  • me in unbroken sunshine; it would sometimes be all blotted out by rain.
  • This distant post, these interrupted sights of the place where my life
  • had been so strangely changed, suited the indecision of my humour. I
  • passed whole days there, debating with myself the various elements of
  • our position, now leaning to the suggestions of love, now giving an ear
  • to prudence, and in the end halting irresolute between the two.
  • One day, as I was sitting on my rock, there came by that way a somewhat
  • gaunt peasant wrapped in a mantle. He was a stranger, and plainly did
  • not know me even by repute; for, instead of keeping the other side, he
  • drew near and sat down beside me, and we had soon fallen in talk. Among
  • other things, he told me he had been a muleteer, and in former years had
  • much frequented these mountains; later on, he had followed the army with
  • his mules, had realised a competence, and was now living retired with
  • his family.
  • "Do you know that house?" I inquired at last, pointing to the
  • residencia, for I readily wearied of any talk that kept me from the
  • thought of Olalla.
  • He looked at me darkly and crossed himself.
  • "Too well," he said, "it was there that one of my comrades sold himself
  • to Satan; the Virgin shield us from temptations! He has paid the price;
  • he is now burning in the reddest place in hell!"
  • A fear came upon me; I could answer nothing; and presently the man
  • resumed, as if to himself: "Yes," he said, "O yes, I know it. I have
  • passed its doors. There was snow upon the pass, the wind was driving it;
  • sure enough there was death that night upon the mountains, but there was
  • worse beside the hearth. I took him by the arm, Señor, and dragged him
  • to the gate; I conjured him, by all he loved and respected, to go forth
  • with me; I went on my knees before him in the snow; and I could see he
  • was moved by my entreaty. And just then she came out on the gallery, and
  • called him by his name; and he turned, and there was she, standing with
  • a lamp in her hand and smiling on him to come back. I cried out aloud to
  • God, and threw my arms about him, but he put me by, and left me alone.
  • He had made his choice; God help us. I would pray for him, but to what
  • end? there are sins that not even the Pope can loose."
  • "And your friend," I asked, "what became of him?"
  • "Nay, God knows," said the muleteer. "If all be true that we hear, his
  • end was like his sin, a thing to raise the hair."
  • "Do you mean that he was killed?" I asked.
  • "Sure enough, he was killed," returned the man. "But how? Ah, how? But
  • these are things that it is sin to speak of."
  • "The people of that house ..." I began.
  • But he interrupted me with a savage outburst. "The people?" he cried.
  • "What people? There are neither men nor women in that house of Satan's!
  • What? have you lived here so long, and never heard?" And here he put his
  • mouth to my ear and whispered, as if even the fowls of the mountain
  • might have overheard and been stricken with horror.
  • What he told me was not true, nor was it even original; being, indeed,
  • but a new edition, vamped up again by village ignorance and
  • superstition, of stories nearly as ancient as the race of man. It was
  • rather the application that appalled me. In the old days, he said, the
  • Church would have burned out that nest of basilisks; but the arm of the
  • Church was now shortened; his friend Miguel had been unpunished by the
  • hands of men, and left to the more awful judgment of an offended God.
  • This was wrong; but it should be so no more. The Padre was sunk in age;
  • he was even bewitched himself; but the eyes of his flock were now awake
  • to their own danger; and some day--ay, and before long--the smoke of
  • that house should go up to heaven.
  • He left me filled with horror and fear. Which way to turn I knew not;
  • whether first to warn the Padre, or to carry my ill news direct to the
  • threatened inhabitants of the residencia. Fate was to decide for me;
  • for, while I was still hesitating, I beheld the veiled figure of a woman
  • drawing near to me up the pathway. No veil could deceive my penetration;
  • by every line and every movement I recognised Olalla; and keeping
  • hidden behind a corner of the rock, I suffered her to gain the summit.
  • Then I came forward. She knew me and paused, but did not speak; I, too,
  • remained silent; and we continued for some time to gaze upon each other
  • with a passionate sadness.
  • "I thought you had gone," she said at length. "It is all that you can do
  • for me--to go. It is all I ever asked of you. And you still stay. But do
  • you know, that every day heaps up the peril of death, not only on your
  • head, but on ours? A report has gone about the mountain; it is thought
  • you love me, and the people will not suffer it."
  • I saw she was already informed of her danger, and I rejoiced at it.
  • "Olalla," I said, "I am ready to go this day, this very hour, but not
  • alone."
  • She stepped aside and knelt down before the crucifix to pray, and I
  • stood by and looked now at her and now at the object of her adoration,
  • now at the living figure of the penitent, and now at the ghastly, daubed
  • countenance, the painted wounds, and the projected ribs of the image.
  • The silence was only broken by the wailing of some large birds that
  • circled sidelong, as if in surprise or alarm, about the summit of the
  • hills. Presently Olalla rose again, turned towards me, raised her veil,
  • and, still leaning with one hand on the shaft of the crucifix, looked
  • upon me with a pale and sorrowful countenance.
  • "I have laid my hand upon the cross," she said. "The Padre says you are
  • no Christian; but look up for a moment with my eyes, and behold the face
  • of the Man of Sorrows. We are all such as He was--the inheritors of sin;
  • we must all bear and expiate a past which was not ours; there is in all
  • of us--ay, even in me--a sparkle of the divine. Like Him, we must endure
  • for a little while, until morning returns, bringing peace. Suffer me to
  • pass on upon my way alone; it is thus that I shall be least lonely,
  • counting for my friend Him who is the friend of all the distressed; it
  • is thus that I shall be the most happy, having taken my farewell of
  • earthly happiness, and willingly accepted sorrow for my portion."
  • I looked at the face of the crucifix, and, though I was no friend to
  • images, and despised that imitative and grimacing art of which it was a
  • rude example, some sense of what the thing implied was carried home to
  • my intelligence. The face looked down upon me with a painful and deadly
  • contraction; but the rays of a glory encircled it, and reminded me that
  • the sacrifice was voluntary. It stood there, crowning the rock, as it
  • still stands on so many highway sides, vainly preaching to passers-by,
  • an emblem of sad and noble truths; that pleasure is not an end, but an
  • accident; that pain is the choice of the magnanimous; that it is best to
  • suffer all things and do well. I turned and went down the mountain in
  • silence; and when I looked back for the last time before the wood closed
  • about my path, I saw Olalla still leaning on the crucifix.
  • HEATHERCAT
  • A FRAGMENT
  • HEATHERCAT
  • CHAPTER I
  • TRAQUAIRS OF MONTROYMONT
  • The period of this tale is in the heat of the _killing-time_; the scene
  • laid for the most part in solitary hills and morasses, haunted only by
  • the so-called Mountain Wanderers, the dragoons that came in chase of
  • them, the women that wept on their dead bodies, and the wild birds of
  • the moorland that have cried there since the beginning. It is a land of
  • many rain-clouds; a land of much mute history, written there in
  • pre-historic symbols. Strange green raths are to be seen commonly in the
  • country, above all by the kirkyards; barrows of the dead, standing
  • stones; beside these, the faint, durable footprints and handmarks of the
  • Roman; and an antiquity older perhaps than any, and still living and
  • active--a complete Celtic nomenclature and a scarce-mingled Celtic
  • population. These rugged and grey hills were once included in the
  • boundaries of the Caledonian Forest. Merlin sat here below his
  • apple-tree and lamented Gwendolen; here spoke with Kentigern; here fell
  • into his enchanted trance. And the legend of his slumber seems to body
  • forth the story of that Celtic race, deprived for so many centuries of
  • their authentic speech, surviving with their ancestral inheritance of
  • melancholy perversity and patient, unfortunate courage.
  • The Traquairs of Montroymont (_Mons Romanus_, as the erudite expound it)
  • had long held their seat about the head-waters of the Dule and in the
  • back parts of the moorland parish of Balweary. For two hundred years
  • they had enjoyed in these upland quarters a certain decency (almost to
  • be named distinction) of repute; and the annals of their house, or what
  • is remembered of them, were obscure and bloody. Ninian Traquair was
  • "cruallie slochtered" by the Crozers at the kirk-door of Balweary, anno
  • 1482. Francis killed Simon Ruthven of Drumshoreland, anno 1540; bought
  • letters of slayers at the widow and heir, and, by a barbarous form of
  • compounding, married (without tocher) Simon's daughter Grizzel, which is
  • the way the Traquairs and Ruthvens came first to an intermarriage. About
  • the last Traquair and Ruthven marriage, it is the business of this book,
  • among many other things, to tell.
  • The Traquairs were always strong for the Covenant; for the King also,
  • but the Covenant first; and it began to be ill days for Montroymont when
  • the Bishops came in and the dragoons at the heels of them. Ninian (then
  • laird) was an anxious husband of himself and the property, as the times
  • required, and it may be said of him, that he lost both. He was heavily
  • suspected of the Pentland Hills rebellion. When it came the length of
  • Bothwell Brig, he stood his trial before the Secret Council, and was
  • convicted of talking with some insurgents by the wayside, the subject of
  • the conversation not very clearly appearing, and of the reset and
  • maintenance of one Gale, a gardener man, who seen before Bothwell with a
  • musket, and afterwards, for a continuance of months, delved the garden
  • at Montroymont. Matters went very ill with Ninian at the Council; some
  • of the lords were clear for treason; and even the boot was talked of.
  • But he was spared that torture; and at last, having pretty good
  • friendship among great men, he came off with a fine of seven thousand
  • marks, that caused the estate to groan. In this case, as in so many
  • others, it was the wife that made the trouble. She was a great keeper of
  • conventicles; would ride ten miles to one, and when she was fined,
  • rejoiced greatly to suffer for the Kirk; but it was rather her husband
  • that suffered. She had their only son, Francis, baptized privately by
  • the hands of Mr. Kidd; there was that much the more to pay for! She
  • could neither be driven nor wiled into the parish kirk; as for taking
  • the sacrament at the hands of any Episcopalian curate, and tenfold more
  • at those of Curate Haddo, there was nothing further from her purposes;
  • and Montroymont had to put his hand in his pocket month by month and
  • year by year. Once, indeed, the little lady was cast in prison, and the
  • laird, worthy, heavy, uninterested man, had to ride up and take her
  • place; from which he was not discharged under nine months and a sharp
  • fine. It scarce seemed she had any gratitude to him; she came out of
  • gaol herself, and plunged immediately deeper in conventicles, resetting
  • recusants, and all her old, expensive folly, only with greater vigour
  • and openness, because Montroymont was safe in the Tolbooth and she had
  • no witness to consider. When he was liberated and came back, with his
  • fingers singed, in December 1680, and late in the black night, my lady
  • was from home. He came into the house at his alighting, with a
  • riding-rod yet in his hand; and, on the servant-maid telling him, caught
  • her by the scruff of the neck, beat her violently, flung her down in the
  • passage-way, and went upstairs to his bed fasting and without a light.
  • It was three in the morning when my lady returned from that conventicle,
  • and, hearing of the assault (because the maid had sat up for her,
  • weeping), went to their common chamber with a lantern in hand and
  • stamping with her shoes so as to wake the dead; it was supposed, by
  • those that heard her, from a design to have it out with the good man at
  • once. The house-servants gathered on the stair, because it was a main
  • interest with them to know which of these two was the better horse; and
  • for the space of two hours they were heard to go at the matter, hammer
  • and tongs. Montroymont alleged he was at the end of possibilities; it
  • was no longer within his power to pay the annual rents; she had served
  • him basely by keeping conventicles while he lay in prison for her sake;
  • his friends were weary, and there was nothing else before him but the
  • entire loss of the family lands, and to begin life again by the wayside
  • as a common beggar. She took him up very sharp and high: called upon
  • him, if he were a Christian? and which he most considered, the loss of a
  • few dirty, miry glebes, or of his soul? Presently he was heard to weep,
  • and my lady's voice to go on continually like a running burn, only the
  • words indistinguishable; whereupon it was supposed a victory for her
  • ladyship, and the domestics took themselves to bed. The next day
  • Traquair appeared like a man who had gone under the harrows; and his
  • lady wife thenceforward continued in her old course without the least
  • deflection.
  • Thenceforward Ninian went on his way without complaint, and suffered his
  • wife to go on hers without remonstrance. He still minded his estate, of
  • which it might be said he took daily a fresh farewell, and counted it
  • already lost; looking ruefully on the acres and the graves of his
  • fathers, on the moorlands where the wildfowl consorted, the low,
  • gurgling pool of the trout, and the high, windy place of the calling
  • curlews--things that were yet his for the day and would be another's
  • to-morrow; coming back again, and sitting ciphering till the dusk at his
  • approaching ruin, which no device of arithmetic could postpone beyond a
  • year or two. He was essentially the simple ancient man, the farmer and
  • landholder; he would have been content to watch the seasons come and go,
  • and his cattle increase, until the limit of age; he would have been
  • content at any time to die, if he could have left the estates
  • undiminished to an heir-male of his ancestors, that duty standing first
  • in his instinctive calendar. And now he saw everywhere the image of the
  • new proprietor come to meet him, and go sowing and reaping, or fowling
  • for his pleasure on the red moors, or eating the very gooseberries in
  • the Place garden; and saw always, on the other hand, the figure of
  • Francis go forth, a beggar, into the broad world.
  • It was in vain the poor gentleman sought to moderate; took every test
  • and took advantage of every indulgence; went and drank with the dragoons
  • in Balweary; attended the communion and came regularly to the church to
  • Curate Haddo, with his son beside him. The mad, raging, Presbyterian
  • zealot of a wife at home made all of no avail; and indeed the house must
  • have fallen years before if it had not been for the secret indulgence of
  • the curate, who had a great sympathy with the laird, and winked hard at
  • the doings in Montroymont. This curate was a man very ill reputed in the
  • countryside, and indeed in all Scotland. "Infamous Haddo" is Shield's
  • expression. But Patrick Walker is more copious. "Curate Hall Haddo,"
  • says he, _sub voce_ Peden, "or _Hell_ Haddo, as he was more justly to be
  • called, a pokeful of old condemned errors and the filthy vile lusts of
  • the flesh, a published whoremonger, a common gross drunkard, continually
  • and godlessly scraping and skirling on a fiddle, continually breathing
  • flames against the remnant of Israel. But the Lord put an end to his
  • piping, and all these offences were composed into one bloody grave." No
  • doubt this was written to excuse his slaughter; and I have never heard
  • it claimed for Walker that he was either a just witness or an indulgent
  • judge. At least, in a merely human character, Haddo comes off not wholly
  • amiss in the matter of these Traquairs: not that he showed any graces of
  • the Christian, but had a sort of Pagan decency, which might almost tempt
  • one to be concerned about his sudden, violent, and unprepared fate.
  • CHAPTER II
  • FRANCIE
  • Francie was eleven years old, shy, secret, and rather childish of his
  • age, though not backward in schooling, which had been pushed on far by a
  • private governor, one M'Brair, a forfeited minister harboured in that
  • capacity at Montroymont. The boy, already much employed in secret by his
  • mother, was the most apt hand conceivable to run upon a message, to
  • carry food to lurking fugitives, or to stand sentry on the skyline above
  • a conventicle. It seemed no place on the moorlands was so naked but what
  • he would find cover there; and as he knew every hag, boulder, and
  • heather-bush in a circuit of seven miles about Montroymont, there was
  • scarce any spot but what he could leave or approach it unseen. This
  • dexterity had won him a reputation in that part of the country; and
  • among the many children employed in these dangerous affairs, he passed
  • under the by-name of Heathercat.
  • How much his father knew of this employment might be doubted. He took
  • much forethought for the boy's future, seeing he was like to be left so
  • poorly, and would sometimes assist at his lessons, sighing heavily,
  • yawning deep, and now and again patting Francie on the shoulder if he
  • seemed to be doing ill, by way of a private, kind encouragement. But a
  • great part of the day was passed in aimless wanderings with his eyes
  • sealed, or in his cabinet sitting bemused over the particulars of the
  • coming bankruptcy; and the boy would be absent a dozen times for once
  • that his father would observe it.
  • On 2nd of July 1682 the boy had an errand from his mother, which must
  • be kept private from all, the father included in the first of them.
  • Crossing the braes, he hears the clatter of a horse's shoes, and claps
  • down incontinent in a hag by the wayside. And presently he spied his
  • father come riding from one direction, and Curate Haddo walking from
  • another; and Montroymont leaning down from the saddle, and Haddo getting
  • on his toes (for he was a little, ruddy, bald-pated man, more like a
  • dwarf), they greeted kindly, and came to a halt within two fathoms of
  • the child.
  • "Montroymont," the curate said, "the deil's in 't but I'll have to
  • denunciate your leddy again."
  • "Deil's in 't indeed!" says the laird.
  • "Man! can ye no induce her to come to the kirk?" pursues Haddo; "or to a
  • communion at the least of it? For the conventicles, let be! and the same
  • for yon solemn fule, M'Brair: I can blink at them. But she's got to come
  • to the kirk, Montroymont."
  • "Dinna speak of it," says the laird. "I can do nothing with her."
  • "Couldn't ye try the stick to her? it works wonders whiles," suggested
  • Haddo. "No? I'm wae to hear it. And I suppose ye ken where you're
  • going?"
  • "Fine!" said Montroymont. "Fine do I ken where: bankrup'cy and the Bass
  • Rock!"
  • "Praise to my bones that I never married!" cried the curate. "Well, it's
  • a grievous thing to me to see an auld house dung down that was here
  • before Flodden Field. But naebody can say it was with my wish."
  • "No more they can, Haddo!" says the laird. "A good friend ye've been to
  • me, first and last. I can give you that character with a clear
  • conscience."
  • Whereupon they separated, and Montroymont rode briskly down into the
  • Dule Valley. But of the curate Francis was not to be quit so easily. He
  • went on with his little, brisk steps to the corner of a dyke, and
  • stopped and whistled and waved upon a lassie that was herding cattle
  • there. This Janet M'Clour was a big lass, being taller than the curate;
  • and what made her look the more so, she was kilted very high. It seemed
  • for a while she would not come, and Francie heard her calling Haddo a
  • "daft auld fule," and saw her running and dodging him among the whins
  • and hags till he was fairly blown. But at the last he gets a bottle from
  • his plaid-neuk and holds it up to her; whereupon she came at once into a
  • composition, and the pair sat, drinking of the bottle, and daffing and
  • laughing together, on a mound of heather. The boy had scarce heard of
  • these vanities, or he might have been minded of a nymph and satyr, if
  • anybody could have taken long-leggit Janet for a nymph. But they seemed
  • to be huge friends, he thought; and was the more surprised, when the
  • curate had taken his leave, to see the lassie fling stones after him
  • with screeches of laughter, and Haddo turn about and caper, and shake
  • his staff at her, and laugh louder than herself. A wonderful merry pair,
  • they seemed; and when Francie had crawled out of the hag, he had a great
  • deal to consider in his mind. It was possible they were all fallen in
  • error about Mr. Haddo, he reflected,--having seen him so tender with
  • Montroymont, and so kind and playful with the lass Janet; and he had a
  • temptation to go out of his road and question her herself upon the
  • matter. But he had a strong spirit of duty on him; and plodded on
  • instead over the braes till he came near the House of Cairngorm. There,
  • in a hollow place, by the burnside that was shaded by some birks, he was
  • aware of a barefoot boy, perhaps a matter of three years older than
  • himself. The two approached with the precautions of a pair of strange
  • dogs, looking at each other queerly.
  • "It's ill weather on the hills," said the stranger, giving the
  • watchword.
  • "For a season," said Francie, "but the Lord will appear."
  • "Richt," said the barefoot boy; "wha're ye frae?"
  • "The Leddy Montroymont," says Francie.
  • "Ha'e, then!" says the stranger, and handed him a folded paper, and they
  • stood and looked at each other again. "It's unco' het," said the boy.
  • "Dooms het," says Francie.
  • "What do they ca' ye?" says the other.
  • "Francie," says he. "I'm young Montroymont. They ca' me Heathercat."
  • "I'm Jock Crozer," said the boy. And there was another pause, while each
  • rolled a stone under his foot.
  • "Cast your jaiket and I'll fecht ye for a bawbee," cried the elder boy
  • with sudden violence, and dramatically throwing back his jacket.
  • "Na, I have nae time the now," said Francie, with a sharp thrill of
  • alarm, because Crozer was much the heavier boy.
  • "Ye're feared. Heathercat indeed!" said Crozer, for among this infantile
  • army of spies and messengers, the fame of Crozer had gone forth and was
  • resented by his rivals. And with that they separated.
  • On his way home Francie was a good deal occupied with the recollection
  • of this untoward incident. The challenge had been fairly offered and
  • basely refused: the tale would be carried all over the country, and the
  • lustre of the name of Heathercat be dimmed. But the scene between Curate
  • Haddo and Janet M'Clour had also given him much to think of: and he was
  • still puzzling over the case of the curate, and why such ill words were
  • said of him, and why, if he were so merry-spirited, he should yet preach
  • so dry, when coming over a knowe, whom should he see but Janet, sitting
  • with her back to him, minding her cattle! He was always a great child
  • for secret, stealthy ways, having been employed by his mother on errands
  • when the same was necessary; and he came behind the lass without her
  • hearing.
  • "Jennet," says he.
  • "Keep me," cries Janet, springing up. "O, it's you, Maister Francie!
  • Save us, what a fricht ye gied me."
  • "Ay, it's me," said Francie. "I've been thinking, Jennet; I saw you and
  • the curate a while back----"
  • "Brat!" cried Janet, and coloured up crimson; and the one moment made as
  • if she would have stricken him with a ragged stick she had to chase her
  • bestial with, and the next was begging and praying that he would mention
  • it to none. It was "naebody's business, whatever," she said; "it would
  • just start a clash in the country"; and there would be nothing left for
  • her but to drown herself in Dule Water.
  • "Why?" says Francie.
  • The girl looked at him and grew scarlet again.
  • "And it isna that, anyway," continued Francie. "It was just that he
  • seemed so good to ye--like our Father in heaven, I thought; and I
  • thought that mebbe, perhaps, we had all been wrong about him from the
  • first. But I'll have to tell Mr. M'Brair; I'm under a kind of a bargain
  • to him to tell him all."
  • "Tell it to the divil if ye like for me!" cried the lass. "I've naething
  • to be ashamed of. Tell M'Brair to mind his ain affairs," she cried
  • again: "they'll be hot eneugh for him, if Haddie likes!" And so strode
  • off, shoving her beasts before her, and ever and again looking back and
  • crying angry words to the boy, where he stood mystified.
  • By the time he had got home his mind was made up that he would say
  • nothing to his mother. My Lady Montroymont was in the keeping-room,
  • reading a godly book; she was a wonderful frail little wife to make so
  • much noise in the world and be able to steer about that patient sheep
  • her husband; her eyes were like sloes, the fingers of her hands were
  • like tobacco-pipe shanks, her mouth shut tight like a trap; and even
  • when she was the most serious, and still more when she was angry, there
  • hung about her face the terrifying semblance of a smile.
  • "Have ye gotten the billet, Francie?" said she; and when he had handed
  • it over, and she had read and burned it, "Did you see anybody?" she
  • asked.
  • "I saw the laird," said Francie.
  • "He didna see you, though?" asked his mother.
  • "Deil a fear," from Francie.
  • "Francie!" she cried. "What's that I hear? an aith? The Lord forgive me,
  • have I broughten forth a brand for the burning, a fagot for hell-fire?"
  • "I'm very sorry, ma'am," said Francie. "I humbly beg the Lord's pardon,
  • and yours, for my wickedness."
  • "H'm," grunted the lady. "Did ye see nobody else?"
  • "No, ma'am," said Francie, with the face of an angel, "except Jock
  • Crozer, that gied me the billet."
  • "Jock Crozer!" cried the lady. "I'll Crozer them! Crozers indeed! What
  • next? Are we to repose the lives of a suffering remnant in Crozers? The
  • whole clan of them wants hanging, and if I had my way of it, they
  • wouldna want it long. Are you aware, sir, that these Crozers killed your
  • forebear at the kirk-door?"
  • "You see, he was bigger 'n me," said Francie.
  • "Jock Crozer!" continued the lady. "That'll be Clement's son, the
  • biggest thief and reiver in the countryside. To trust a note to him! But
  • I'll give the benefit of my opinions to Lady Whitecross when we two
  • forgather. Let her look to herself! I have no patience with half-hearted
  • carlines, that complies on the Lord's day morning with the kirk, and
  • comes taigling the same night to the conventicle. The one or the other!
  • is what I say: hell or heaven--Haddie's abominations or the pure word of
  • God dreeping from the lips of Mr. Arnot,
  • "'Like honey from the honeycomb
  • That dreepeth, sweeter far.'"
  • My lady was now fairly launched, and that upon two congenial subjects:
  • the deficiencies of the Lady Whitecross and the turpitudes of the whole
  • Crozer race--which, indeed, had never been conspicuous for
  • respectability. She pursued the pair of them for twenty minutes on the
  • clock with wonderful animation and detail, something of the pulpit
  • manner, and the spirit of one possessed. "O hellish compliance!" she
  • exclaimed. "I would not suffer a complier to break bread with Christian
  • folk. Of all the sins of this day there is not one so God-defying, so
  • Christ-humiliating, as damnable compliance": the boy standing before her
  • meanwhile, and brokenly pursuing other thoughts, mainly of Haddo and
  • Janet, and Jock Crozer stripping off his jacket. And yet, with all his
  • distraction, it might be argued that he heard too much: his father and
  • himself being "compliers"--that is to say, attending the church of the
  • parish as the law required.
  • Presently, the lady's passion beginning to decline, or her flux of ill
  • words to be exhausted, she dismissed her audience. Francie bowed low,
  • left the room, closed the door behind him: and then turned him about in
  • the passage-way, and with a low voice, but a prodigious deal of
  • sentiment, repeated the name of the evil one twenty times over, to the
  • end of which, for the greater efficacy, he tacked on "damnable" and
  • "hellish." _Fas est ab hoste doceri_--disrespect is made more pungent by
  • quotation; and there is no doubt but he felt relieved, and went upstairs
  • into his tutor's chamber with a quiet mind. M'Brair sat by the cheek of
  • the peat-fire and shivered, for he had a quartan ague and this was his
  • day. The great nightcap and plaid, the dark unshaven cheeks of the man,
  • and the white, thin hands that held the plaid about his chittering body,
  • made a sorrowful picture. But Francie knew and loved him; came straight
  • in, nestled close to the refugee, and told his story. M'Brair had been
  • at the College with Haddo; the Presbytery had licensed both on the same
  • day; and at this tale, told with so much innocency by the boy, the
  • heart of the tutor was commoved.
  • "Woe upon him! Woe upon that man!" he cried. "O the unfaithful shepherd!
  • O the hireling and apostate minister! Make my matters hot for me? quo'
  • she! the shameless limmer! And true it is, that he could repose me in
  • that nasty, stinking hole, the Canongate Tolbooth, from which your
  • mother drew me out--the Lord reward her for it!--or to that cold,
  • unbieldy, marine place of the Bass Rock, which, with my delicate kist,
  • would be fair ruin to me. But I will be valiant in my Master's service.
  • I have a duty here: a duty to my God, to myself, and to Haddo: in His
  • strength, I will perform it."
  • Then he straitly discharged Francie to repeat the tale, and bade him in
  • the future to avert his very eyes from the doings of the curate. "You
  • must go to his place of idolatry; look upon him there!" says he, "but
  • nowhere else. Avert your eyes, close your ears, pass him by like a three
  • days' corp. He is like that damnable monster Basiliscus, which
  • defiles--yea, poisons!--by the sight."--All which was hardly claratory
  • to the boy's mind.
  • Presently Montroymont came home, and called up the stairs to Francie.
  • Traquair was a good shot and swordsman: and it was his pleasure to walk
  • with his son over the braes of the moorfowl, or to teach him arms in the
  • back court, when they made a mighty comely pair, the child being so
  • lean, and light, and active, and the laird himself a man of a manly,
  • pretty stature, his hair (the periwig being laid aside) showing already
  • white with many anxieties, and his face of an even, flaccid red. But
  • this day Francie's heart was not in the fencing.
  • "Sir," says he, suddenly lowering his point, "will ye tell me a thing if
  • I was to ask it?"
  • "Ask away," says the father.
  • "Well, it's this," said Francie: "Why do you and me comply if it's so
  • wicked?"
  • "Ay, ye have the cant of it too!" cried Montroymont. "But I'll tell ye
  • for all that. It's to try and see if we can keep the rigging on this
  • house, Francie. If she had her way, we would be beggar-folk, and hold
  • our hands out by the wayside. When ye hear her--when ye hear folk," he
  • corrected himself briskly, "call me a coward, and one that betrayed the
  • Lord, and I kenna what else, just mind it was to keep a bed to ye to
  • sleep in and a bite for ye to eat.--On guard!" he cried, and the lesson
  • proceeded again till they were called to supper.
  • "There's another thing yet," said Francie, stopping his father. "There's
  • another thing that I am not sure that I am very caring for. She--she
  • sends me errands."
  • "Obey her, then, as is your bounden duty," said Traquair.
  • "Ay, but wait till I tell ye," says the boy. "If I was to see you I was
  • to hide."
  • Montroymont sighed. "Well, and that's good of her too," said he. "The
  • less that I ken of thir doings the better for me; and the best thing you
  • can do is just to obey her, and see and be a good son to her, the same
  • as ye are to me, Francie."
  • At the tenderness of this expression the heart of Francie swelled within
  • his bosom, and his remorse was poured out. "Faither!" he cried, "I said
  • 'deil' to-day; many's the time I said it, and _damnable_ too, and
  • _hellish_. I ken they're all right; they're beeblical. But I didna say
  • them beeblically; I said them for sweir words--that's the truth of it."
  • "Hout, ye silly bairn!" said the father, "dinna do it nae mair, and come
  • in by to your supper." And he took the boy, and drew him close to him a
  • moment, as they went through the door, with something very fond and
  • secret, like a caress between a pair of lovers.
  • The next day M'Brair was abroad in the afternoon, and had a long
  • advising with Janet on the braes where she herded cattle. What passed
  • was never wholly known; but the lass wept bitterly, and fell on her
  • knees to him among the whins. The same night, as soon as it was dark, he
  • took the road again for Balweary. In the Kirkton, where the dragoons
  • quartered, he saw many lights, and heard the noise of a ranting song and
  • people laughing grossly, which was highly offensive to his mind. He gave
  • it the wider berth, keeping among fields; and came down at last by the
  • water-side, where the manse stands solitary between the river and the
  • road. He tapped at the back door, and the old woman called upon him to
  • come in, and guided him through the house to the study, as they still
  • called it, though there was little enough study there in Haddo's days,
  • and more song-books than theology.
  • "Here's yin to speak wi' ye, Mr. Haddie!" cries the old wife.
  • And M'Brair, opening the door and entering, found the little, round, red
  • man seated in one chair and his feet upon another. A clear fire and a
  • tallow dip lighted him barely. He was taking tobacco in a pipe, and
  • smiling to himself; and a brandy-bottle and glass, and his fiddle and
  • bow, were beside him on the table.
  • "Hech, Patey M'Brair, is this you?" said he, a trifle tipsily. "Step in
  • by, man, and have a drop brandy: for the stomach's sake! Even the deil
  • can quote Scripture--eh, Patey?"
  • "I will neither eat nor drink with you," replied M'Brair. "I am come
  • upon my Master's errand! woe be upon me if I should anyways mince the
  • same. Hall Haddo, I summon you to quit this kirk which you encumber."
  • "Muckle obleeged!" says Haddo, winking.
  • "You and me have been to kirk and market together," pursued M'Brair; "we
  • have had blessed seasons in the kirk, we have sat in the same
  • teaching-rooms and read in the same book; and I know you still retain
  • for me some carnal kindness. It would be my shame if I denied it; I live
  • here at your mercy and by your favour, and glory to acknowledge it. You
  • have pity on my wretched body, which is but grass, and must soon be
  • trodden under: but O, Haddo! how much greater is the yearning with which
  • I yearn after and pity your immortal soul! Come now, let us reason
  • together! I drop all points of controversy, weighty though these be; I
  • take your defaced and damnified kirk on your own terms; and I ask you,
  • Are you a worthy minister? The communion season approaches; how can you
  • pronounce thir solemn words, 'The elders will now bring forrit the
  • elements,' and not quail? A parishioner may be summoned to-night; you
  • may have to rise from your miserable orgies; and I ask you, Haddo, what
  • does your conscience tell you? Are you fit? Are you fit to smooth the
  • pillow of a parting Christian? And if the summons should be for
  • yourself, how then?"
  • Haddo was startled out of all composure and the better part of his
  • temper. "What's this of it?" he cried. "I'm no waur than my neebours. I
  • never set up to be speeritual; I never did. I'm a plain, canty creature;
  • godliness is cheerfulness, says I; give me my fiddle and a dram, and I
  • wouldna hairm a flee."
  • "And I repeat my question," said M'Brair: "Are you fit--fit for this
  • great charge? fit to carry and save souls?"
  • "Fit? Blethers! As fit 's yoursel'," cried Haddo.
  • "Are you so great a self-deceiver?" said M'Brair. "Wretched man,
  • trampler upon God's covenants, crucifier of your Lord afresh. I will
  • ding you to the earth with one word: How about the young woman, Janet
  • M'Clour?"
  • "Weel, what about her? what do I ken?" cries Haddo. "M'Brair, ye daft
  • auld wife, I tell ye as true 's truth, I never meddled her. It was just
  • daffing, I tell ye: daffing, and nae mair: a piece of fun, like! I'm no'
  • denying but what I'm fond of fun, sma' blame to me! But for onything
  • sarious--hout, man, it might come to a deposeetion! I'll sweir it to ye.
  • Where's a Bible, till you hear me sweir?"
  • "There is nae Bible in your study," said M'Brair severely.
  • And Haddo, after a few distracted turns, was constrained to accept the
  • fact.
  • "Weel, and suppose there isna?" he cried, stamping. "What mair can ye
  • say of us, but just that I'm fond of my joke, and so 's she? I declare
  • to God, by what I ken, she might be the Virgin Mary--if she would just
  • keep clear of the dragoons. But me! na, deil haet o' me!"
  • "She is penitent at least," said M'Brair.
  • "Do you mean to actually up and tell me to my face that she accused me?"
  • cried the curate.
  • "I canna just say that," replied M'Brair. "But I rebuked her in the name
  • of God, and she repented before me on her bended knees."
  • "Weel, I daursay she's been ower far wi' the dragoons," said Haddo. "I
  • never denied that. I ken naething by it."
  • "Man, you but show your nakedness the more plainly," said M'Brair.
  • "Poor, blind, besotted creature--and I see you stoytering on the brink
  • of dissolution: your light out, and your hours numbered. Awake, man!" he
  • shouted with a formidable voice, "awake, or it be ower late."
  • "Be damned if I stand this!" exclaimed Haddo, casting his tobacco-pipe
  • violently on the table, where it was smashed in pieces. "Out of my house
  • with ye, or I'll call for the dragoons."
  • "The speerit of the Lord is upon me," said M'Brair with solemn ecstasy.
  • "I sist you to compear before the Great White Throne, and I warn you the
  • summons shall be bloody and sudden."
  • And at this, with more agility than could have been expected, he got
  • clear of the room and slammed the door behind him in the face of the
  • pursuing curate. The next Lord's day the curate was ill, and the kirk
  • closed, but for all his ill words, Mr. M'Brair abode unmolested in the
  • house of Montroymont.
  • CHAPTER III
  • THE HILL-END OF DRUMLOWE
  • This was a bit of a steep broken hill that overlooked upon the west a
  • moorish valley, full of ink-black pools. These presently drained into a
  • burn that made off, with little noise and no celerity of pace, about the
  • corner of the hill. On the far side the ground swelled into a bare
  • heath, black with junipers, and spotted with the presence of the
  • standing stones for which the place was famous. They were many in that
  • part, shapeless, white with lichen--you would have said with age: and
  • had made their abode there for untold centuries, since first the
  • heathens shouted for their installation. The ancients had hallowed them
  • to some ill religion, and their neighbourhood had long been avoided by
  • the prudent before the fall of day; but of late, on the up-springing of
  • new requirements, these lonely stones on the moor had again become a
  • place of assembly. A watchful picket on the Hill-end commanded all the
  • northern and eastern approaches; and such was the disposition of the
  • ground, that by certain cunningly posted sentries the west also could be
  • made secure against surprise: there was no place in the country where a
  • conventicle could meet with more quiet of mind or a more certain retreat
  • open, in the case of interference from the dragoons. The minister spoke
  • from a knowe close to the edge of the ring, and poured out the words God
  • gave him on the very threshold of the devils of yore. When they pitched
  • a tent (which was often in wet weather, upon a communion occasion) it
  • was rigged over the huge isolated pillar that had the name of
  • Anes-Errand, none knew why. And the congregation sat partly clustered
  • on the slope below, and partly among the idolatrous monoliths and on the
  • turfy soil of the Ring itself. In truth the situation was well qualified
  • to give a zest to Christian doctrines, had there been any wanted. But
  • these congregations assembled under conditions at once so formidable and
  • romantic as made a zealot of the most cold. They were the last of the
  • faithful; God, who had averted His face from all other countries of the
  • world, still leaned from heaven to observe, with swelling sympathy, the
  • doings of His moorland remnant; Christ was by them with His eternal
  • wounds, with dropping tears; the Holy Ghost (never perfectly realised
  • nor firmly adopted by Protestant imaginations) was dimly supposed to be
  • in the heart of each and on the lips of the minister. And over against
  • them was the army of the hierarchies, from the men Charles and James
  • Stuart, on to King Lewie and the Emperor; and the scarlet Pope, and the
  • muckle black devil himself, peering out the red mouth of hell in an
  • ecstasy of hate and hope. "One pull more!" he seemed to cry; "one pull
  • more, and it's done. There's only Clydesdale and the Stewartry, and the
  • three Bailiaries of Ayr, left for God." And with such an august
  • assistance of powers and principalities looking on at the last conflict
  • of good and evil, it was scarce possible to spare a thought to those
  • old, infirm, debile, _ab agendo_ devils whose holy place they were now
  • violating.
  • There might have been three hundred to four hundred present. At least
  • there were three hundred horses tethered for the most part in the ring;
  • though some of the hearers on the outskirts of the crowd stood with
  • their bridles in their hand, ready to mount at the first signal. The
  • circle of faces was strangely characteristic; long, serious, strongly
  • marked, the tackle standing out in the lean brown cheeks, the mouth set
  • and the eyes shining with a fierce enthusiasm; the shepherd, the
  • labouring man, and the rarer laird, stood there in their broad blue
  • bonnets or laced hats, and presenting an essential identity of type.
  • From time to time a long-drawn groan of adhesion rose in this audience,
  • and was propagated like a wave to the outskirts, and died away among the
  • keepers of the horses. It had a name; it was called "a holy groan."
  • A squall came up; a great volley of flying mist went out before it and
  • whelmed the scene; the wind stormed with a sudden fierceness that
  • carried away the minister's voice and twitched his tails and made him
  • stagger, and turned the congregation for a moment into a mere pother of
  • blowing plaid-ends and prancing horses, and the rain followed and was
  • dashed straight into their faces. Men and women panted aloud in the
  • shock of that violent shower-bath; the teeth were bared along all the
  • line in an involuntary grimace; plaids, mantles, and riding-coats were
  • proved vain, and the worshippers felt the water stream on their naked
  • flesh. The minister, reinforcing his great and shrill voice, continued
  • to contend against and triumph over the rising of the squall and the
  • dashing of the rain.
  • "In that day ye may go thirty mile and not hear a crawing cock," he
  • said; "and fifty mile and not get a light to your pipe; and an hundred
  • mile and not see a smoking house. For there'll be naething in all
  • Scotland but deid men's banes and blackness, and the living anger of the
  • Lord. O, where to find a bield--O sirs, where to find a bield from the
  • wind of the Lord's anger? Do ye call _this_ a wind? Bethankit! Sirs,
  • this is but a temporary dispensation; this is but a puff of wind, this
  • is but a spit of rain and by with it. Already there's a blue bow in the
  • west, and the sun will take the crown of the causeway again, and your
  • things'll be dried upon ye, and your flesh will be warm upon your bones.
  • But O, sirs, sirs! for the day of the Lord's anger!"
  • His rhetoric was set forth with an ear-piercing elocution, and a voice
  • that sometimes crashed like cannon. Such as it was, it was the gift of
  • all hill-preachers, to a singular degree of likeness or identity. Their
  • images scarce ranged beyond the red horizon of the moor and the rainy
  • hill-top, the shepherd and his sheep, a fowling-piece, a spade, a pipe,
  • a dunghill, a crowing cock, the shining and the withdrawal of the sun.
  • An occasional pathos of simple humanity, and frequent patches of big
  • Biblical words, relieved the homely tissue. It was a poetry apart;
  • bleak, austere, but genuine, and redolent of the soil.
  • A little before the coming of the squall there was a different scene
  • enacting at the outposts. For the most part, the sentinels were faithful
  • to their important duty; the Hill-end of Drumlowe was known to be a safe
  • meeting-place; and the out-pickets on this particular day had been
  • somewhat lax from the beginning, and grew laxer during the inordinate
  • length of the discourse. Francie lay there in his appointed hiding-hole,
  • looking abroad between two whin-bushes. His view was across the course
  • of the burn, then over a piece of plain moorland, to a gap between two
  • hills; nothing moved but grouse, and some cattle who slowly traversed
  • his field of view, heading northward: he heard the psalms, and sang
  • words of his own to the savage and melancholy music; for he had his own
  • design in hand, and terror and cowardice prevailed in his bosom
  • alternately, like the hot and the cold fit of an ague. Courage was
  • uppermost during the singing, which he accompanied through all its
  • length with this impromptu strain:
  • "And I will ding Jock Crozer down
  • No later than the day."
  • Presently the voice of the preacher came to him in wafts, at the wind's
  • will, as by the opening and shutting of a door; wild spasms of
  • screaming, as of some undiscerned gigantic hill-bird stirred with
  • inordinate passion, succeeded to intervals of silence; and Francie heard
  • them with a critical ear. "Ay," he thought at last, "he'll do; he has
  • the bit in his mou' fairly."
  • He had observed that his friend, or rather his enemy, Jock Crozer, had
  • been established at a very critical part of the line of outposts;
  • namely, where the burn issues by an abrupt gorge from the semicircle of
  • high moors. If anything was calculated to nerve him to battle it was
  • this. The post was important; next to the Hill-end itself, it might be
  • called the key to the position; and it was where the cover was bad, and
  • in which it was most natural to place a child. It should have been
  • Heathercat's; why had it been given to Crozer? An exquisite fear of what
  • should be the answer passed through his marrow every time he faced the
  • question. Was it possible that Crozer could have boasted? that there
  • were rumours abroad to his--Heathercat's--discredit? that his honour was
  • publicly sullied? All the world went dark about him at the thought; he
  • sank without a struggle into the midnight pool of despair; and every
  • time he so sank, he brought back with him--not drowned heroism indeed,
  • but half-drowned courage by the locks. His heart beat very slowly as he
  • deserted his station, and began to crawl towards that of Crozer.
  • Something pulled him back, and it was not the sense of duty, but a
  • remembrance of Crozer's build and hateful readiness of fist. Duty, as he
  • conceived it, pointed him forward on the rueful path that he was
  • travelling. Duty bade him redeem his name if he were able, at the risk
  • of broken bones; and his bones and every tooth in his head ached by
  • anticipation. An awful subsidiary fear whispered him that if he were
  • hurt, he should disgrace himself by weeping. He consoled himself,
  • boy-like, with the consideration that he was not yet committed; he could
  • easily steal over unseen to Crozer's post, and he had a continuous
  • private idea that he would very probably steal back again. His course
  • took him so near the minister that he could hear some of his words:
  • "What news, minister, of Claver'se? He's going round like a roaring
  • rampaging lion....
  • THE GREAT NORTH ROAD
  • A FRAGMENT
  • THE GREAT NORTH ROAD
  • CHAPTER I
  • NANCE AT THE "GREEN DRAGON"
  • Nance Holdaway was on her knees before the fire blowing the green wood
  • that voluminously smoked upon the dogs, and only now and then shot forth
  • a smothered flame; her knees already ached and her eyes smarted, for she
  • had been some while at this ungrateful task, but her mind was gone far
  • away to meet the coming stranger. Now she met him in the wood, now at
  • the castle gate, now in the kitchen by candle-light; each fresh
  • presentment eclipsed the one before; a form so elegant, manners so
  • sedate, a countenance so brave and comely, a voice so winning and
  • resolute--sure such a man was never seen! The thick-coming fancies
  • poured and brightened in her head like the smoke and flames upon the
  • hearth.
  • Presently the heavy foot of her uncle Jonathan was heard upon the stair,
  • and as he entered the room she bent the closer to her work. He glanced
  • at the green fagots with a sneer, and looked askance at the bed and the
  • white sheets, at the strip of carpet laid, like an island, on the great
  • expanse of the stone floor, and at the broken glazing of the casement
  • clumsily repaired with paper.
  • "Leave that fire a-be," he cried. "What, have I toiled all my life to
  • turn innkeeper at the hind end? Leave it a-be, I say."
  • "La, uncle, it doesn't burn a bit; it only smokes," said Nance, looking
  • up from her position.
  • "You are come of decent people of both sides," returned the old man.
  • "Who are you to blow the coals for any Robin-run-agate? Get up, get on
  • your hood, make yourself useful, and be off to the 'Green Dragon.'"
  • "I thought you was to go yourself," Nance faltered.
  • "So did I," quoth Jonathan; "but it appears I was mistook."
  • The very excess of her eagerness alarmed her, and she began to hang
  • back. "I think I would rather not, dear uncle," she said. "Night is at
  • hand, and I think, dear, I would rather not."
  • "Now you look here," replied Jonathan, "I have my lord's orders, have I
  • not? Little he gives me, but it's all my livelihood. And do you fancy,
  • if I disobey my lord, I'm likely to turn round for a lass like you? No,
  • I've that hell-fire of pain in my old knee, I wouldn't walk a mile, not
  • for King George upon his bended knees." And he walked to the window and
  • looked down the steep scarp to where the river foamed in the bottom of
  • the dell.
  • Nance stayed for no more bidding. In her own room, by the glimmer of the
  • twilight, she washed her hands and pulled on her Sunday mittens;
  • adjusted her black hood, and tied a dozen times its cherry ribbons; and
  • in less than ten minutes, with a fluttering heart and excellently bright
  • eyes, she passed forth under the arch and over the bridge, into the
  • thickening shadows of the groves. A well-marked wheel-track conducted
  • her. The wood, which upon both sides of the river dell was a mere
  • scrambling thicket of hazel, hawthorn, and holly, boasted on the level
  • of more considerable timber. Beeches came to a good growth, with here
  • and there an oak; and the track now passed under a high arcade of
  • branches, and now ran under the open sky in glades. As the girl
  • proceeded these glades became more frequent, the trees began again to
  • decline in size, and the wood to degenerate into furzy coverts. Last of
  • all there was a fringe of elders; and beyond that the track came forth
  • upon an open, rolling moorland, dotted with wind-bowed and scanty
  • bushes, and all golden brown with the winter, like a grouse. Right over
  • against the girl the last red embers of the sunset burned under
  • horizontal clouds; the night fell clear and still and frosty, and the
  • track in low and marshy passages began to crackle under foot with ice.
  • Some half a mile beyond the borders of the wood the lights of the "Green
  • Dragon" hove in sight, and running close beside them, very faint in the
  • dying dusk, the pale ribbon of the Great North Road. It was the back of
  • the post-house that was presented to Nance Holdaway; and as she
  • continued to draw near and the night to fall more completely, she became
  • aware of an unusual brightness and bustle. A post-chaise stood in the
  • yard, its lamps already lighted: light shone hospitably in the windows
  • and from the open door; moving lights and shadows testified to the
  • activity of servants bearing lanterns. The clank of pails, the stamping
  • of hoofs on the firm causeway, the jingle of harness, and, last of all,
  • the energetic hissing of a groom, began to fall upon her ear. By the
  • stir you would have thought the mail was at the door, but it was still
  • too early in the night. The down mail was not due at the "Green Dragon"
  • for hard upon an hour; the up mail from Scotland not before two in the
  • black morning.
  • Nance entered the yard somewhat dazzled. Sam, the tall ostler, was
  • polishing a curb-chain with sand; the lantern at his feet letting up
  • spouts of candle-light through the holes with which its conical roof was
  • peppered.
  • "Hey, miss," said he jocularly, "you won't look at me any more, now you
  • have gentry at the castle."
  • Her cheeks burned with anger.
  • "That's my lord's chay," the man continued, nodding at the chaise, "Lord
  • Windermoor's. Came all in a fluster--dinner, bowl of punch, and put the
  • horses to. For all the world like a runaway match, my dear--bar the
  • bride. He brought Mr. Archer in the chay with him."
  • "Is that Holdaway?" cried the landlord from the lighted entry, where he
  • stood shading his eyes.
  • "Only me, sir," answered Nance.
  • "O, you, Miss Nance," he said. "Well, come in quick, my pretty. My lord
  • is waiting for your uncle."
  • And he ushered Nance into a room cased with yellow wainscot and lighted
  • by tall candles, where two gentlemen sat at a table finishing a bowl of
  • punch. One of these was stout, elderly, and irascible, with a face like
  • a full moon, well dyed with liquor, thick tremulous lips, a short,
  • purple hand, in which he brandished a long pipe, and an abrupt and
  • gobbling utterance. This was my Lord Windermoor. In his companion Nance
  • beheld a younger man, tall, quiet, grave, demurely dressed, and wearing
  • his own hair. Her glance but lighted on him, and she flushed, for in
  • that second she made sure that she had twice betrayed herself--betrayed
  • by the involuntary flash of her black eyes her secret impatience to
  • behold this new companion, and, what was far worse, betrayed her
  • disappointment in the realisation of her dreams. He, meanwhile, as if
  • unconscious, continued to regard her with unmoved decorum.
  • "O, a man of wood," thought Nance.
  • "What--what?" said his lordship. "Who is this?"
  • "If you please, my lord, I am Holdaway's niece," replied Nance, with a
  • curtsey.
  • "Should have been here himself," observed his lordship. "Well, you tell
  • Holdaway that I'm aground, not a stiver--not a stiver. I'm running from
  • the beagles--going abroad, tell Holdaway. And he need look for no more
  • wages: glad of 'em myself, if I could get 'em. He can live in the castle
  • if he likes, or go to the devil. O, and here is Mr. Archer; and I
  • recommend him to take him in--a friend of mine--and Mr. Archer will pay,
  • as I wrote. And I regard that in the light of a precious good thing for
  • Holdaway, let me tell you, and a set-off against the wages."
  • "But O, my lord!" cried Nance, "we live upon the wages, and what are we
  • to do without?"
  • "What am I to do?--what am I to do?" replied Lord Windermoor with some
  • exasperation. "I have no wages. And there is Mr. Archer. And if Holdaway
  • doesn't like it, he can go to the devil, and you with him!--and you with
  • him!"
  • "And yet, my lord," said Mr. Archer, "these good people will have as
  • keen a sense of loss as you or I; keener, perhaps, since they have done
  • nothing to deserve it."
  • "Deserve it?" cried the peer. "What? What? If a rascally highwayman
  • comes up to me with a confounded pistol, do you say that I've deserved
  • it? How often am I to tell you, sir, that I was cheated--that I was
  • cheated?"
  • "You are happy in the belief," returned Mr. Archer gravely.
  • "Archer, you would be the death of me!" exclaimed his lordship. "You
  • know you're drunk; you know it, sir; and yet you can't get up a spark of
  • animation."
  • "I have drunk fair, my lord," replied the younger man; "but I own I am
  • conscious of no exhilaration."
  • "If you had as black a look-out as me, sir," cried the peer, "you would
  • be very glad of a little innocent exhilaration, let me tell you. I am
  • glad of it--glad of it, and I only wish I was drunker. For let me tell
  • you it's a cruel hard thing upon a man of my time of life and my
  • position, to be brought down to beggary because the world is full of
  • thieves and rascals--thieves and rascals. What? For all I know, you may
  • be a thief and a rascal yourself; and I would fight you for a pinch of
  • snuff--a pinch of snuff," exclaimed his lordship.
  • Here Mr. Archer turned to Nance Holdaway with a pleasant smile, so full
  • of sweetness, kindness, and composure that, at one bound, her dreams
  • returned to her. "My good Miss Holdaway," said he, "if you are willing
  • to show me the road, I am even eager to be gone. As for his lordship
  • and myself, compose yourself; there is no fear; this is his lordship's
  • way."
  • "What? what?" cried his lordship. "My way? Ish no such a thing, my way."
  • "Come, my lord," cried Archer; "you and I very thoroughly understand
  • each other; and let me suggest, it is time that both of us were gone.
  • The mail will soon be due. Here, then, my lord, I take my leave of you,
  • with the most earnest assurance of my gratitude for the past, and a
  • sincere offer of any services I may be able to render in the future."
  • "Archer," exclaimed Lord Windermoor, "I love you like a son. Le' 's have
  • another bowl."
  • "My lord, for both our sakes, you will excuse me," replied Mr. Archer.
  • "We both require caution; we must both, for some while at least, avoid
  • the chance of a pursuit."
  • "Archer," quoth his lordship, "this is a rank ingratishood. What? I'm to
  • go firing away in the dark in the cold po'chaise, and not so much as a
  • game of écarté possible, unless I stop and play with the postillion, the
  • postillion; and the whole country swarming with thieves and rascals and
  • highwaymen."
  • "I beg your lordship's pardon," put in the landlord, who now appeared in
  • the doorway to announce the chaise, "but this part of the North Road is
  • known for safety. There has not been a robbery, to call a robbery, this
  • five years' time. Further south, of course, it's nearer London, and
  • another story," he added.
  • "Well, then, if that's so," concluded my lord, "le' 's have t' other
  • bowl and a pack of cards."
  • "My lord, you forget," said Archer, "I might still gain; but it is
  • hardly possible for me to lose."
  • "Think I'm a sharper?" inquired the peer. "Gen'leman's parole's all I
  • ask."
  • But Mr. Archer was proof against these blandishments, and said farewell
  • gravely enough to Lord Windermoor, shaking his hand and at the same
  • time bowing very low. "You will never know," says he, "the service you
  • have done me." And with that, and before my lord had finally taken up
  • his meaning, he had slipped about the table, touched Nance lightly but
  • imperiously on the arm, and left the room. In face of the outbreak of
  • his lordship's lamentations she made haste to follow the truant.
  • CHAPTER II
  • IN WHICH MR. ARCHER IS INSTALLED
  • The chaise had been driven round to the front door; the courtyard lay
  • all deserted, and only lit by a lantern set upon a window-sill. Through
  • this Nance rapidly led the way, and began to ascend the swellings of the
  • moor with a heart that somewhat fluttered in her bosom. She was not
  • afraid, but in the course of these last passages with Lord Windermoor
  • Mr. Archer had ascended to that pedestal on which her fancy waited to
  • instal him. The reality, she felt, excelled her dreams, and this cold
  • night walk was the first romantic incident in her experience.
  • It was the rule in these days to see gentlemen unsteady after dinner,
  • yet Nance was both surprised and amused when her companion, who had
  • spoken so soberly, began to stumble and waver by her side with the most
  • airy divagations. Sometimes he would get so close to her that she must
  • edge away; and at others lurch clear out of the track and plough among
  • deep heather. His courtesy and gravity meanwhile remained unaltered. He
  • asked her how far they had to go; whether the way lay all upon the
  • moorland, and when he learned they had to pass a wood expressed his
  • pleasure. "For," said he, "I am passionately fond of trees. Trees and
  • fair lawns, if you consider of it rightly, are the ornaments of nature,
  • as palaces and fine approaches----" And here he stumbled into a patch of
  • slough and nearly fell. The girl had hard work not to laugh, but at
  • heart she was lost in admiration for one who talked so elegantly.
  • They had got to about a quarter of a mile from the
  • "Green Dragon," and were near the summit of the rise, when a sudden rush
  • of wheels arrested them. Turning and looking back, they saw the
  • post-house, now much declined in brightness; and speeding away northward
  • the two tremulous bright dots of my Lord Windermoor's chaise-lamps. Mr.
  • Archer followed these yellow and unsteady stars until they dwindled into
  • points and disappeared.
  • "There goes my only friend," he said. "Death has cut off those that
  • loved me, and change of fortune estranged my flatterers; and but for
  • you, poor bankrupt, my life is as lonely as this moor."
  • The tone of his voice affected both of them. They stood there on the
  • side of the moor, and became thrillingly conscious of the void waste of
  • the night, without a feature for the eye, and except for the fainting
  • whisper of the carriage-wheels without a murmur for the ear. And
  • instantly, like a mockery, there broke out, very far away, but clear and
  • jolly, the note of the mail-guard's horn. "Over the hills" was his air.
  • It rose to the two watchers on the moor with the most cheerful sentiment
  • of human company and travel, and at the same time in and around the
  • "Green Dragon" it woke up a great bustle of lights running to and fro
  • and clattering hoofs. Presently after, out of the darkness to southward,
  • the mail grew near with a growing rumble. Its lamps were very large and
  • bright, and threw their radiance forward in overlapping cones; the four
  • cantering horses swarmed and steamed; the body of the coach followed
  • like a great shadow; and this lit picture slid with a sort of
  • ineffectual swiftness over the black field of night, and was eclipsed by
  • the buildings of the "Green Dragon."
  • Mr. Archer turned abruptly and resumed his former walk; only that he was
  • now more steady, kept better alongside his young conductor, and had
  • fallen into a silence broken by sighs. Nance waxed very pitiful over his
  • fate, contrasting an imaginary past of courts and great society, and
  • perhaps the King himself, with the tumbledown ruin in a wood to which
  • she was now conducting him.
  • "You must try, sir, to keep your spirits up," said she. "To be sure this
  • is a great change for one like you; but who knows the future?"
  • Mr. Archer turned towards her in the darkness, and she could clearly
  • perceive that he smiled upon her very kindly. "There spoke a sweet
  • nature," said he, "and I must thank you for these words. But I would not
  • have you fancy that I regret the past for any happiness found in it, or
  • that I fear the simplicity and hardship of the country. I am a man that
  • has been much tossed about in life; now up, now down; and do you think
  • that I shall not be able to support what you support--you who are kind,
  • and therefore know how to feel pain; who are beautiful, and therefore
  • hope; who are young, and therefore (or am I the more mistaken?)
  • discontented?"
  • "Nay, sir, not that, at least," said Nance; "not discontented. If I were
  • to be discontented, how should I look those that have real sorrows in
  • the face? I have faults enough, but not that fault; and I have my merits
  • too, for I have a good opinion of myself. But for beauty, I am not so
  • simple but that I can tell a banter from a compliment."
  • "Nay, nay," said Mr. Archer, "I had half forgotten; grief is selfish,
  • and I was thinking of myself and not of you, or I had never blurted out
  • so bold a piece of praise. 'Tis the best proof of my sincerity. But
  • come, now, I would lay a wager you are no coward?"
  • "Indeed, sir, I am not more afraid than another," said Nance. "None of
  • my blood are given to fear."
  • "And you are honest?" he returned.
  • "I will answer for that," said she.
  • "Well, then, to be brave, to be honest, to be kind, and to be contented,
  • since you say you are so--is not that to fill up a great part of
  • virtue?"
  • "I fear you are but a flatterer," said Nance, but she did not say it
  • clearly, for what with bewilderment and satisfaction, her heart was
  • quite oppressed.
  • There could be no harm, certainly, in these grave compliments; but yet
  • they charmed and frightened her, and to find favour, for reasons however
  • obscure, in the eyes of this elegant, serious, and most unfortunate
  • young gentleman, was a giddy elevation, was almost an apotheosis, for a
  • country maid.
  • But she was to be no more exercised; for Mr. Archer, disclaiming any
  • thought of flattery, turned off to other subjects, and held her all
  • through the wood in conversation, addressing her with an air of perfect
  • sincerity, and listening to her answers with every mark of interest. Had
  • open flattery continued, Nance would have soon found refuge in good
  • sense; but the more subtle lure she could not suspect, much less avoid.
  • It was the first time she had ever taken part in a conversation
  • illuminated by any ideas. All was then true that she had heard and
  • dreamed of gentlemen; they were a race apart, like deities knowing good
  • and evil. And then there burst upon her soul a divine thought, hope's
  • glorious sunrise: since she could understand, since it seemed that she
  • too, even she, could interest this sorrowful Apollo, might she not
  • learn? or was she not learning? Would not her soul awake and put forth
  • wings? Was she not, in fact, an enchanted princess, waiting but a touch
  • to become royal? She saw herself transformed, radiantly attired, but in
  • the most exquisite taste: her face grown longer and more refined; her
  • tint etherealised; and she heard herself with delighted wonder talking
  • like a book.
  • Meanwhile they had arrived at where the track comes out above the river
  • dell, and saw in front of them the castle, faintly shadowed on the
  • night, covering with its broken battlements a bold projection of the
  • bank, and showing at the extreme end, where were the habitable tower and
  • wing, some crevices of candle-light. Hence she called loudly upon her
  • uncle, and he was seen to issue, lantern in hand, from the tower door,
  • and, where the ruins did not intervene, to pick his way over the swarded
  • courtyard, avoiding treacherous cellars and winding among blocks of
  • fallen masonry. The arch of the great gate was still entire, flanked by
  • two tottering bastions, and it was here that Jonathan met them, standing
  • at the edge of the bridge, bent somewhat forward, and blinking at them
  • through the glow of his own lantern. Mr. Archer greeted him with
  • civility; but the old man was in no humour of compliance. He guided the
  • new-comer across the courtyard, looking sharply and quickly in his face,
  • and grumbling all the time about the cold, and the discomfort and
  • dilapidation of the castle. He was sure he hoped that Mr. Archer would
  • like it; but in truth he could not think what brought him there.
  • Doubtless he had a good reason--this with a look of cunning
  • scrutiny--but, indeed, the place was quite unfit for any person of
  • repute; he himself was eaten up with the rheumatics. It was the most
  • rheumaticky place in England, and some fine day the whole habitable part
  • (to call it habitable) would fetch away bodily and go down the slope
  • into the river. He had seen the cracks widening; there was a plaguy
  • issue in the bank below; he thought a spring was mining it; it might be
  • to-morrow, it might be next day; but they were all sure of a come-down
  • sooner or later. "And that is a poor death," said he, "for any one, let
  • alone a gentleman, to have a whole old ruin dumped upon his belly. Have
  • a care to your left there; these cellar vaults have all broke down, and
  • the grass and hemlock hide 'em. Well, sir, here is welcome to you, such
  • as it is, and wishing you well away."
  • And with that Jonathan ushered his guest through the tower door, and
  • down three steps on the left hand into the kitchen or common room of the
  • castle. It was a huge, low room, as large as a meadow, occupying the
  • whole width of the habitable wing, with six barred windows looking on
  • the court, and two into the river valley. A dresser, a table, and a few
  • chairs stood dotted here and there upon the uneven flags. Under the
  • great chimney a good fire burned in an iron fire-basket; a high old
  • settee, rudely carved with figures and Gothic lettering, flanked it on
  • either side; there was a hinge table and a stone bench in the chimney
  • corner, and above the arch hung guns, axes, lanterns, and great sheaves
  • of rusty keys.
  • Jonathan looked about him, holding up the lantern, and shrugged his
  • shoulders, with a pitying grimace. "Here it is," he said. "See the damp
  • on the floor, look at the moss; where there's moss you may be sure that
  • it's rheumaticky. Try and get near that fire for to warm yourself; it'll
  • blow the coat off your back. And with a young gentleman with a face like
  • yours, as pale as a tallow-candle, I'd be afeard of a churchyard cough
  • and a galloping decline," says Jonathan, naming the maladies with gloomy
  • gusto, "or the cold might strike and turn your blood," he added.
  • Mr. Archer fairly laughed. "My good Mr. Holdaway," said he, "I was born
  • with that same tallow-candle face, and the only fear that you inspire me
  • with is the fear that I intrude unwelcomely upon your private hours. But
  • I think I can promise you that I am very little troublesome, and I am
  • inclined to hope that the terms which I can offer may still pay you the
  • derangement."
  • "Yes, the terms," said Jonathan, "I was thinking of that. As you say,
  • they are very small," and he shook his head.
  • "Unhappily, I can afford no more," said Mr. Archer. "But this we have
  • arranged already," he added with a certain stiffness; "and as I am aware
  • that Miss Holdaway has matter to communicate, I will, if you permit,
  • retire at once. To-night I must bivouac; to-morrow my trunk is to follow
  • from the 'Dragon.' So if you will show me to my room I shall wish you a
  • good slumber and a better awakening."
  • Jonathan silently gave the lantern to Nance, and she, turning and
  • curtseying in the doorway, proceeded to conduct their guest up the broad
  • winding staircase of the tower. He followed with a very brooding face.
  • "Alas!" cried Nance, as she entered the room, "your fire black out,"
  • and, setting down the lantern, she clapped upon her knees before the
  • chimney and began to rearrange the charred and still smouldering
  • remains. Mr. Archer looked about the gaunt apartment with a sort of
  • shudder. The great height, the bare stone, the shattered windows, the
  • aspect of the uncurtained bed, with one of its four fluted columns
  • broken short, all struck a chill upon his fancy. From this dismal survey
  • his eyes returned to Nance crouching before the fire, the candle in one
  • hand and artfully puffing at the embers; the flames as they broke forth
  • played upon the soft outline of her cheek--she was alive and young,
  • coloured with the bright hues of life, and a woman. He looked upon her,
  • softening; and then sat down and continued to admire the picture.
  • "There, sir," said she, getting upon her feet, "your fire is doing
  • bravely now. Good-night."
  • He rose and held out his hand. "Come," said he, "you are my only friend
  • in these parts, and you must shake hands."
  • She brushed her hand upon her skirt and offered it, blushing.
  • "God bless you, my dear," said he.
  • And then, when he was alone, he opened one of the windows, and stared
  • down into the dark valley. A gentle wimpling of the river among stones
  • ascended to his ear; the trees upon the other bank stood very black
  • against the sky; farther away an owl was hooting. It was dreary and
  • cold, and as he turned back to the hearth and the fine glow of fire,
  • "Heavens!" said he to himself, "what an unfortunate destiny is mine!"
  • He went to bed, but sleep only visited his pillow in uneasy snatches.
  • Outbreaks of loud speech came up the staircase; he heard the old stones
  • of the castle crack in the frosty night with sharp reverberations, and
  • the bed complained under his tossings. Lastly, far on into the morning,
  • he awakened from a doze to hear, very far off, in the extreme and
  • breathless quiet, a wailing flourish on the horn. The down mail was
  • drawing near to the "Green Dragon." He sat up in bed; the sound was
  • tragical by distance, and the modulation appealed to his ear like human
  • speech. It seemed to call upon him with a dreary insistence--to call him
  • far away, to address him personally, and to have a meaning that he
  • failed to seize. It was thus, at least, in this nodding castle, in a
  • cold, miry woodland, and so far from men and society, that the traffic
  • on the Great North Road spoke to him in the intervals of slumber.
  • CHAPTER III
  • JONATHAN HOLDAWAY
  • Nance descended the tower stair, pausing at every step. She was in no
  • hurry to confront her uncle with bad news, and she must dwell a little
  • longer on the rich note of Mr. Archer's voice, the charm of his kind
  • words, and the beauty of his manner and person. But, once at the
  • stair-foot, she threw aside the spell and recovered her sensible and
  • workaday self.
  • Jonathan was seated in the middle of the settle, a mug of ale beside
  • him, in the attitude of one prepared for trouble; but he did not speak,
  • and suffered her to fetch her supper and eat of it, with a very
  • excellent appetite, in silence. When she had done, she, too, drew a
  • tankard of home-brewed, and came and planted herself in front of him
  • upon the settle.
  • "Well?" said Jonathan.
  • "My lord has run away," said Nance.
  • "What?" cried the old man.
  • "Abroad," she continued; "run away from creditors. He said he had not a
  • stiver, but he was drunk enough. He said you might live on in the
  • castle, and Mr. Archer would pay you; but you was to look for no more
  • wages, since he would be glad of them himself."
  • Jonathan's face contracted; the flush of a black, bilious anger mounted
  • to the roots of his hair; he gave an inarticulate cry, leapt upon his
  • feet, and began rapidly pacing the stone floor. At first he kept his
  • hands behind his back in a tight knot; then he began to gesticulate as
  • he turned.
  • "This man--this lord," he shouted, "who is he? He was born with a gold
  • spoon in his mouth, and I with a dirty straw. He rolled in his coach
  • when he was a baby. I have dug and toiled and laboured since I was that
  • high--that high." And he shouted again. "I'm bent and broke, and full of
  • pains. D'ye think I don't know the taste of sweat? Many's the gallon
  • I've drunk of it--ay, in the midwinter, toiling like a slave. All
  • through, what has my life been? Bend, bend, bend my old creaking back
  • till it would ache like breaking; wade about in the foul mire, never a
  • dry stitch; empty belly, sore hands, hat off to my Lord Redface; kicks
  • and ha'pence; and now, here, at the hind end, when I'm worn to my poor
  • bones, a kick and done with it." He walked a little while in silence,
  • and then, extending his hand, "Now, you Nance Holdaway," says he, "you
  • come of my blood, and you're a good girl. When that man was a boy, I
  • used to carry his gun for him. I carried the gun all day on my two feet,
  • and many a stitch I had, and chewed a bullet for. He rode upon a horse,
  • with feathers in his hat; but it was him that had the shots and took the
  • game home. Did I complain? Not I. I knew my station. What did I ask, but
  • just the chance to live and die honest? Nance Holdaway, don't let them
  • deny it to me--don't let them do it. I've been as poor as Job, and as
  • honest as the day, but now, my girl, you mark these words of mine, I'm
  • getting tired of it."
  • "I wouldn't say such words, at least," said Nance.
  • "You wouldn't?" said the old man grimly. "Well, and did I when I was
  • your age? Wait till your back's broke and your hands tremble, and your
  • eyes fail, and you're weary of the battle and ask no more but to lie
  • down in your bed and give the ghost up like an honest man; and then let
  • there up and come some insolent, ungodly fellow--ah! if I had him in
  • these hands! 'Where's my money that you gambled?' I should say. 'Where's
  • my money that you drank and diced?' 'Thief!' is what I would say;
  • 'Thief!'" he roared, "'Thief!'"
  • "Mr. Archer will hear you if you don't take care," said Nance, "and I
  • would be ashamed, for one, that he should hear a brave, old, honest,
  • hard-working man like Jonathan Holdaway talk nonsense like a boy."
  • "D'ye think I mind for Mr. Archer?" he cried shrilly, with a clack of
  • laughter; and then he came close up to her, stooped down with his two
  • palms upon his knees, and looked her in the eyes, with a strange hard
  • expression, something like a smile. "Do I mind for God, my girl?" he
  • said; "that's what it's come to be now, do I mind for God?"
  • "Uncle Jonathan," she said, getting up and taking him by the arm; "you
  • sit down again, where you were sitting. There, sit still; I'll have no
  • more of this; you'll do yourself a mischief. Come, take a drink of this
  • good ale, and I'll warm a tankard for you. La, we'll pull through,
  • you'll see. I'm young, as you say, and it's my turn to carry the bundle;
  • and don't you worry your bile, or we'll have sickness, too, as well as
  • sorrow."
  • "D'ye think that I'd forgotten you?" said Jonathan, with something like
  • a groan; and thereupon his teeth clicked to, and he sat silent with the
  • tankard in his hand and staring straight before him.
  • "Why," says Nance, setting on the ale to mull, "men are always children,
  • they say, however old; and if ever I heard a thing like this, to set to
  • and make yourself sick, just when the money's failing. Keep a good heart
  • up; you haven't kept a good heart these seventy years, nigh hand, to
  • break down about a pound or two. Here's this Mr. Archer come to lodge,
  • that you disliked so much. Well, now you see it was a clear Providence.
  • Come, let's think upon our mercies. And here is the ale mulling lovely;
  • smell of it; I'll take a drop myself, it smells so sweet. And, Uncle
  • Jonathan, you let me say one word. You've lost more than money before
  • now; you lost my aunt, and bore it like a man. Bear this."
  • His face once more contracted; his fist doubled, and shot forth into the
  • air, and trembled. "Let them look out!" he shouted. "Here, I warn all
  • men; I've done with this foul kennel of knaves. Let them look out!"
  • "Hush, hush! for pity's sake," cried Nance.
  • And then all of a sudden he dropped his face into his hands, and broke
  • out with a great hiccoughing dry sob that was horrible to hear. "O," he
  • cried, "my God, if my son hadn't left me, if my Dick was here!" and the
  • sobs shook him; Nance sitting still and watching him, with distress. "O,
  • if he were here to help his father!" he went on again. "If I had a son
  • like other fathers, he would save me now, when all is breaking down; O,
  • he would save me! Ay, but where is he? Raking taverns, a thief perhaps.
  • My curse be on him!" he added, rising again into wrath.
  • "Hush!" cried Nance, springing to her feet: "your boy, your dead wife's
  • boy--Aunt Susan's baby that she loved--would you curse him? O, God
  • forbid!"
  • The energy of her address surprised him from his mood. He looked upon
  • her, tearless and confused. "Let me go to my bed," he said at last, and
  • he rose, and, shaking as with ague, but quite silent, lighted his
  • candle, and left the kitchen.
  • Poor Nance! the pleasant current of her dreams was all diverted. She
  • beheld a golden city, where she aspired to dwell; she had spoken with a
  • deity, and had told herself that she might rise to be his equal; and now
  • the earthly ligaments that bound her down had been tightened. She was
  • like a tree looking skyward, her roots were in the ground. It seemed to
  • her a thing so coarse, so rustic, to be thus concerned about a loss in
  • money; when Mr. Archer, fallen from the sky-level of counts and nobles,
  • faced his changed destiny with so immovable a courage. To weary of
  • honesty; that, at least, no one could do, but even to name it was
  • already a disgrace; and she beheld in fancy her uncle, and the young
  • lad, all laced and feathered, hand upon hip, bestriding his small horse.
  • The opposition seemed to perpetuate itself from generation to
  • generation; one side still doomed to the clumsy and the servile, the
  • other born to beauty.
  • She thought of the golden zones in which gentlemen were bred, and
  • figured with so excellent a grace; zones in which wisdom and smooth
  • words, white linen and slim hands, were the mark of the desired
  • inhabitants; where low temptations were unknown, and honesty no virtue,
  • but a thing as natural as breathing.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • MINGLING THREADS
  • It was nearly seven before Mr. Archer left his apartment. On the landing
  • he found another door beside his own opening on a roofless corridor, and
  • presently he was walking on the top of the ruins. On one hand he could
  • look down a good depth into the green courtyard; on the other his eye
  • roved along the downward course of the river, the wet woods all smoking,
  • the shadows long and blue, the mists golden and rosy in the sun, here
  • and there the water flashing across an obstacle. His heart expanded and
  • softened to a grateful melancholy, and with his eye fixed upon the
  • distance, and no thought of present danger, he continued to stroll along
  • the elevated and treacherous promenade.
  • A terror-stricken cry rose to him from the courtyard. He looked down,
  • and saw in a glimpse Nance standing below with hands clasped in horror
  • and his own foot trembling on the margin of a gulf. He recoiled and
  • leant against a pillar, quaking from head to foot, and covering his face
  • with his hands; and Nance had time to run round by the stair and rejoin
  • him where he stood before he had changed a line of his position.
  • "Ah!" he cried, and clutched her wrist; "don't leave me. The place
  • rocks; I have no head for altitudes."
  • "Sit down against that pillar," said Nance. "Don't you be afraid; I
  • won't leave you, and don't look up or down: look straight at me. How
  • white you are!"
  • "The gulf," he said, and closed his eyes again and shuddered.
  • "Why," said Nance, "what a poor climber you must be! That was where my
  • cousin Dick used to get out of the castle after Uncle Jonathan had shut
  • the gate. I've been down there myself with him helping me. I wouldn't
  • try with you," she said, and laughed merrily.
  • The sound of her laughter was sincere and musical, and perhaps its
  • beauty barbed the offence to Mr. Archer. The blood came into his face
  • with a quick jet, and then left it paler than before. "It is a physical
  • weakness," he said harshly, "and very droll, no doubt, but one that I
  • can conquer on necessity. See, I am still shaking. Well, I advance to
  • the battlements and look down. Show me your cousin's path."
  • "He would go sure-foot along that little ledge," said Nance, pointing as
  • she spoke; "then out through the breach and down by yonder buttress. It
  • is easier coming back, of course, because you see where you are going.
  • From the buttress foot a sheep-walk goes along the scarp--see, you can
  • follow it from here in the dry grass. And now, sir," she added, with a
  • touch of womanly pity, "I would come away from here if I were you, for
  • indeed you are not fit."
  • Sure enough Mr. Archer's pallor and agitation had continued to increase;
  • his cheeks were deathly, his clenched fingers trembled pitifully. "The
  • weakness is physical," he sighed, and had nearly fallen. Nance led him
  • from the spot, and he was no sooner back in the tower-stair, than he
  • fell heavily against the wall and put his arm across his eyes. A cup of
  • brandy had to be brought him before he could descend to breakfast; and
  • the perfection of Nance's dream was for the first time troubled.
  • Jonathan was waiting for them at table, with yellow, blood-shot eyes and
  • a peculiar dusky complexion. He hardly waited till they found their
  • seats, before, raising one hand, and stooping with his mouth above his
  • plate, he put up a prayer for a blessing on the food and a spirit of
  • gratitude in the eaters, and thereupon, and without more civility, fell
  • to. But it was notable that he was no less speedily satisfied than he
  • had been greedy to begin. He pushed his plate away and drummed upon the
  • table.
  • "These are silly prayers," said he, "that they teach us. Eat and be
  • thankful, that's no such wonder. Speak to me of starving--there's the
  • touch. You're a man, they tell me, Mr. Archer, that has met with some
  • reverses?"
  • "I have met with many," replied Mr. Archer.
  • "Ha!" said Jonathan. "None reckons but the last. Now, see; I tried to
  • make this girl here understand me."
  • "Uncle," said Nance, "what should Mr. Archer care for your concerns? He
  • hath troubles of his own, and came to be at peace, I think."
  • "I tried to make her understand me," repeated Jonathan doggedly; "and
  • now I'll try you. Do you think this world is fair?"
  • "Fair and false!" quoth Mr. Archer.
  • The old man laughed immoderately. "Good," said he, "very good, but what
  • I mean is this: do you know what it is to get up early and go to bed
  • late, and never take so much as a holiday but four: and one of these
  • your own marriage day, and the other three the funerals of folk you
  • loved, and all that, to have a quiet old age in shelter, and bread for
  • your old belly, and a bed to lay your crazy bones upon, with a clear
  • conscience?"
  • "Sir," said Mr. Archer with an inclination of his head, "you portray a
  • very brave existence."
  • "Well," continued Jonathan, "and in the end thieves deceive you, thieves
  • rob and rook you, thieves turn you out in your old age and send you
  • begging. What have you got for all your honesty? A fine return! You that
  • might have stole scores of pounds, there you are out in the rain with
  • your rheumatics!"
  • Mr. Archer had forgotten to eat; with his hand upon his chin he was
  • studying the old man's countenance. "And you conclude?" he asked.
  • "Conclude!" cried Jonathan. "I conclude I'll be upsides with them."
  • "Ay," said the other, "we are all tempted to revenge."
  • "You have lost money?" asked Jonathan.
  • "A great estate," said Archer quietly.
  • "See now!" says Jonathan, "and where is it?"
  • "Nay, I sometimes think that every one has had his share of it but me,"
  • was the reply. "All England hath paid his taxes with my patrimony: I was
  • a sheep that left my wool on every briar."
  • "And you sit down under that?" cried the old man. "Come now, Mr. Archer,
  • you and me belong to different stations; and I know mine--no man
  • better,--but since we have both been rooked, and are both sore with it,
  • why, here's my hand with a very good heart, and I ask for yours, and no
  • offence, I hope."
  • "There is surely no offence, my friend," returned Mr. Archer, as they
  • shook hands across the table; "for, believe me, my sympathies are quite
  • acquired to you. This life is an arena where we fight with beasts; and,
  • indeed," he added, sighing, "I sometimes marvel why we go down to it
  • unarmed."
  • In the meanwhile a creaking of ungreased axles had been heard descending
  • through the wood; and presently after, the door opened, and the tall
  • ostler entered the kitchen carrying one end of Mr. Archer's trunk. The
  • other was carried by an aged beggar man of that district, known and
  • welcome for some twenty miles about under the name of "Old Cumberland."
  • Each was soon perched upon a settle, with a cup of ale; and the ostler,
  • who valued himself upon his affability, began to entertain the company,
  • still with half an eye on Nance, to whom in gallant terms he expressly
  • dedicated every sip of ale. First he told of the trouble they had to get
  • his Lordship started in the chaise; and how he had dropped a rouleau of
  • gold on the threshold, and the passage and doorstep had been strewn with
  • guinea-pieces. At this old Jonathan looked at Mr. Archer. Next the
  • visitor turned to news of a more thrilling character: how the down mail
  • had been stopped again near Grantham by three men on horseback--a white
  • and two bays; how they had handkerchiefs on their faces; how Tom the
  • guard's blunderbuss missed fire, but he swore he had winged one of them
  • with a pistol; and how they had got clean away with seventy pounds in
  • money, some valuable papers, and a watch or two.
  • "Brave! brave!" cried Jonathan in ecstasy. "Seventy pounds! O, it's
  • brave!"
  • "Well, I don't see the great bravery," observed the ostler,
  • misapprehending him. "Three men, and you may call that three to one.
  • I'll call it brave when some one stops the mail single-handed; that's a
  • risk."
  • "And why should they hesitate?" inquired Mr. Archer. "The poor souls who
  • are fallen to such a way of life, pray what have they to lose? If they
  • get the money, well; but if a ball should put them from their troubles,
  • why, so better."
  • "Well, sir," said the ostler, "I believe you'll find they won't agree
  • with you. They count on a good fling, you see; or who would risk
  • it?--And here's my best respects to you, Miss Nance."
  • "And I forgot the part of cowardice," resumed Mr. Archer. "All men
  • fear."
  • "O, surely not!" cried Nance.
  • "All men," reiterated Mr. Archer.
  • "Ay, that's a true word," observed Old Cumberland, "and a thief, anyway,
  • for it's a coward's trade."
  • "But these fellows, now," said Jonathan, with a curious, appealing
  • manner--"these fellows with their seventy pounds! Perhaps, Mr. Archer,
  • they were no true thieves after all, but just people who had been robbed
  • and tried to get their own again. What was that you said, about all
  • England and the taxes? One takes, another gives; why, that's almost
  • fair. If I've been rooked and robbed, and the coat taken off my back, I
  • call it almost fair to take another's."
  • "Ask Old Cumberland," observed the ostler; "you ask Old Cumberland, Miss
  • Nance!" and he bestowed a wink upon his favoured fair one.
  • "Why that?" asked Jonathan.
  • "He had his coat taken--ay, and his shirt too," returned the ostler.
  • "Is that so?" cried Jonathan eagerly. "Was you robbed too?"
  • "That was I," replied Cumberland, "with a warrant! I was a well-to-do
  • man when I was young."
  • "Ay! See that!" says Jonathan. "And you don't long for a revenge?"
  • "Eh! Not me!" answered the beggar. "It's too long ago. But if you'll
  • give me another mug of your good ale, my pretty lady, I won't say no to
  • that."
  • "And shalt have! And shalt have!" cried Jonathan. "Or brandy even, if
  • you like it better."
  • And as Cumberland did like it better, and the ostler chimed in, the
  • party pledged each other in a dram of brandy before separating.
  • As for Nance, she slipped forth into the ruins, partly to avoid the
  • ostler's gallantries, partly to lament over the defects of Mr. Archer.
  • Plainly, he was no hero. She pitied him; she began to feel a protecting
  • interest mingle with and almost supersede her admiration, and was at the
  • same time disappointed and yet drawn to him. She was, indeed, conscious
  • of such unshaken fortitude in her own heart, that she was almost tempted
  • by an occasion to be bold for two. She saw herself, in a brave attitude,
  • shielding her imperfect hero from the world; and she saw, like a piece
  • of heaven, his gratitude for her protection.
  • CHAPTER V
  • LIFE IN THE CASTLE
  • From that day forth the life of these three persons in the ruin ran very
  • smoothly. Mr. Archer now sat by the fire with a book, and now passed
  • whole days abroad, returning late, dead weary. His manner was a mask;
  • but it was half transparent; through the even tenor of his gravity and
  • courtesy profound revolutions of feeling were betrayed, seasons of numb
  • despair, of restlessness, of aching temper. For days he would say
  • nothing beyond his usual courtesies and solemn compliments; and then,
  • all of a sudden, some fine evening beside the kitchen fire, he would
  • fall into a vein of elegant gossip, tell of strange and interesting
  • events, the secrets of families, brave deeds of war, the miraculous
  • discovery of crime, the visitations of the dead. Nance and her uncle
  • would sit till the small hours with eyes wide open: Jonathan applauding
  • the unexpected incidents with many a slap of his big hand; Nance,
  • perhaps, more pleased with the narrator's eloquence and wise
  • reflections; and then, again, days would follow of abstraction, of
  • listless humming, of frequent apologies and long hours of silence. Once
  • only, and then after a week of unrelieved melancholy, he went over to
  • the "Green Dragon," spent the afternoon with the landlord and a bowl of
  • punch, and returned as on the first night, devious in step but courteous
  • and unperturbed of speech.
  • If he seemed more natural and more at his ease it was when he found
  • Nance alone; and, laying by some of his reserve, talked before her
  • rather than to her of his destiny, character, and hopes. To Nance these
  • interviews were but a doubtful privilege. At times he would seem to
  • take a pleasure in her presence, to consult her gravely, to hear and to
  • discuss her counsels; at times even, but these were rare and brief, he
  • would talk of herself, praise the qualities that she possessed, touch
  • indulgently on her defects, and lend her books to read and even examine
  • her upon her reading; but far more often he would fall into a half
  • unconsciousness, put her a question and then answer it himself, drop
  • into the veiled tone of voice of one soliloquising, and leave her at
  • last as though he had forgotten her existence. It was odd, too, that in
  • all this random converse, not a fact of his past life, and scarce a
  • name, should ever cross his lips. A profound reserve kept watch upon his
  • most unguarded moments. He spoke continually of himself, indeed, but
  • still in enigmas; a veiled prophet of egoism.
  • The base of Nance's feelings for Mr. Archer was admiration as for a
  • superior being; and with this, his treatment, consciously or not,
  • accorded happily. When he forgot her, she took the blame upon herself.
  • His formal politeness was so exquisite that this essential brutality
  • stood excused. His compliments, besides, were always grave and rational;
  • he would offer reason for his praise, convict her of merit, and thus
  • disarm suspicion. Nay, and the very hours when he forgot and remembered
  • her alternately could by the ardent fallacies of youth be read in the
  • light of an attention. She might be far from his confidence; but still
  • she was nearer it than any one. He might ignore her presence, but yet he
  • sought it.
  • Moreover, she, upon her side, was conscious of one point of superiority.
  • Beside this rather dismal, rather effeminate man, who recoiled from a
  • worm, who grew giddy on the castle wall, who bore so helplessly the
  • weight of his misfortunes, she felt herself a head and shoulders taller
  • in cheerful and sterling courage. She could walk head in air along the
  • most precarious rafter; her hand feared neither the grossness nor the
  • harshness of life's web, but was thrust cheerfully, if need were, into
  • the briar bush, and could take hold of any crawling horror. Ruin was
  • mining the walls of her cottage, as already it had mined and subverted
  • Mr. Archer's palace. Well, she faced it with a bright countenance and a
  • busy hand. She had got some washing, some rough seamstress work from the
  • "Green Dragon," and from another neighbour ten miles away across the
  • moor. At this she cheerfully laboured, and from that height she could
  • afford to pity the useless talents and poor attitude of Mr. Archer. It
  • did not change her admiration, but it made it bearable. He was above her
  • in all ways; but she was above him in one. She kept it to herself, and
  • hugged it. When, like all young creatures, she made long stories to
  • justify, to nourish, and to forecast the course of her affection, it was
  • this private superiority that made all rosy, that cut the knot, and
  • that, at last, in some great situation, fetched to her knees the
  • dazzling but imperfect hero. With this pretty exercise she beguiled the
  • hours of labour, and consoled herself for Mr. Archer's bearing. Pity was
  • her weapon and her weakness. To accept the loved one's faults, although
  • it has an air of freedom, is to kiss the chain, and this pity it was
  • which, lying nearer to her heart, lent the one element of true emotion
  • to a fanciful and merely brain-sick love.
  • Thus it fell out one day that she had gone to the "Green Dragon" and
  • brought back thence a letter to Mr. Archer. He, upon seeing it, winced
  • like a man under the knife: pain, shame, sorrow, and the most trenchant
  • edge of mortification cut into his heart and wrung the steady composure
  • of his face.
  • "Dear heart! have you bad news?" she cried.
  • But he only replied by a gesture and fled to his room, and when, later
  • on, she ventured to refer to it, he stopped her on the threshold, as if
  • with words prepared beforehand. "There are some pains," said he, "too
  • acute for consolation, or I would bring them to my kind consoler. Let
  • the memory of that letter, if you please, be buried." And then as she
  • continued to gaze at him, being, in spite of herself, pained by his
  • elaborate phrase, doubtfully sincere in word and manner: "Let it be
  • enough," he added haughtily, "that if this matter wring my heart, it
  • doth not touch my conscience. I am a man, I would have you to know, who
  • suffers undeservedly."
  • He had never spoken so directly: never with so convincing an emotion;
  • and her heart thrilled for him. She could have taken his pains and died
  • of them with joy.
  • Meanwhile she was left without support. Jonathan now swore by his
  • lodger, and lived for him. He was a fine talker. He knew the finest
  • sight of stories; he was a man and a gentleman, take him for all in all,
  • and a perfect credit to Old England. Such were the old man's declared
  • sentiments, and sure enough he clung to Mr. Archer's side, hung upon his
  • utterance when he spoke, and watched him with unwearying interest when
  • he was silent. And yet his feeling was not clear; in the partial wreck
  • of his mind, which was leaning to decay, some afterthought was strongly
  • present. As he gazed in Mr. Archer's face a sudden brightness would
  • kindle in his rheumy eyes, his eyebrows would lift as with a sudden
  • thought, his mouth would open as though to speak, and close again on
  • silence. Once or twice he even called Mr. Archer mysteriously forth into
  • the dark courtyard, took him by the button, and laid a demonstrative
  • finger on his chest; but there his ideas or his courage failed him; he
  • would shufflingly excuse himself and return to his position by the fire
  • without a word of explanation. "The good man was growing old," said Mr.
  • Archer with a suspicion of a shrug. But the good man had his idea, and
  • even when he was alone the name of Mr. Archer fell from his lips
  • continually in the course of mumbled and gesticulative conversation.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • THE BAD HALF-CROWN
  • However early Nance arose, and she was no sluggard, the old man, who had
  • begun to outlive the earthly habit of slumber, would usually have been
  • up long before, the fire would be burning brightly, and she would see
  • him wandering among the ruins, lantern in hand, and talking assiduously
  • to himself. One day, however, after he had returned late from the market
  • town, she found that she had stolen a march upon that indefatigable
  • early riser. The kitchen was all blackness. She crossed the castle-yard
  • to the wood-cellar, her steps printing the thick hoarfrost. A scathing
  • breeze blew out of the north-east and slowly carried a regiment of black
  • and tattered clouds over the face of heaven, which was already kindled
  • with the wild light of morning, but where she walked, in shelter of the
  • ruins, the flame of her candle burned steady. The extreme cold smote
  • upon her conscience. She could not bear to think this bitter business
  • fell usually to the lot of one so old as Jonathan, and made desperate
  • resolutions to be earlier in the future.
  • The fire was a good blaze before he entered, limping dismally into the
  • kitchen. "Nance," said he, "I be all knotted up with the rheumatics;
  • will you rub me a bit?" She came and rubbed him where and how he bade
  • her. "This is a cruel thing that old age should be rheumaticky," said
  • he. "When I was young I stood my turn of the teethache like a man! for
  • why? because it couldn't last for ever; but these rheumatics come to
  • live and die with you. Your aunt was took before the time came; never
  • had an ache to mention. Now I lie all night in my single bed and the
  • blood never warms in me; this knee of mine it seems like lighted up with
  • rheumatics; it seems as though you could see to sew by it; and all the
  • strings of my old body ache, as if devils was pulling 'em. Thank you
  • kindly; that's someways easier now, but an old man, my dear, has little
  • to look for; it's pain, pain, pain to the end of the business, and I'll
  • never be rightly warm again till I get under the sod," he said, and
  • looked down at her with a face so aged and weary that she had nearly
  • wept.
  • "I lay awake all night," he continued; "I do so mostly, and a long walk
  • kills me. Eh, deary me, to think that life should run to such a puddle!
  • And I remember long syne when I was strong, and the blood all hot and
  • good about me, and I loved to run, too--deary me, to run! Well, that's
  • all by. You'd better pray to be took early, Nance, and not live on till
  • you get to be like me, and are robbed in your grey old age, your cold,
  • shivering, dark old age, that's like a winter's morning"; and he
  • bitterly shuddered, spreading his hands before the fire.
  • "Come now," said Nance, "the more you say the less you'll like it, Uncle
  • Jonathan; but if I were you I would be proud for to have lived all your
  • days honest and beloved, and come near the end with your good name:
  • isn't that a fine thing to be proud of? Mr. Archer was telling me in
  • some strange land they used to run races each with a lighted candle, and
  • the art was to keep the candle burning. Well, now, I thought that was
  • like life; a man's good conscience is the flame he gets to carry, and if
  • he comes to the winning-post with that still burning, why, take it how
  • you will, the man's a hero--even if he was low-born like you and me."
  • "Did Mr. Archer tell you that?" asked Jonathan.
  • "No, dear," said she, "that's my own thought about it. He told me of the
  • race. But see, now," she continued, putting on the porridge, "you say
  • old age is a hard season, but so is youth. You're half out of the
  • battle, I would say; you loved my aunt and got her, and buried her, and
  • some of these days soon you'll go to meet her; and take her my love and
  • tell her I tried to take good care of you; for so I do, Uncle Jonathan."
  • Jonathan struck with his fist upon the settle. "D'ye think I want to
  • die, ye vixen?" he shouted. "I want to live ten hundred years."
  • This was a mystery beyond Nance's penetration, and she stared in wonder
  • as she made the porridge.
  • "I want to live," he continued, "I want to live and to grow rich. I want
  • to drive my carriage and to dice in hells and see the ring, I do. Is
  • this a life that I lived? I want to be a rake, d'ye understand? I want
  • to know what things are like. I don't want to die like a blind kitten,
  • and me seventy-six."
  • "O fie!" said Nance.
  • The old man thrust out his jaw at her, with the grimace of an irreverent
  • schoolboy. Upon that aged face it seemed a blasphemy. Then he took out
  • of his bosom a long leather purse, and emptying its contents on the
  • settle, began to count and recount the pieces, ringing and examining
  • each, and suddenly he leapt like a young man. "What!" he screamed. "Bad?
  • O Lord! I'm robbed again!" And falling on his knees before the settle he
  • began to pour forth the most dreadful curses on the head of his
  • deceiver. His eyes were shut, for to him this vile solemnity was prayer.
  • He held up the bad half-crown in his right hand, as though he were
  • displaying it to Heaven, and what increased the horror of the scene, the
  • curses he invoked were those whose efficacy he had tasted--old age and
  • poverty, rheumatism and an ungrateful son. Nance listened appalled; then
  • she sprang forward and dragged down his arm and laid her hand upon his
  • mouth.
  • "Whist!" she cried. "Whist ye, for God's sake! O my man, whist ye! If
  • Heaven were to hear; if poor Aunt Susan were to hear! Think, she may be
  • listening." And with the histrionism of strong emotion she pointed to a
  • corner of the kitchen.
  • His eyes followed her finger. He looked there for a little, thinking,
  • blinking; then he got stiffly to his feet and resumed his place upon the
  • settle, the bad piece still in his hand. So he sat for some time,
  • looking upon the half-crown, and now wondering to himself on the
  • injustice and partiality of the law, now computing again and again the
  • nature of his loss. So he was still sitting when Mr. Archer entered the
  • kitchen. At this a light came into his face, and after some seconds of
  • rumination he despatched Nance upon an errand.
  • "Mr. Archer," said he, as soon as they were alone together, "would you
  • give me a guinea-piece for silver?"
  • "Why, sir, I believe I can," said Mr. Archer.
  • And the exchange was just effected when Nance re-entered the apartment.
  • The blood shot into her face.
  • "What's to do here?" she asked rudely.
  • "Nothing, my dearie," said old Jonathan, with a touch of whine.
  • "What's to do?" she said again.
  • "Your uncle was but changing me a piece of gold," returned Mr. Archer.
  • "Let me see what he hath given you, Mr. Archer," replied the girl. "I
  • had a bad piece, and I fear it is mixed up among the good."
  • "Well, well," replied Mr. Archer, smiling, "I must take the merchant's
  • risk of it. The money is now mixed."
  • "I know my piece," quoth Nance. "Come, let me see your silver, Mr.
  • Archer. If I have to get it by a theft I'll see that money," she cried.
  • "Nay, child, if you put as much passion to be honest as the world to
  • steal, I must give way, though I betray myself," said Mr. Archer. "There
  • it is as I received it."
  • Nance quickly found the bad half-crown.
  • "Give him another," she said, looking Jonathan in the face; and when
  • that had been done, she walked over to the chimney and flung the guilty
  • piece into the reddest of the fire. Its base constituents began
  • immediately to run; even as she watched it the disc crumbled, and the
  • lineaments of the King became confused. Jonathan, who had followed close
  • behind, beheld these changes from over her shoulder, and his face
  • darkened sorely.
  • "Now," said she, "come back to table, and to-day it is I that shall say
  • grace, as I used to do in the old times, day about with Dick"; and
  • covering her eyes with one hand, "O Lord," said she with deep emotion,
  • "make us thankful; and, O Lord, deliver us from evil! For the love of
  • the poor souls that watch for us in heaven, O deliver us from evil."
  • CHAPTER VII
  • THE BLEACHING-GREEN
  • The year moved on to March; and March, though it blew bitter keen from
  • the North Sea, yet blinked kindly between whiles on the river dell. The
  • mire dried up in the closest covert; life ran in the bare branches, and
  • the air of the afternoon would be suddenly sweet with the fragrance of
  • new grass.
  • Above and below the castle the river crooked like the letter "S." The
  • lower loop was to the left, and embraced the high and steep projection
  • which was crowned by the ruins; the upper loop enclosed a lawny
  • promontory, fringed by thorn and willow. It was easy to reach it from
  • the castle side, for the river ran in this part very quietly among
  • innumerable boulders and over dam-like walls of rock. The place was all
  • enclosed, the wind a stranger, the turf smooth and solid; so it was
  • chosen by Nance to be her bleaching-green.
  • One day she brought a bucketful of linen, and had but begun to wring and
  • lay them out when Mr. Archer stepped from the thicket on the far side,
  • drew very deliberately near, and sat down in silence on the grass. Nance
  • looked up to greet him with a smile, but finding her smile was not
  • returned, she fell into embarrassment and stuck the more busily to her
  • employment. Man or woman, the whole world looks well at any work to
  • which they are accustomed; but the girl was ashamed of what she did. She
  • was ashamed, besides, of the sun-bonnet that so well became her, and
  • ashamed of her bare arms, which were her greatest beauty.
  • "Nausicaa," said Mr. Archer at last, "I find you like Nausicaa."
  • "And who was she?" asked Nance, and laughed in spite of herself, an
  • empty and embarrassed laugh, that sounded in Mr. Archer's ears, indeed,
  • like music, but to her own like the last grossness of rusticity.
  • "She was a princess of the Grecian islands," he replied. "A king, being
  • shipwrecked, found her washing by the shore. Certainly I, too, was
  • shipwrecked," he continued, plucking at the grass. "There was never a
  • more desperate castaway--to fall from polite life, fortune, a shrine of
  • honour, a grateful conscience, duties willingly taken up and faithfully
  • discharged; and to fall to this--idleness, poverty, inutility, remorse."
  • He seemed to have forgotten her presence, but here he remembered her
  • again. "Nance," said he, "would you have a man sit down and suffer or
  • rise up and strive?"
  • "Nay," she said. "I would always rather see him doing."
  • "Ha!" said Mr. Archer, "but yet you speak from an imperfect knowledge.
  • Conceive a man damned to a choice of only evil--misconduct upon either
  • side, not a fault behind him, and yet naught before him but this choice
  • of sins. How would you say then?"
  • "I would say that he was much deceived, Mr. Archer," returned Nance. "I
  • would say there was a third choice, and that the right one."
  • "I tell you," said Mr. Archer, "the man I have in view hath two ways
  • open, and no more. One to wait, like a poor mewling baby, till Fate save
  • or ruin him; the other to take his troubles in his hand, and to perish
  • or be saved at once. It is no point of morals; both are wrong. Either
  • way this step-child of Providence must fall; which shall he choose, by
  • doing or not doing?"
  • "Fall, then, is what I would say," replied Nance. "Fall where you will,
  • but do it! For O, Mr. Archer," she continued, stooping to her work, "you
  • that are good and kind, and so wise, it doth sometimes go against my
  • heart to see you live on here like a sheep in a turnip-field! If you
  • were braver----" and here she paused, conscience-smitten.
  • "Do I, indeed, lack courage?" inquired Mr. Archer of himself. "Courage,
  • the footstool of the virtues, upon which they stand? Courage, that a poor
  • private carrying a musket has to spare of; that does not fail a weasel or
  • a rat; that is a brutish faculty? I to fail there, I wonder? But what is
  • courage, then? The constancy to endure oneself or to see others suffer?
  • The itch of ill-advised activity: mere shuttle-wittedness, or to be still
  • and patient? To inquire of the significance of words is to rob ourselves
  • of what we seem to know, and yet, of all things, certainly to stand still
  • is the least heroic. Nance," he said, "did you ever hear of _Hamlet_?"
  • "Never," said Nance.
  • "'Tis an old play," returned Mr. Archer, "and frequently enacted. This
  • while I have been talking Hamlet. You must know this Hamlet was a Prince
  • among the Danes," and he told her the play in a very good style, here
  • and there quoting a verse or two with solemn emphasis.
  • "It is strange," said Nance; "he was then a very poor creature?"
  • "That was what he could not tell," said Mr. Archer. "Look at me, am I as
  • poor a creature?"
  • She looked, and what she saw was the familiar thought of all her hours;
  • the tall figure very plainly habited in black, the spotless ruffles, the
  • slim hands; the long, well-shapen, serious, shaven face, the wide and
  • somewhat thin-lipped mouth, the dark eyes that were so full of depth and
  • change and colour. He was gazing at her with his brows a little knit,
  • his chin upon one hand and that elbow resting on his knee.
  • "Ye look a man!" she cried, "ay, and should be a great one! The more
  • shame to you to lie here idle like a dog before the fire."
  • "My fair Holdaway," quoth Mr. Archer, "you are much set on action. I
  • cannot dig, to beg I am ashamed." He continued, looking at her with a
  • half-absent fixity, "'Tis a strange thing, certainly, that in my years
  • of fortune I should never taste happiness, and now when I am broke,
  • enjoy so much of it, for was I ever happier than to-day? Was the grass
  • softer, the stream pleasanter in sound, the air milder, the heart more
  • at peace? Why should I not sink? To dig--why, after all, it should be
  • easy. To take a mate, too? Love is of all grades since Jupiter; love
  • fails to none; and children"--but here he passed his hand suddenly over
  • his eyes. "O fool and coward, fool and coward!" he said bitterly; "can
  • you forget your fetters? You did not know that I was fettered, Nance?"
  • he asked, again addressing her.
  • But Nance was somewhat sore. "I know you keep talking," she said, and,
  • turning half away from him, began to wring out a sheet across her
  • shoulder. "I wonder you are not wearied of your voice. When the hands
  • lie abed the tongue takes a walk."
  • Mr. Archer laughed unpleasantly, rose and moved to the water's edge. In
  • this part the body of the river poured across a little narrow fell, ran
  • some ten feet very smoothly over a bed of pebbles, then getting wind, as
  • it were, of another shelf of rock which barred the channel, began, by
  • imperceptible degrees, to separate towards either shore in dancing
  • currents, and to leave the middle clear and stagnant. The set towards
  • either side was nearly equal; about one half of the whole water plunged
  • on the side of the castle, through a narrow gullet; about one half ran
  • lipping past the margin of the green and slipped across a babbling
  • rapid.
  • "Here," said Mr. Archer, after he had looked for some time at the fine
  • and shifting demarcation of these currents, "come here and see me try my
  • fortune."
  • "I am not like a man," said Nance; "I have no time to waste."
  • "Come here," he said again. "I ask you seriously, Nance. We are not
  • always childish when we seem so."
  • She drew a little nearer.
  • "Now," said he, "you see these two channels--choose one."
  • "I'll choose the nearest, to save time," said Nance.
  • "Well, that shall be for action," returned Mr. Archer. "And since I wish
  • to have the odds against me, not only the other channel but yon stagnant
  • water in the midst shall be for lying still. You see this?" he
  • continued, pulling up a withered rush. "I break it in three. I shall put
  • each separately at the top of the upper fall, and according as they go
  • by your way or by the other I shall guide my life."
  • "This is very silly," said Nance, with a movement of her shoulders.
  • "I do not think it so," said Mr. Archer.
  • "And then," she resumed, "if you are to try your fortune, why not
  • evenly?"
  • "Nay," returned Mr. Archer with a smile, "no man can put complete
  • reliance in blind fate; he must still cog the dice."
  • By this time he had got upon the rock beside the upper fall, and,
  • bidding her look out, dropped a piece of rush into the middle of the
  • intake. The rusty fragment was sucked at once over the fall, came up
  • again far on the right hand, leaned ever more and more in the same
  • direction, and disappeared under the hanging grasses on the castle side.
  • "One," said Mr. Archer, "one for standing still."
  • But the next launch had a different fate, and after hanging for a while
  • about the edge of the stagnant water, steadily approached the
  • bleaching-green and danced down the rapid under Nance's eyes.
  • "One for me," she cried with some exultation; and then she observed that
  • Mr. Archer had grown pale, and was kneeling on the rock, with his hand
  • raised like a person petrified. "Why," said she, "you do not mind it,
  • do you?"
  • "Does a man not mind a throw of dice by which a fortune hangs?" said Mr.
  • Archer, rather hoarsely. "And this is more than fortune. Nance, if you
  • have any kindness for my fate, put up a prayer before I launch the next
  • one."
  • "A prayer," she cried, "about a game like this? I would not be so
  • heathen."
  • "Well," said he, "then without," and he closed his eyes and dropped the
  • piece of rush. This time there was no doubt. It went for the rapid as
  • straight as any arrow.
  • "Action then!" said Mr. Archer, getting to his feet; "and then God
  • forgive us," he added, almost to himself.
  • "God forgive us, indeed," cried Nance, "for wasting the good daylight!
  • But come, Mr. Archer, if I see you look so serious I shall begin to
  • think you was in earnest."
  • "Nay," he said, turning upon her suddenly, with a full smile; "but is
  • not this good advice? I have consulted God and demigod; the nymph of the
  • river, and what I far more admire and trust, my blue-eyed Minerva. Both
  • have said the same. My own heart was telling it already. Action, then,
  • be mine; and into the deep sea with all this paralysing casuistry. I am
  • happy to-day for the first time."
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • THE MAIL GUARD
  • Somewhere about two in the morning a squall had burst upon the castle, a
  • clap of screaming wind that made the towers rock, and a copious drift of
  • rain that streamed from the windows. The wind soon blew itself out, but
  • the day broke cloudy and dripping, and when the little party assembled
  • at breakfast their humours appeared to have changed with the change of
  • weather. Nance had been brooding on the scene at the river-side,
  • applying it in various ways to her particular aspirations, and the
  • result, which was hardly to her mind, had taken the colour out of her
  • cheeks. Mr. Archer, too, was somewhat absent, his thoughts were of a
  • mingled strain; and even upon his usually impassive countenance there
  • were betrayed successive depths of depression and starts of exultation,
  • which the girl translated in terms of her own hopes and fears. But
  • Jonathan was the most altered: he was strangely silent, hardly passing a
  • word, and watched Mr. Archer with an eager and furtive eye. It seemed as
  • if the idea that had so long hovered before him had now taken a more
  • solid shape, and, while it still attracted, somewhat alarmed his
  • imagination.
  • At this rate, conversation languished into a silence which was only
  • broken by the gentle and ghostly noises of the rain on the stone roof
  • and about all that field of ruins; and they were all relieved when the
  • note of a man whistling and the sound of approaching footsteps in the
  • grassy court announced a visitor. It was the ostler from the "Green
  • Dragon" bringing a letter for Mr. Archer. Nance saw her hero's face
  • contract and then relax again at sight of it; and she thought that she
  • knew why, for the sprawling, gross black characters of the address were
  • easily distinguishable from the fine writing on the former letter that
  • had so much disturbed him. He opened it and began to read; while the
  • ostler sat down to table with a pot of ale, and proceeded to make
  • himself agreeable after his fashion.
  • "Fine doings down our way, Miss Nance," said he. "I haven't been abed
  • this blessed night."
  • Nance expressed a polite interest, but her eye was on Mr. Archer, who
  • was reading his letter with a face of such extreme indifference that she
  • was tempted to suspect him of assumption.
  • "Yes," continued the ostler, "not been the like of it this fifteen
  • years: the North Mail stopped at the three stones."
  • Jonathan's cup was at his lip, but at this moment he choked with a great
  • splutter; and Mr. Archer, as if startled by the noise, made so sudden a
  • movement that one corner of the sheet tore off and stayed between his
  • finger and thumb. It was some little time before the old man was
  • sufficiently recovered to beg the ostler to go on, and he still kept
  • coughing and crying and rubbing his eyes. Mr. Archer, on his side, laid
  • the letter down, and, putting his hands in his pocket, listened gravely
  • to the tale.
  • "Yes," resumed Sam, "the North Mail was stopped by a single horseman;
  • dash my wig, but I admire him! There were four insides and two out, and
  • poor Tom Oglethorpe, the guard. Tom showed himself a man; let fly his
  • blunderbuss at him; had him covered, too, and could swear to that; but
  • the Captain never let on, up with a pistol and fetched poor Tom a bullet
  • through the body. Tom, he squelched upon the seat, all over blood. Up
  • comes the Captain to the window. 'Oblige me,' says he, 'with what you
  • have.' Would you believe it? Not a man says cheep!--not them. 'Thy hands
  • over thy head.' Four watches, rings, snuff-boxes, seven-and-forty
  • pounds overhead in gold. One Dicksee, a grazier, tries it on: gives him
  • a guinea. 'Beg your pardon,' says the Captain, 'I think too highly of
  • you to take it at your hand. I will not take less than ten from such a
  • gentleman.' This Dicksee had his money in his stocking, but there was
  • the pistol at his eye. Down he goes, offs with his stocking, and there
  • was thirty golden guineas. 'Now,' says the Captain, 'you've tried it on
  • with me, but I scorns the advantage. Ten I said,' he says, 'and ten I
  • take.' So, dash my buttons, I call that man a man!" cried Sam in cordial
  • admiration.
  • "Well, and then?" says Mr. Archer.
  • "Then," resumed Sam, "that old fat fagot Engleton, him as held the
  • ribbons and drew up like a lamb when he was told to, picks up his
  • cattle, and drives off again. Down they came to the 'Dragon,' all
  • singing like as if they was scalded, and poor Tom saying nothing. You
  • would 'a' thought they had all lost the King's crown to hear them. Down
  • gets this Dicksee. 'Postmaster,' he says, taking him by the arm, 'this
  • is a most abominable thing,' he says. Down gets a Major Clayton, and
  • gets the old man by the other arm. 'We've been robbed,' he cries,
  • 'robbed!' Down gets the others, and all around the old man telling their
  • story, and what they had lost, and how they was all as good as ruined;
  • till at last Old Engleton says, says he, 'How about Oglethorpe?' says
  • he. 'Ay,' says the others, 'how about the guard?' Well, with that we
  • bousted him down, as white as a rag and all blooded like a sop. I
  • thought he was dead. Well, he ain't dead; but he's dying, I fancy."
  • "Did you say four watches?" said Jonathan.
  • "Four, I think. I wish it had been forty," cried Sam. "Such a party of
  • soused herrings I never did see--not a man among them bar poor Tom. But
  • us that are the servants on the road have all the risk and none of the
  • profit."
  • "And this brave fellow," asked Mr. Archer, very quietly, "this
  • Oglethorpe--how is he now?"
  • "Well, sir, with my respects, I take it he has a hole bang through him,"
  • said Sam. "The doctor hasn't been yet. He'd 'a' been bright and early if
  • it had been a passenger. But, doctor or no, I'll make a good guess that
  • Tom won't see to-morrow. He'll die on a Sunday, will poor Tom; and they
  • do say that's fortunate."
  • "Did Tom see him that did it?" asked Jonathan.
  • "Well, he saw him," replied Sam, "but not to swear by. Said he was a
  • very tall man, and very big, and had a 'ankerchief about his face, and a
  • very quick shot, and sat his horse like a thorough gentleman, as he is."
  • "A gentleman!" cried Nance. "The dirty knave!"
  • "Well, I calls a man like that a gentleman," returned the ostler;
  • "that's what I mean by a gentleman."
  • "You don't know much of them, then," said Nance. "A gentleman would
  • scorn to stoop to such a thing. I call my uncle a better gentleman than
  • any thief."
  • "And you would be right," said Mr. Archer.
  • "How many snuff-boxes did he get?" asked Jonathan.
  • "O, dang me if I know," said Sam; "I didn't take an inventory."
  • "I will go back with you, if you please," said Mr. Archer. "I should
  • like to see poor Oglethorpe. He has behaved well."
  • "At your service, sir," said Sam, jumping to his feet. "I dare to say a
  • gentleman like you would not forget a poor fellow like Tom--no, nor a
  • plain man like me, sir, that went without his sleep to nurse him. And
  • excuse me, sir," added Sam, "you won't forget about the letter neither?"
  • "Surely not," said Mr. Archer.
  • Oglethorpe lay in a low bed, one of several in a long garret of the inn.
  • The rain soaked in places through the roof and fell in minute drops;
  • there was but one small window; the beds were occupied by servants, the
  • air of the garret was both close and chilly. Mr. Archer's heart sank at
  • the threshold to see a man lying perhaps mortally hurt in so poor a
  • sick-room, and as he drew near the low bed he took his hat off. The
  • guard was a big, blowsy, innocent-looking soul with a thick lip and a
  • broad nose, comically turned up; his cheeks were crimson, and when Mr.
  • Archer laid a finger on his brow he found him burning with fever.
  • "I fear you suffer much," he said, with a catch in his voice, as he sat
  • down on the bedside.
  • "I suppose I do, sir," returned Oglethorpe; "it is main sore."
  • "I am used to wounds and wounded men," returned the visitor. "I have
  • been in the wars and nursed brave fellows before now; and, if you will
  • suffer me, I propose to stay beside you till the doctor comes."
  • "It is very good of you, sir, I am sure," said Oglethorpe. "The trouble
  • is they won't none of them let me drink."
  • "If you will not tell the doctor," said Mr. Archer, "I will give you
  • some water. They say it is bad for a green wound, but in the Low
  • Countries we all drank water when we found the chance, and I could never
  • perceive we were the worse for it."
  • "Been wounded yourself, sir, perhaps?" called Oglethorpe.
  • "Twice," said Mr. Archer, "and was as proud of these hurts as any lady
  • of her bracelets. 'Tis a fine thing to smart for one's duty; even in the
  • pangs of it there is contentment."
  • "Ah, well!" replied the guard, "if you've been shot yourself, that
  • explains. But as for contentment, why, sir, you see, it smarts, as you
  • say. And then, I have a good wife, you see, and a bit of a brat--a
  • little thing, so high."
  • "Don't move," said Mr. Archer.
  • "No, sir, I will not, and thank you kindly," said Oglethorpe. "At York
  • they are. A very good lass is my wife--far too good for me. And the
  • little rascal--well, I don't know how to say it, but he sort of comes
  • round you. If I were to go, sir, it would be hard on my poor girl--main
  • hard on her!"
  • "Ay, you must feel bitter hardly to the rogue that laid you here," said
  • Archer.
  • "Why, no, sir, more against Engleton and the passengers," replied the
  • guard. "He played his hand, if you come to look at it; and I wish he had
  • shot worse, or me better. And yet I'll go to my grave but what I covered
  • him," he cried. "It looks like witchcraft. I'll go to my grave but what
  • he was drove full of slugs like a pepper-box."
  • "Quietly," said Mr. Archer, "you must not excite yourself. These
  • deceptions are very usual in war; the eye, in the moment of alert, is
  • hardly to be trusted, and when the smoke blows away you see the man you
  • fired at, taking aim, it may be, at yourself. You should observe, too,
  • that you were in the dark night, and somewhat dazzled by the lamps, and
  • that the sudden stopping of the mail had jolted you. In such
  • circumstances a man may miss, ay, even with a blunderbuss, and no blame
  • attach to his marksmanship." ...
  • THE YOUNG CHEVALIER
  • A FRAGMENT
  • THE YOUNG CHEVALIER
  • PROLOGUE
  • THE WINE-SELLER'S WIFE
  • There was a wine-seller's shop, as you went down to the river in the
  • city of the Anti-popes. There a man was served with good wine of the
  • country and plain country fare; and the place being clean and quiet,
  • with a prospect on the river, certain gentlemen who dwelt in that city
  • in attendance on a great personage made it a practice (when they had any
  • silver in their purses) to come and eat there and be private.
  • They called the wine-seller Paradou. He was built more like a bullock
  • than a man, huge in bone and brawn, high in colour, and with a hand like
  • a baby for size. Marie-Madeleine was the name of his wife; she was of
  • Marseilles, a city of entrancing women, nor was any fairer than herself.
  • She was tall, being almost of a height with Paradou; full-girdled,
  • point-device in every form, with an exquisite delicacy in the face; her
  • nose and nostrils a delight to look at from the fineness of the
  • sculpture, her eyes inclined a hair's-breadth inward, her colour between
  • dark and fair, and laid on even like a flower's. A faint rose dwelt in
  • it, as though she had been found unawares bathing, and had blushed from
  • head to foot. She was of a grave countenance, rarely smiling; yet it
  • seemed to be written upon every part of her that she rejoiced in life.
  • Her husband loved the heels of her feet and the knuckles of her fingers;
  • he loved her like a glutton and a brute; his love hung about her like
  • an atmosphere; one that came by chance into the wine-shop was aware of
  • that passion; and it might be said that by the strength of it the woman
  • had been drugged or spell-bound. She knew not if she loved or loathed
  • him; he was always in her eyes like something monstrous,--monstrous in
  • his love, monstrous in his person, horrific but imposing in his
  • violence; and her sentiment swung back and forward from desire to
  • sickness. But the mean, where it dwelt chiefly, was an apathetic
  • fascination, partly of horror; as of Europa in mid ocean with her bull.
  • On the 10th November 1749 there sat two of the foreign gentlemen in the
  • wine-seller's shop. They were both handsome men of a good presence,
  • richly dressed. The first was swarthy and long and lean, with an alert,
  • black look, and a mole upon his cheek. The other was more fair. He
  • seemed very easy and sedate, and a little melancholy for so young a man,
  • but his smile was charming. In his grey eyes there was much abstraction,
  • as of one recalling fondly that which was past and lost. Yet there was
  • strength and swiftness in his limbs; and his mouth set straight across
  • his face, the under lip a thought upon side, like that of a man
  • accustomed to resolve. These two talked together in a rude outlandish
  • speech that no frequenter of that wine-shop understood. The swarthy man
  • answered to the name of _Ballantrae_; he of the dreamy eyes was
  • sometimes called _Balmile_, and sometimes _my Lord_, or _my Lord
  • Gladsmuir_; but when the title was given him, he seemed to put it by as
  • if in jesting, not without bitterness.
  • The mistral blew in the city. The first day of that wind, they say in
  • the countries where its voice is heard, it blows away all the dust, the
  • second all the stones, and the third it blows back others from the
  • mountains. It was now come to the third day; outside the pebbles flew
  • like hail, and the face of the river was puckered, and the very
  • building-stones in the walls of houses seemed to be curdled, with the
  • savage cold and fury of that continuous blast. It could be heard to hoot
  • in all the chimneys of the city; it swept about the wine-shop, filling
  • the room with eddies; the chill and gritty touch of it passed between
  • the nearest clothes and the bare flesh; and the two gentlemen at the far
  • table kept their mantles loose about their shoulders. The roughness of
  • these outer hulls, for they were plain travellers' cloaks that had seen
  • service, set the greater mark of richness on what showed below of their
  • laced clothes; for the one was in scarlet and the other in violet and
  • white, like men come from a scene of ceremony; as indeed they were.
  • It chanced that these fine clothes were not without their influence on
  • the scene which followed, and which makes the prologue of our tale. For
  • a long time Balmile was in the habit to come to the wine-shop and eat a
  • meal or drink a measure of wine; sometimes with a comrade; more often
  • alone, when he would sit and dream and drum upon the table, and the
  • thoughts would show in the man's face in little glooms and lightenings,
  • like the sun and the clouds upon a water. For a long time
  • Marie-Madeleine had observed him apart. His sadness, the beauty of his
  • smile when by any chance he remembered her existence and addressed her,
  • the changes of his mind signalled forth by an abstruse play of feature,
  • the mere fact that he was foreign and a thing detached from the local
  • and the accustomed, insensibly attracted and affected her. Kindness was
  • ready in her mind; it but lacked the touch of an occasion to effervesce
  • and crystallise. Now Balmile had come hitherto in a very poor plain
  • habit; and this day of the mistral, when his mantle was just open, and
  • she saw beneath it the glancing of the violet and the velvet and the
  • silver, and the clustering fineness of the lace, it seemed to set the
  • man in a new light, with which he shone resplendent to her fancy.
  • The high inhuman note of the wind, the violence and continuity of its
  • outpouring, and the fierce touch of it upon man's whole periphery,
  • accelerated the functions of the mind. It set thoughts whirling, as it
  • whirled the trees of the forest; it stirred them up in flights, as it
  • stirred up the dust in chambers. As brief as sparks, the fancies
  • glittered and succeeded each other in the mind of Marie-Madeleine; and
  • the grave man with the smile, and the bright clothes under the plain
  • mantle, haunted her with incongruous explanations. She considered him,
  • the unknown, the speaker of an unknown tongue, the hero (as she placed
  • him) of an unknown romance, the dweller upon unknown memories. She
  • recalled him sitting there alone, so immersed, so stupefied; yet she was
  • sure he was not stupid. She recalled one day when he had remained a long
  • time motionless, with parted lips, like one in the act of starting up,
  • his eyes fixed on vacancy. Any one else must have looked foolish; but
  • not he. She tried to conceive what manner of memory had thus entranced
  • him; she forged for him a past; she showed him to herself in every light
  • of heroism and greatness and misfortune; she brooded with petulant
  • intensity on all she knew and guessed of him. Yet, though she was
  • already gone so deep, she was still unashamed, still unalarmed; her
  • thoughts were still disinterested; she had still to reach the stage at
  • which--beside the image of that other whom we love to contemplate and to
  • adorn--we place the image of ourself and behold them together with
  • delight.
  • She stood within the counter, her hands clasped behind her back, her
  • shoulders pressed against the wall, her feet braced out. Her face was
  • bright with the wind and her own thoughts; as a fire in a similar day of
  • tempest glows and brightens on a hearth, so she seemed to glow, standing
  • there, and to breathe out energy. It was the first time Ballantrae had
  • visited that wine-seller's, the first time he had seen the wife; and his
  • eyes were true to her.
  • "I perceive your reason for carrying me to this very draughty tavern,"
  • he said at last.
  • "I believe it is propinquity," returned Balmile.
  • "You play dark," said Ballantrae, "but have a care! Be more frank with
  • me, or I will cut you out. I go through no form of qualifying my threat,
  • which would be commonplace and not conscientious. There is only one
  • point in these campaigns: that is the degree of admiration offered by
  • the man; and to our hostess I am in a posture to make victorious love."
  • "If you think you have the time, or the game worth the candle," replied
  • the other with a shrug.
  • "One would suppose you were never at the pains to observe her," said
  • Ballantrae.
  • "I am not very observant," said Balmile. "She seems comely."
  • "You very dear and dull dog!" cried Ballantrae; "chastity is the most
  • besotting of the virtues. Why, she has a look in her face beyond
  • singing! I believe, if you was to push me hard, I might trace it home to
  • a trifle of a squint. What matters? The height of beauty is in the touch
  • that's wrong, that's the modulation in a tune. 'Tis the devil we all
  • love; I owe many a conquest to my mole"--he touched it as he spoke with
  • a smile, and his eyes glittered;--"we are all hunchbacks, and beauty is
  • only that kind of deformity that I happen to admire. But come! Because
  • you are chaste, for which I am sure I pay you my respects, that is no
  • reason why you should be blind. Look at her, look at the delicious nose
  • of her, look at her cheek, look at her ear, look at her hand and
  • wrist--look at the whole baggage from heels to crown, and tell me if she
  • wouldn't melt on a man's tongue."
  • As Ballantrae spoke, half jesting, half enthusiastic, Balmile was
  • constrained to do as he was bidden. He looked at the woman, admired her
  • excellences, and was at the same time ashamed for himself and his
  • companion. So it befell that when Marie-Madeleine raised her eyes, she
  • met those of the subject of her contemplations fixed directly on herself
  • with a look that is unmistakable, the look of a person measuring and
  • valuing another,--and, to clench the false impression, that his glance
  • was instantly and guiltily withdrawn. The blood beat back upon her heart
  • and leaped again; her obscure thoughts flashed clear before her; she
  • flew in fancy straight to his arms like a wanton, and fled again on the
  • instant like a nymph. And at that moment there chanced an interruption,
  • which not only spared her embarrassment, but set the last consecration
  • on her now articulate love.
  • Into the wine-shop there came a French gentleman, arrayed in the last
  • refinement of the fashion, though a little tumbled by his passage in the
  • wind. It was to be judged he had come from the same formal gathering at
  • which the others had preceded him; and perhaps that he had gone there in
  • the hope to meet with them, for he came up to Ballantrae with
  • unceremonious eagerness.
  • "At last, here you are!" he cried in French. "I thought I was to miss
  • you altogether."
  • The Scotsmen rose, and Ballantrae, after the first greetings, laid his
  • hand on his companion's shoulder.
  • "My lord," said he, "allow me to present to you one of my best friends
  • and one of our best soldiers, the Lord Viscount Gladsmuir."
  • The two bowed with the elaborate elegance of the period.
  • "_Monseigneur_," said Balmile, "_je n'ai pas la prétention de m'affubler
  • d'un titre que la mauvaise fortune de mon roi ne me permet pas de porter
  • comme il sied. Je m'appelle, pour vous servir, Blair de Balmile tout
  • court._" [My lord, I have not the effrontery to cumber myself with a
  • title which the ill fortunes of my king will not suffer me to bear the
  • way it should be. I call myself, at your service, plain Blair of
  • Balmile.]
  • "_Monsieur le Vicomte ou monsieur Blèr' de Balmaïl_," replied the
  • new-comer, "_le nom n'y fait rien et l'on connaît vos beaux faits._"
  • [The name matters nothing, your gallant actions are known.]
  • A few more ceremonies, and these three, sitting down together to the
  • table, called for wine. It was the happiness of Marie-Madeleine to wait
  • unobserved upon the prince of her desires. She poured the wine, he drank
  • of it; and that link between them seemed to her, for the moment, close
  • as a caress. Though they lowered their tones, she surprised great names
  • passing in their conversation, names of kings, the names of de Gesvre
  • and Belle-Isle; and the man who dealt in these high matters, and she who
  • was now coupled with him in her own thoughts, seemed to swim in mid air
  • in a transfiguration. Love is a crude core, but it has singular and
  • far-reaching fringes; in that passionate attraction for the stranger
  • that now swayed and mastered her, his harsh incomprehensible language,
  • and these names of grandees in his talk, were each an element.
  • The Frenchman stayed not long, but it was plain he left behind him
  • matter of much interest to his companions; they spoke together
  • earnestly, their heads down, the woman of the wine-shop totally
  • forgotten; and they were still so occupied when Paradou returned.
  • This man's love was unsleeping. The even bluster of the mistral, with
  • which he had been combating some hours, had not suspended, though it had
  • embittered, that predominant passion. His first look was for his wife, a
  • look of hope and suspicion, menace and humility and love, that made the
  • over-blooming brute appear for the moment almost beautiful. She returned
  • his glance, at first as though she knew him not, then with a swiftly
  • waxing coldness of intent; and at last, without changing their
  • direction, she had closed her eyes.
  • There passed across her mind during that period much that Paradou could
  • not have understood had it been told to him in words: chiefly the sense
  • of an enlightening contrast betwixt the man who talked of kings and the
  • man who kept a wine-shop, betwixt the love she yearned for and that to
  • which she had been long exposed like a victim bound upon the altar.
  • There swelled upon her, swifter than the Rhone, a tide of abhorrence
  • and disgust. She had succumbed to the monster, humbling herself below
  • animals; and now she loved a hero, aspiring to the semi-divine. It was
  • in the pang of that humiliating thought that she had closed her eyes.
  • Paradou--quick, as beasts are quick, to translate silence--felt the
  • insult through his blood; his inarticulate soul bellowed within him for
  • revenge. He glanced about the shop. He saw the two indifferent gentlemen
  • deep in talk, and passed them over: his fancy flying not so high. There
  • was but one other present, a country lout who stood swallowing his wine,
  • equally unobserved by all and unobserving; to him he dealt a glance of
  • murderous suspicion, and turned direct upon his wife. The wine-shop had
  • lain hitherto, a space of shelter, the scene of a few ceremonial
  • passages and some whispered conversation, in the howling river of the
  • wind; the clock had not yet ticked a score of times since Paradou's
  • appearance; and now, as he suddenly gave tongue, it seemed as though the
  • mistral had entered at his heels.
  • "What ails you, woman?" he cried, smiting on the counter.
  • "Nothing ails me," she replied. It was strange; but she spoke and stood
  • at that moment like a lady of degree, drawn upward by her aspirations.
  • "You speak to me, by God, as though you scorned me!" cried the husband.
  • The man's passion was always formidable; she had often looked on upon
  • its violence with a thrill, it had been one ingredient in her
  • fascination; and she was now surprised to behold him, as from afar off,
  • gesticulating but impotent. His fury might be dangerous like a torrent
  • or a gust of wind, but it was inhuman; it might be feared or braved, it
  • should never be respected. And with that there came in her a sudden glow
  • of courage and that readiness to die which attends so closely upon all
  • strong passions.
  • "I do scorn you," she said.
  • "What is that?" he cried.
  • "I scorn you," she repeated, smiling.
  • "You love another man!" said he.
  • "With all my soul," was her reply.
  • The wine-seller roared aloud so that the house rang and shook with it.
  • "Is this the ----?" he cried, using a foul word, common in the South;
  • and he seized the young countryman and dashed him to the ground. There
  • he lay for the least interval of time insensible; thence fled from the
  • house, the most terrified person in the county. The heavy measure had
  • escaped from his hands, splashing the wine high upon the wall. Paradou
  • caught it. "And you?" he roared to his wife, giving her the same name in
  • the feminine, and he aimed at her the deadly missile. She expected it,
  • motionless, with radiant eyes.
  • But before it sped, Paradou was met by another adversary, and the
  • unconscious rivals stood confronted. It was hard to say at that moment
  • which appeared the more formidable. In Paradou, the whole muddy and
  • truculent depths of the half-man were stirred to frenzy; the lust of
  • destruction raged in him; there was not a feature in his face but it
  • talked murder. Balmile had dropped his cloak: he shone out at once in
  • his finery, and stood to his full stature; girt in mind and body; all
  • his resources, all his temper, perfectly in command; in his face the
  • light of battle. Neither spoke; there was no blow nor threat of one; it
  • was war reduced to its last element, the spiritual; and the huge
  • wine-seller slowly lowered his weapon. Balmile was a noble, he a
  • commoner; Balmile exulted in an honourable cause. Paradou already
  • perhaps began to be ashamed of his violence. Of a sudden, at least, the
  • tortured brute turned and fled from the shop in the footsteps of his
  • former victim, to whose continued flight his reappearance added wings.
  • So soon as Balmile appeared between her husband and herself,
  • Marie-Madeleine transferred to him her eyes. It might be her last
  • moment, and she fed upon that face; reading there inimitable courage and
  • illimitable valour to protect. And when the momentary peril was gone by,
  • and the champion turned a little awkwardly towards her whom he had
  • rescued, it was to meet, and quail before, a gaze of admiration more
  • distinct than words. He bowed, he stammered, his words failed him; he
  • who had crossed the floor a moment ago, like a young god, to smite,
  • returned like one discomfited; got somehow to his place by the table,
  • muffled himself again in his discarded cloak, and for a last touch of
  • the ridiculous, seeking for anything to restore his countenance, drank
  • of the wine before him, deep as a porter after a heavy lift. It was
  • little wonder if Ballantrae, reading the scene with malevolent eyes,
  • laughed out loud and brief, and drank with raised glass, "To the
  • champion of the Fair."
  • Marie-Madeleine stood in her old place within the counter; she disdained
  • the mocking laughter; it fell on her ears, but it did not reach her
  • spirit. For her, the world of living persons was all resumed again into
  • one pair, as in the days of Eden; there was but the one end in life, the
  • one hope before her, the one thing needful, the one thing possible,--to
  • be his.
  • CHAPTER I
  • THE PRINCE
  • That same night there was in the city of Avignon a young man in distress
  • of mind. Now he sat, now walked in a high apartment, full of draughts
  • and shadows. A single candle made the darkness visible; and the light
  • scarce sufficed to show upon the wall, where they had been recently and
  • rudely nailed, a few miniatures and a copper medal of the young man's
  • head. The same was being sold that year in London, to admiring
  • thousands. The original was fair; he had beautiful brown eyes, a
  • beautiful bright open face; a little feminine, a little hard, a little
  • weak; still full of the light of youth, but already beginning to be
  • vulgarised; a sordid bloom come upon it, the lines coarsened with a
  • touch of puffiness. He was dressed, as for a gala, in peach-colour and
  • silver; his breast sparkled with stars and was bright with ribbons; for
  • he had held a levee in the afternoon and received a distinguished
  • personage incognito. Now he sat with a bowed head, now walked
  • precipitately to and fro, now went and gazed from the uncurtained
  • window, where the wind was still blowing, and the lights winked in the
  • darkness.
  • The bells of Avignon rose into song as he was gazing; and the high notes
  • and the deep tossed and drowned, boomed suddenly near or were suddenly
  • swallowed up, in the current of the mistral. Tears sprang in the pale
  • blue eyes; the expression of his face was changed to that of a more
  • active misery; it seemed as if the voices of the bells reached, and
  • touched and pained him, in a waste of vacancy where even pain was
  • welcome. Outside in the night they continued to sound on, swelling and
  • fainting; and the listener heard in his memory, as it were their
  • harmonies, joy-bells clashing in a northern city, and the acclamations
  • of a multitude, the cries of battle, the gross voices of cannon, the
  • stridor of an animated life. And then all died away, and he stood face
  • to face with himself in the waste of vacancy, and a horror came upon his
  • mind, and a faintness on his brain, such as seizes men upon the brink of
  • cliffs.
  • On the table, by the side of the candle, stood a tray of glasses, a
  • bottle, and a silver bell. He went thither swiftly, then his hand
  • lowered first above the bell, then settled on the bottle. Slowly he
  • filled a glass, slowly drank it out; and, as a tide of animal warmth
  • recomforted the recesses of his nature, stood there smiling at himself.
  • He remembered he was young; the funeral curtains rose, and he saw his
  • life shine and broaden and flow out majestically, like a river sunward.
  • The smile still on his lips, he lit a second candle and a third; a fire
  • stood ready built in a chimney, he lit that also; and the fir-cones and
  • the gnarled olive billets were swift to break in flame and to crackle on
  • the hearth, and the room brightened and enlarged about him like his
  • hopes. To and fro, to and fro, he went, his hands lightly clasped, his
  • breath deeply and pleasurably taken. Victory walked with him; he marched
  • to crowns and empires among shouting followers; glory was his dress. And
  • presently again the shadows closed upon the solitary. Under the gilt of
  • flame and candle-light, the stone walls of the apartment showed down
  • bare and cold; behind the depicted triumph loomed up the actual failure:
  • defeat, the long distress of the flight, exile, despair, broken
  • followers, mourning faces, empty pockets, friends estranged. The memory
  • of his father rose in his mind: he, too, estranged and defied; despair
  • sharpened into wrath. There was one who had led armies in the field, who
  • had staked his life upon the family enterprise, a man of action and
  • experience, of the open air, the camp, the court, the council-room; and
  • he was to accept direction from an old, pompous gentleman in a home in
  • Italy, and buzzed about by priests? A pretty king, if he had not a
  • martial son to lean upon! A king at all?
  • "There was a weaver (of all people) joined me at St. Ninians; he was
  • more of a man than my papa!" he thought. "I saw him lie doubled in his
  • blood and a grenadier below him--and he died for my papa! All died for
  • him, or risked the dying, and I lay for him all those months in the rain
  • and skulked in heather like a fox; and now he writes me his advice!
  • calls me Carluccio--me, the man of the house, the only king in that
  • king's race." He ground his teeth. "The only king in Europe! Who else?
  • Who has done and suffered except me? who has lain and run and hidden
  • with his faithful subjects, like a second Bruce? Not my accursed cousin,
  • Louis of France at least, the lewd effeminate traitor!" And filling the
  • glass to the brim, he drank a king's damnation. Ah, if he had the power
  • of Louis, what a king were here!
  • The minutes followed each other into the past, and still he persevered
  • in this debilitating cycle of emotions, still fed the fire of his
  • excitement with driblets of Rhine wine: a boy at odds with life, a boy
  • with a spark of the heroic, which he was now burning out and drowning
  • down in futile reverie and solitary excess.
  • From two rooms beyond, the sudden sound of a raised voice attracted him.
  • "By....
  • FABLES
  • FABLES
  • I
  • THE PERSONS OF THE TALE
  • After the 32nd chapter of "Treasure Island," two of the puppets strolled
  • out to have a pipe before business should begin again, and met in an
  • open place not far from the story.
  • "Good-morning, Cap'n," said the first, with a man-o'-war salute, and a
  • beaming countenance.
  • "Ah, Silver!" grunted the other. "You're in a bad way, Silver."
  • "Now, Cap'n Smollett," remonstrated Silver, "dooty is dooty, as I knows,
  • and none better; but we're off dooty now; and I can't see no call to
  • keep up the morality business."
  • "You're a damned rogue, my man," said the Captain.
  • "Come, come, Cap'n, be just," returned the other. "There's no call to be
  • angry with me in earnest. I'm on'y a chara'ter in a sea story. I don't
  • really exist."
  • "Well, I don't really exist either," says the Captain, "which seems to
  • meet that."
  • "I wouldn't set no limits to what a virtuous chara'ter might consider
  • argument," responded Silver. "But I'm the villain of this tale, I am;
  • and speaking as one sea-faring man to another, what I want to know is,
  • what's the odds?"
  • "Were you never taught your catechism?" said the Captain. "Don't you
  • know there's such a thing as an Author?"
  • "Such a thing as a Author?" returned John derisively. "And who better'n
  • me? And the p'int is, if the Author made you, he made Long John, and he
  • made Hands, and Pew, and George Merry--not that George is up to much,
  • for he's little more'n a name; and he made Flint, what there is of him;
  • and he made this here mutiny, you keep such a work about; and he had Tom
  • Redruth shot; and--well, if that's a Author, give me Pew!"
  • "Don't you believe in a future state?" said Smollett. "Do you think
  • there's nothing but the present story-paper?"
  • "I don't rightly know for that," said Silver; "and I don't see what it's
  • got to do with it, anyway. What I know is this: if there is sich a thing
  • as a Author, I'm his favourite chara'ter. He does me fathoms better'n he
  • does you--fathoms, he does. And he likes doing me. He keeps me on deck
  • mostly all the time, crutch and all; and he leaves you measling in the
  • hold, where nobody can't see you, nor wants to, and you may lay to that!
  • If there is a Author, by thunder, but he's on my side, and you may lay
  • to it!"
  • "I see he's giving you a long rope," said the Captain. "But that can't
  • change a man's convictions. I know the Author respects me; I feel it in
  • my bones: when you and I had that talk at the blockhouse door, who do
  • you think he was for, my man?"
  • "And don't he respect me?" cried Silver. "Ah, you should 'a' heard me
  • putting down my mutiny, George Merry and Morgan and that lot, no longer
  • ago'n last chapter; you'd 'a' heard something then! You'd 'a' seen what
  • the Author thinks o' me! But come now, do you consider yourself a
  • virtuous chara'ter clean through?"
  • "God forbid!" said Captain Smollett solemnly. "I am a man that tries to
  • do his duty, and makes a mess of it as often as not. I'm not a very
  • popular man at home, Silver, I'm afraid!" and the Captain sighed.
  • "Ah," says Silver. "Then how about this sequel of yours? Are you to be
  • Cap'n Smollett just the same as ever and not very popular at home, says
  • you? And if so, why, it's 'Treasure Island' over again, by thunder; and
  • I'll be Long John and Pew'll be Pew, and we'll have another mutiny as
  • like as not. Or are you to be somebody else? And if so, why, what the
  • better are you? and what the worse am I?"
  • "Why, look here, my man," returned the Captain; "I can't understand how
  • this story comes about at all, can I? I can't see how you and I who
  • don't exist should get to speaking here, and smoke our pipes for all the
  • world like reality? Very well, then, who am I to pipe up with my
  • opinions? I know the Author's on the side of good; he tells me so, it
  • runs out of his pen as he writes. Well, that's all I need to know; I'll
  • take my chance upon the rest."
  • "It's a fact he seemed to be against George Merry," Silver admitted,
  • musingly. "But George is little more'n a name at the best of it," he
  • added, brightening. "And to get into soundings for once. What is this
  • good? I made a mutiny, and I been a gentleman o' fortune; well, but by
  • all stories, you ain't no such saint. I'm a man that keeps company very
  • easy; even by your own account, you ain't, and to my certain knowledge
  • you're a devil to haze. Which is which? Which is good and which bad? Ah,
  • you tell me that! Here we are in stays, and you may lay to it!"
  • "We're none of us perfect," replied the Captain. "That's a fact of
  • religion, my man. All I can say is, I try to do my duty; and if you try
  • to do yours, I can't compliment you on your success."
  • "And so you was the judge, was you?" said Silver, derisively.
  • "I would be both judge and hangman for you, my man, and never turn a
  • hair," returned the Captain. "But I get beyond that: it mayn't be sound
  • theology, but it's common sense, that what is good is useful too--or
  • there and thereabout, for I don't set up to be a thinker. Now, where
  • would a story go to if there were no virtuous characters?"
  • "If you go to that," replied Silver, "where would a story begin, if
  • there wasn't no villains?"
  • "Well, that's pretty much my thought," said Captain Smollett. "The
  • Author has to get a story; that's what he wants; and to get a story, and
  • to have a man like the doctor (say) given a proper chance, he has to put
  • in men like you and Hands. But he's on the right side; and you mind your
  • eye! You're not through this story yet; there's trouble coming for you."
  • "What'll you bet?" asked John.
  • "Much I care if there ain't," returned the Captain. "I'm glad enough to
  • be Alexander Smollett, bad as he is; and I thank my stars upon my knees
  • that I'm not Silver. But there's the ink-bottle opening. To quarters!"
  • And indeed the Author was just then beginning to write the words:
  • CHAPTER XXXIII
  • II
  • THE SINKING SHIP
  • "Sir," said the first lieutenant, bursting into the Captain's cabin,
  • "the ship is going down."
  • "Very well, Mr. Spoker," said the Captain; "but that is no reason for
  • going about half-shaved. Exercise your mind a moment, Mr. Spoker, and
  • you will see that to the philosophic eye there is nothing new in our
  • position: the ship (if she is to go down at all) may be said to have
  • been going down since she was launched."
  • "She is settling fast," said the first lieutenant, as he returned from
  • shaving.
  • "Fast, Mr. Spoker?" asked the Captain. "The expression is a strange one,
  • for time (if you will think of it) is only relative."
  • "Sir," said the lieutenant, "I think it is scarcely worth while to
  • embark in such a discussion when we shall all be in Davy Jones's Locker
  • in ten minutes."
  • "By parity of reasoning," returned the Captain gently, "it would never
  • be worth while to begin any inquiry of importance; the odds are always
  • overwhelming that we must die before we shall have brought it to an end.
  • You have not considered, Mr. Spoker, the situation of man," said the
  • Captain, smiling, and shaking his head.
  • "I am much more engaged in considering the position of the ship," said
  • Mr. Spoker.
  • "Spoken like a good officer," replied the Captain, laying his hand on
  • the lieutenant's shoulder.
  • On deck they found the men had broken into the spirit-room, and were
  • fast getting drunk.
  • "My men," said the Captain, "there is no sense in this. The ship is
  • going down, you will tell me, in ten minutes: well, and what then? To
  • the philosophic eye, there is nothing new in our position. All our lives
  • long, we may have been about to break a blood-vessel or to be struck by
  • lightning, not merely in ten minutes, but in ten seconds; and that has
  • not prevented us from eating dinner, no, nor from putting money in the
  • Savings Bank. I assure you, with my hand on my heart, I fail to
  • comprehend your attitude."
  • The men were already too far gone to pay much heed.
  • "This is a very painful sight, Mr. Spoker," said the Captain.
  • "And yet to the philosophic eye, or whatever it is," replied the first
  • lieutenant, "they may be said to have been getting drunk since they came
  • aboard."
  • "I do not know if you always follow my thought, Mr. Spoker," returned
  • the Captain gently. "But let us proceed."
  • In the powder magazine they found an old salt smoking his pipe.
  • "Good God!" cried the Captain, "what are you about?"
  • "Well, sir," said the old salt apologetically, "they told me as she were
  • going down."
  • "And suppose she were?" said the Captain. "To the philosophic eye, there
  • would be nothing new in our position. Life, my old shipmate, life, at
  • any moment and in any view, is as dangerous as a sinking ship; and yet
  • it is man's handsome fashion to carry umbrellas, to wear indiarubber
  • overshoes, to begin vast works, and to conduct himself in every way as
  • if he might hope to be eternal. And for my own poor part I should
  • despise the man who, even on board a sinking ship, should omit to take a
  • pill or to wind up his watch. That, my friend, would not be the human
  • attitude."
  • "I beg pardon, sir," said Mr. Spoker. "But what is precisely the
  • difference between shaving in a sinking ship and smoking in a powder
  • magazine?"
  • "Or doing anything at all in any conceivable circumstances?" cried the
  • Captain. "Perfectly conclusive; give me a cigar!"
  • Two minutes afterwards the ship blew up with a glorious detonation.
  • III
  • THE TWO MATCHES
  • One day there was a traveller in the woods in California, in the dry
  • season, when the trades were blowing strong. He had ridden a long way,
  • and he was tired and hungry, and dismounted from his horse to smoke a
  • pipe. But when he felt in his pocket he found but two matches. He struck
  • the first, and it would not light.
  • "Here is a pretty state of things!" said the traveller. "Dying for a
  • smoke; only one match left; and that certain to miss fire! Was there
  • ever a creature so unfortunate? And yet," thought the traveller,
  • "suppose I light this match, and smoke my pipe, and shake out the dottle
  • here in the grass--the grass might catch fire, for it is dry like
  • tinder; and while I snatch out the flames in front, they might evade and
  • run behind me, and seize upon yon bush of poison oak; before I could
  • reach it, that would have blazed up; over the bush I see a pine-tree
  • hung with moss; that, too, would fly in fire upon the instant to its
  • topmost bough; and the flame of that long torch--how would the
  • trade-wind take and brandish that through the inflammable forest! I hear
  • this dell roar in a moment with the joint voice of wind and fire, I see
  • myself gallop for my soul, and the flying conflagration chase and
  • outflank me through the hills; I see this pleasant forest burn for days,
  • and the cattle roasted, and the springs dried up, and the farmer ruined,
  • and his children cast upon the world. What a world hangs upon this
  • moment!"
  • With that he struck the match, and it missed fire.
  • "Thank God!" said the traveller, and put his pipe in his pocket.
  • IV
  • THE SICK MAN AND THE FIREMAN
  • There was once a sick man in a burning house, to whom there entered a
  • fireman.
  • "Do not save me," said the sick man. "Save those who are strong."
  • "Will you kindly tell me why?" inquired the fireman, for he was a civil
  • fellow.
  • "Nothing could possibly be fairer," said the sick man. "The strong
  • should be preferred in all cases, because they are of more service in
  • the world."
  • The fireman pondered a while, for he was a man of some philosophy.
  • "Granted," said he at last, as a part of the roof fell in; "but for the
  • sake of conversation, what would you lay down as the proper service of
  • the strong?"
  • "Nothing can possibly be easier," returned the sick man; "the proper
  • service of the strong is to help the weak."
  • Again the fireman reflected, for there was nothing hasty about this
  • excellent creature. "I could forgive you being sick," he said at last,
  • as a portion of the wall fell out, "but I cannot bear your being such a
  • fool." And with that he heaved up his fireman's axe, for he was
  • eminently just, and clove the sick man to the bed.
  • V
  • THE DEVIL AND THE INNKEEPER
  • Once upon a time the devil stayed at an inn, where no one knew him, for
  • they were people whose education had been neglected. He was bent on
  • mischief, and for a time kept everybody by the ears. But at last the
  • innkeeper set a watch upon the devil and took him in the fact.
  • The innkeeper got a rope's end.
  • "Now I'm going to thrash you," said the innkeeper.
  • "You have no right to be angry with me," said the devil. "I am only the
  • devil, and it is my nature to do wrong."
  • "Is that so?" asked the innkeeper.
  • "Fact, I assure you," said the devil.
  • "You really can't help doing ill?" asked the innkeeper.
  • "Not in the smallest," said the devil; "it would be useless cruelty to
  • thrash a thing like me."
  • "It would indeed," said the innkeeper.
  • And he made a noose and hanged the devil.
  • "There!" said the innkeeper.
  • VI
  • THE PENITENT
  • A man met a lad weeping. "What do you weep for?" he asked.
  • "I am weeping for my sins," said the lad.
  • "You must have little to do," said the man.
  • The next day they met again. Once more the lad was weeping. "Why do you
  • weep now?" asked the man.
  • "I am weeping because I have nothing to eat," said the lad.
  • "I thought it would come to that," said the man.
  • VII
  • THE YELLOW PAINT
  • In a certain city there lived a physician who sold yellow paint. This
  • was of so singular a virtue that whoso was bedaubed with it from head to
  • heel was set free from the dangers of life, and the bondage of sin, and
  • the fear of death for ever. So the physician said in his prospectus; and
  • so said all the citizens in the city; and there was nothing more urgent
  • in men's hearts than to be properly painted themselves, and nothing they
  • took more delight in than to see others painted. There was in the same
  • city a young man of a very good family but of a somewhat reckless life,
  • who had reached the age of manhood, and would have nothing to say to the
  • paint: "To-morrow was soon enough," said he; and when the morrow came he
  • would still put it off. So he might have continued to do until his
  • death; only, he had a friend of about his own age and much of his own
  • manners; and this youth, taking a walk in the public street, with not
  • one fleck of paint upon his body, was suddenly run down by a water-cart
  • and cut off in the heyday of his nakedness. This shook the other to the
  • soul; so that I never beheld a man more earnest to be painted; and on
  • the very same evening, in the presence of all his family, to appropriate
  • music, and himself weeping aloud, he received three complete coats and a
  • touch of varnish on the top. The physician (who was himself affected
  • even to tears) protested he had never done a job so thorough.
  • Some two months afterwards, the young man was carried on a stretcher to
  • the physician's house.
  • "What is the meaning of this?" he cried, as soon as the door was opened.
  • "I was to be set free from all the dangers of life; and here have I been
  • run down by that self-same water-cart, and my leg is broken."
  • "Dear me!" said the physician. "This is very sad. But I perceive I must
  • explain to you the action of my paint. A broken bone is a mighty small
  • affair at the worst of it; and it belongs to a class of accident to
  • which my paint is quite inapplicable. Sin, my dear young friend, sin is
  • the sole calamity that a wise man should apprehend; it is against sin
  • that I have fitted you out; and when you come to be tempted you will
  • give me news of my paint."
  • "O!" said the young man, "I did not understand that, and it seems rather
  • disappointing. But I have no doubt all is for the best; and in the
  • meanwhile, I shall be obliged to you if you will set my leg."
  • "That is none of my business," said the physician; "but if your bearers
  • will carry you round the corner to the surgeon's, I feel sure he will
  • afford relief."
  • Some three years later, the young man came running to the physician's
  • house in a great perturbation. "What is the meaning of this?" he cried.
  • "Here was I to be set free from the bondage of sin; and I have just
  • committed forgery, arson, and murder."
  • "Dear me!" said the physician. "This is very serious. Off with your
  • clothes at once." And as soon as the young man had stripped, he examined
  • him from head to foot. "No," he cried with great relief, "there is not a
  • flake broken. Cheer up, my young friend, your paint is as good as new."
  • "Good God!" cried the young man, "and what then can be the use of it?"
  • "Why," said the physician, "I perceive I must explain to you the nature
  • of the action of my paint. It does not exactly prevent sin; it
  • extenuates instead the painful consequences. It is not so much for this
  • world as for the next; it is not against life; in short, it is against
  • death that I have fitted you out. And when you come to die, you will
  • give me news of my paint."
  • "O!" cried the young man, "I had not understood that, and it seems a
  • little disappointing. But there is no doubt all is for the best; and in
  • the meanwhile, I shall be obliged if you will help me to undo the evil I
  • have brought on innocent persons."
  • "That is none of my business," said the physician; "but if you will go
  • round the corner to the police office, I feel sure it will afford you
  • relief to give yourself up."
  • Six weeks later the physician was called to the town gaol.
  • "What is the meaning of this?" cried the young man. "Here am I literally
  • crusted with your paint; and I have broken my leg, and committed all the
  • crimes in the calendar, and must be hanged to-morrow; and am in the
  • meanwhile in a fear so extreme that I lack words to picture it."
  • "Dear me!" said the physician. "This is really amazing. Well, well;
  • perhaps if you had not been painted, you would have been more frightened
  • still."
  • VIII
  • THE HOUSE OF ELD
  • So soon as the child began to speak, the gyve was riveted; and the boys
  • and girls limped about their play like convicts. Doubtless it was more
  • pitiable to see and more painful to bear in youth; but even the grown
  • folk, besides being very unhandy on their feet, were often sick with
  • ulcers.
  • About the time when Jack was ten years old, many strangers began to
  • journey through that country. These he beheld going lightly by on the
  • long roads, and the thing amazed him. "I wonder how it comes," he asked,
  • "that all these strangers are so quick afoot, and we must drag about our
  • fetter?"
  • "My dear boy," said his uncle, the catechist, "do not complain about
  • your fetter, for it is the only thing that makes life worth living. None
  • are happy, none are good, none are respectable, that are not gyved like
  • us. And I must tell you, besides, it is very dangerous talk. If you
  • grumble of your iron, you will have no luck; if you ever take it off,
  • you will be instantly smitten by a thunderbolt."
  • "Are there no thunderbolts for these strangers?" asked Jack.
  • "Jupiter is long-suffering to the benighted," returned the catechist.
  • "Upon my word, I could wish I had been less fortunate," said Jack. "For
  • if I had been born benighted, I might now be going free; and it cannot
  • be denied the iron is inconvenient, and the ulcer hurts."
  • "Ah!" cried his uncle, "do not envy the heathen! Theirs is a sad lot!
  • Ah, poor souls, if they but knew the joys of being fettered! Poor souls,
  • my heart yearns for them. But the truth is they are vile, odious,
  • insolent, ill-conditioned, stinking brutes, not truly human--for what
  • is a man without a fetter?--and you cannot be too particular not to
  • touch or speak with them."
  • After this talk, the child would never pass one of the unfettered on the
  • road but what he spat at him and called him names, which was the
  • practice of the children in that part.
  • It chanced one day, when he was fifteen, he went into the woods, and the
  • ulcer pained him. It was a fair day, with a blue sky; all the birds were
  • singing; but Jack nursed his foot. Presently, another song began; it
  • sounded like the singing of a person, only far more gay; at the same
  • time there was a beating on the earth. Jack put aside the leaves; and
  • there was a lad of his own village, leaping, and dancing and singing to
  • himself in a green dell; and on the grass beside him lay the dancer's
  • iron.
  • "O!" cried Jack, "you have your fetter off!"
  • "For God's sake, don't tell your uncle!" cried the lad.
  • "If you fear my uncle," returned Jack, "why do you not fear the
  • thunderbolt?"
  • "That is only an old wives' tale," said the other. "It is only told to
  • children. Scores of us come here among the woods and dance for nights
  • together, and are none the worse."
  • This put Jack in a thousand new thoughts. He was a grave lad; he had no
  • mind to dance himself; he wore his fetter manfully, and tended his ulcer
  • without complaint. But he loved the less to be deceived or to see others
  • cheated. He began to lie in wait for heathen travellers, at covert parts
  • of the road, and in the dusk of the day, so that he might speak with
  • them unseen; and these were greatly taken with their wayside questioner,
  • and told him things of weight. The wearing of gyves (they said) was no
  • command of Jupiter's. It was the contrivance of a white-faced thing, a
  • sorcerer, that dwelt in that country in the Wood of Eld. He was one like
  • Glaucus that could change his shape, yet he could be always told; for
  • when he was crossed, he gobbled like a turkey. He had three lives; but
  • the third smiting would make an end of him indeed; and with that his
  • house of sorcery would vanish, the gyves fall, and the villagers take
  • hands and dance like children.
  • "And in your country?" Jack would ask.
  • But at this, the travellers, with one accord, would put him off; until
  • Jack began to suppose there was no land entirely happy. Or, if there
  • were, it must be one that kept its folk at home; which was natural
  • enough.
  • But the case of the gyves weighed upon him. The sight of the children
  • limping stuck in his eyes; the groans of such as dressed their ulcers
  • haunted him. And it came at last in his mind that he was born to free
  • them.
  • There was in that village a sword of heavenly forgery, beaten upon
  • Vulcan's anvil. It was never used but in the temple, and then the flat
  • of it only; and it hung on a nail by the catechist's chimney. Early one
  • night Jack rose, and took the sword, and was gone out of the house and
  • the village in the darkness.
  • All night he walked at a venture; and when day came, he met strangers
  • going to the fields. Then he asked after the Wood of Eld and the house
  • of sorcery; and one said north, and one south; until Jack saw that they
  • deceived him. So then, when he asked his way of any man, he showed the
  • bright sword naked; and at that the gyve on the man's ankle rang and
  • answered in his stead; and the word was still _Straight on._ But the
  • man, when his gyve spoke, spat and struck at Jack, and threw stones at
  • him as he went away; so that his head was broken.
  • So he came to that wood, and entered in, and he was aware of a house in
  • a low place, where funguses grew, and the trees met, and the steaming of
  • the marsh arose about it like a smoke. It was a fine house, and a very
  • rambling; some parts of it were ancient like the hills, and some but of
  • yesterday, and none finished; and all the ends of it were open, so that
  • you could go in from every side. Yet it was in good repair, and all the
  • chimneys smoked.
  • Jack went in through the gable; and there was one room after another,
  • all bare, but all furnished in part, so that a man could dwell there;
  • and in each there was a fire burning, where a man could warm himself,
  • and a table spread where he might eat. But Jack saw nowhere any living
  • creature; only the bodies of some stuffed.
  • "This is a hospitable house," said Jack; "but the ground must be quaggy
  • underneath, for at every step the building quakes."
  • He had gone some time in the house, when he began to be hungry. Then he
  • looked at the food, and at first he was afraid; but he bared the sword,
  • and by the shining of the sword, it seemed the food was honest. So he
  • took the courage to sit down and eat, and he was refreshed in mind and
  • body.
  • "This is strange," thought he, "that in the house of sorcery there
  • should be food so wholesome."
  • As he was yet eating, there came into that room the appearance of his
  • uncle, and Jack was afraid because he had taken the sword. But his uncle
  • was never more kind, and sat down to meat with him, and praised him
  • because he had taken the sword. Never had these two been more pleasantly
  • together, and Jack was full of love to the man.
  • "It was very well done," said his uncle, "to take the sword and come
  • yourself into the House of Eld; a good thought and a brave deed. But now
  • you are satisfied; and we may go home to dinner arm in arm."
  • "O dear no!" said Jack. "I am not satisfied yet."
  • "How!" cried his uncle. "Are you not warmed by the fire? Does not this
  • food sustain you?"
  • "I see the food to be wholesome," said Jack; "and still it is no proof
  • that a man should wear a gyve on his right leg."
  • Now at this the appearance of his uncle gobbled like a turkey.
  • "Jupiter!" cried Jack, "is this the sorcerer?"
  • His hand held back and his heart failed him for the love he bore his
  • uncle; but he heaved up the sword and smote the appearance on the head;
  • and it cried out aloud with the voice of his uncle; and fell to the
  • ground; and a little bloodless white thing fled from the room.
  • The cry rang in Jack's ears, and his knees smote together, and
  • conscience cried upon him; and yet he was strengthened, and there woke
  • in his bones the lust of that enchanter's blood. "If the gyves are to
  • fall," said he, "I must go through with this, and when I get home I
  • shall find my uncle dancing."
  • So he went on after the bloodless thing. In the way he met the
  • appearance of his father; and his father was incensed, and railed upon
  • him, and called to him upon his duty, and bade him be home, while there
  • was yet time. "For you can still," said he, "be home by sunset; and then
  • all will be forgiven."
  • "God knows," said Jack, "I fear your anger; but yet your anger does not
  • prove that a man should wear a gyve on his right leg."
  • And at that the appearance of his father gobbled like a turkey.
  • "Ah, heaven," cried Jack, "the sorcerer again!"
  • The blood ran backward in his body, and his joints rebelled against him
  • for the love he bore his father; but he heaved up the sword, and plunged
  • it in the heart of the appearance; and the appearance cried out aloud
  • with the voice of his father; and fell to the ground; and a little
  • bloodless white thing fled from the room.
  • The cry rang in Jack's ears, and his soul was darkened; but now rage
  • came to him. "I have done what I dare not think upon," said he. "I will
  • go to an end with it, or perish. And when I get home, I pray God this
  • may be a dream, and I may find my father dancing."
  • So he went on after the bloodless thing that had escaped; and in the way
  • he met the appearance of his mother, and she wept. "What have you
  • done?" she cried. "What is this that you have done? O, come home (where
  • you may be by bedtime) ere you do more ill to me and mine; for it is
  • enough to smite my brother and your father."
  • "Dear mother, it is not these that I have smitten," said Jack; "it was
  • but the enchanter in their shape. And even if I had, it would not prove
  • that a man should wear a gyve on his right leg."
  • And at this the appearance gobbled like a turkey.
  • He never knew how he did that; but he swung the sword on the one side,
  • and clove the appearance through the midst; and it cried out aloud with
  • the voice of his mother; and fell to the ground; and with the fall of
  • it, the house was gone from over Jack's head, and he stood alone in the
  • woods, and the gyve was loosened from his leg.
  • "Well," said he, "the enchanter is now dead, and the fetter gone." But
  • the cries rang in his soul, and the day was like night to him. "This has
  • been a sore business," said he. "Let me get forth out of the wood, and
  • see the good that I have done to others."
  • He thought to leave the fetter where it lay, but when he turned to go,
  • his mind was otherwise. So he stooped and put the gyve in his bosom; and
  • the rough iron galled him as he went, and his bosom bled.
  • Now when he was forth of the wood upon the highway, he met folk
  • returning from the field; and those he met had no fetter on the right
  • leg, but, behold! they had one upon the left. Jack asked them what it
  • signified; and they said, "that was the new wear, for the old was found
  • to be a superstition." Then he looked at them nearly; and there was a
  • new ulcer on the left ankle, and the old one on the right was not yet
  • healed.
  • "Now, may God forgive me!" cried Jack. "I would I were well home."
  • And when he was home, there lay his uncle smitten on the head, and his
  • father pierced through the heart, and his mother cloven through the
  • midst. And he sat in the lone house and wept beside the bodies.
  • MORAL
  • Old is the tree and the fruit good,
  • Very old and thick the wood.
  • Woodman, is your courage stout?
  • Beware! the root is wrapped about
  • Your mother's heart, your father's bones;
  • And like the mandrake comes with groans.
  • IX
  • THE FOUR REFORMERS
  • Four reformers met under a bramble-bush. They were all agreed the world
  • must be changed. "We must abolish property," said one.
  • "We must abolish marriage," said the second.
  • "We must abolish God," said the third.
  • "I wish we could abolish work," said the fourth.
  • "Do not let us get beyond practical politics," said the first. "The
  • first thing is to reduce men to a common level."
  • "The first thing," said the second, "is to give freedom to the sexes."
  • "The first thing," said the third, "is to find out how to do it."
  • "The first step," said the first, "is to abolish the Bible."
  • "The first thing," said the second, "is to abolish the laws."
  • "The first thing," said the third, "is to abolish mankind."
  • X
  • THE MAN AND HIS FRIEND
  • A man quarrelled with his friend.
  • "I have been much deceived in you," said the man.
  • And the friend made a face at him and went away.
  • A little after, they both died, and came together before the great white
  • Justice of the Peace. It began to look black for the friend, but the man
  • for a while had a clear character and was getting in good spirits.
  • "I find here some record of a quarrel," said the Justice, looking in his
  • notes. "Which of you was in the wrong?"
  • "He was," said the man. "He spoke ill of me behind my back."
  • "Did he so?" said the Justice. "And pray how did he speak about your
  • neighbours?"
  • "O, he had always a nasty tongue," said the man.
  • "And you chose him for your friend?" cried the Justice. "My good fellow,
  • we have no use here for fools."
  • So the man was cast in the pit, and the friend laughed out aloud in the
  • dark and remained to be tried on other charges.
  • XI
  • THE READER
  • "I never read such an impious book," said the reader, throwing it on the
  • floor.
  • "You need not hurt me," said the book; "you will only get less for me
  • second-hand, and I did not write myself."
  • "That is true," said the reader. "My quarrel is with your author."
  • "Ah, well," said the book, "you need not buy his rant."
  • "That is true," said the reader. "But I thought him such a cheerful
  • writer."
  • "I find him so," said the book.
  • "You must be differently made from me," said the reader.
  • "Let me tell you a fable," said the book. "There were two men wrecked
  • upon a desert island; one of them made believe he was at home, the other
  • admitted----"
  • "O, I know your kind of fable," said the reader. "They both died."
  • "And so they did," said the book. "No doubt of that. And everybody
  • else."
  • "That is true," said the reader. "Push it a little further for this
  • once. And when they were all dead?"
  • "They were in God's hands, the same as before," said the book.
  • "Not much to boast of, by your account," cried the reader.
  • "Who is impious now?" said the book.
  • And the reader put him on the fire.
  • The coward crouches from the rod,
  • And loathes the iron face of God.
  • XII
  • THE CITIZEN AND THE TRAVELLER
  • "Look round you," said the citizen. "This is the largest market in the
  • world."
  • "O, surely not," said the traveller.
  • "Well, perhaps not the largest," said the citizen, "but much the best."
  • "You are certainly wrong there," said the traveller. "I can tell you...."
  • They buried the stranger at the dusk.
  • XIII
  • THE DISTINGUISHED STRANGER
  • Once upon a time there came to this earth a visitor from a neighbouring
  • planet. And he was met at the place of his descent by a great
  • philosopher, who was to show him everything.
  • First of all they came through a wood, and the stranger looked upon the
  • trees. "Whom have we here?" said he.
  • "These are only vegetables," said the philosopher. "They are alive, but
  • not at all interesting."
  • "I don't know about that," said the stranger. "They seem to have very
  • good manners. Do they never speak?"
  • "They lack the gift," said the philosopher.
  • "Yet I think I hear them sing," said the other.
  • "That is only the wind among the leaves," said the philosopher. "I will
  • explain to you the theory of winds: it is very interesting."
  • "Well," said the stranger, "I wish I knew what they are thinking."
  • "They cannot think," said the philosopher.
  • "I don't know, about that," returned the stranger: and then, laying his
  • hand upon a trunk: "I like these people," said he.
  • "They are not people at all," said the philosopher. "Come along."
  • Next they came through a meadow where there were cows.
  • "These are very dirty people," said the stranger.
  • "They are not people at all," said the philosopher; and he explained
  • what a cow is in scientific words which I have forgotten.
  • "That is all one to me," said the stranger. "But why do they never look
  • up?"
  • "Because they are graminivorous," said the philosopher; "and to live
  • upon grass, which is not highly nutritious, requires so close an
  • attention to business that they have no time to think, or speak, or look
  • at the scenery, or keep themselves clean."
  • "Well," said the stranger, "that is one way to live, no doubt. But I
  • prefer the people with the green heads."
  • Next they came into a city, and the streets were full of men and women.
  • "These are very odd people," said the stranger.
  • "They are the people of the greatest nation in the world," said the
  • philosopher.
  • "Are they indeed?" said the stranger. "They scarcely look so."
  • XIV
  • THE CART-HORSES AND THE SADDLE-HORSE
  • Two cart-horses, a gelding and a mare, were brought to Samoa, and put in
  • the same field with a saddle-horse to run free on the island. They were
  • rather afraid to go near him, for they saw he was a saddle-horse, and
  • supposed he would not speak to them. Now the saddle-horse had never seen
  • creatures so big. "These must be great chiefs," thought he, and he
  • approached them civilly. "Lady and gentleman," said he, "I understand
  • you are from the colonies. I offer you my affectionate compliments, and
  • make you heartily welcome to the islands."
  • The colonials looked at him askance, and consulted with each other.
  • "Who can he be?" said the gelding.
  • "He seems suspiciously civil," said the mare.
  • "I do not think he can be much account," said the gelding.
  • "Depend upon it he is only a Kanaka," said the mare.
  • Then they turned to him.
  • "Go to the devil!" said the gelding.
  • "I wonder at your impudence, speaking to persons of our quality!" cried
  • the mare.
  • The saddle-horse went away by himself. "I was right," said he, "they are
  • great chiefs."
  • XV
  • THE TADPOLE AND THE FROG
  • "Be ashamed of yourself," said the frog. "When I was a tadpole, I had no
  • tail."
  • "Just what I thought!" said the tadpole. "You never were a tadpole."
  • XVI
  • SOMETHING IN IT
  • The natives told him many tales. In particular, they warned him of the
  • house of yellow reeds tied with black sinnet, how any one who touched it
  • became instantly the prey of Akaänga, and was handed on to him by Miru
  • the ruddy, and hocussed with the kava of the dead, and baked in the
  • ovens and eaten by the eaters of the dead.
  • "There is nothing in it," said the missionary.
  • There was a bay upon that island, a very fair bay to look upon; but, by
  • the native saying, it was death to bathe there. "There is nothing in
  • that," said the missionary; and he came to the bay, and went swimming.
  • Presently an eddy took him and bore him towards the reef. "Oho!" thought
  • the missionary, "it seems there is something in it after all." And he
  • swam the harder, but the eddy carried him away. "I do not care about
  • this eddy," said the missionary; and even as he said it, he was aware of
  • a house raised on piles above the sea; it was built of yellow reeds, one
  • reed joined with another, and the whole bound with black sinnet; a
  • ladder led to the door, and all about the house hung calabashes. He had
  • never seen such a house, nor yet such calabashes; and the eddy set for
  • the ladder. "This is singular," said the missionary, "but there can be
  • nothing in it." And he laid hold of the ladder and went up. It was a
  • fine house; but there was no man there; and when the missionary looked
  • back he saw no island, only the heaving of the sea. "It is strange about
  • the island," said the missionary, "but who's afraid? my stories are the
  • true ones." And he laid hold of a calabash, for he was one that loved
  • curiosities. Now he had no sooner laid hand upon the calabash than that
  • which he handled, and that which he saw and stood on, burst like a
  • bubble and was gone; and night closed upon him, and the waters, and the
  • meshes of the net; and he wallowed there like a fish.
  • "A body would think there was something in this," said the missionary.
  • "But if these tales are true, I wonder what about my tales!"
  • Now the flaming of Akaänga's torch drew near in the night; and the
  • misshapen hands groped in the meshes of the net; and they took the
  • missionary between the finger and the thumb, and bore him dripping in
  • the night and silence to the place of the ovens of Miru. And there was
  • Miru, ruddy in the glow of the ovens; and there sat her four daughters,
  • and made the kava of the dead; and there sat the comers out of the
  • islands of the living, dripping and lamenting.
  • This was a dread place to reach for any of the sons of men. But of all
  • who ever came there, the missionary was the most concerned; and, to make
  • things worse, the person next him was a convert of his own.
  • "Aha," said the convert, "so you are here like your neighbours? And how
  • about all your stories?"
  • "It seems," said the missionary, with bursting tears, "that there was
  • nothing in them."
  • By this the kava of the dead was ready, and the daughters of Miru began
  • to intone in the old manner of singing: "Gone are the green islands and
  • the bright sea, the sun and the moon and the forty million stars, and
  • life and love and hope. Henceforth is no more, only to sit in the night
  • and silence, and see your friends devoured; for life is a deceit, and
  • the bandage is taken from your eyes."
  • Now when the singing was done, one of the daughters came with the bowl.
  • Desire of that kava rose in the missionary's bosom; he lusted for it
  • like a swimmer for the land, or a bridegroom for his bride; and he
  • reached out his hand, and took the bowl, and would have drunk. And then
  • he remembered, and put it back.
  • "Drink!" sang the daughter of Miru. "There is no kava like the kava of
  • the dead, and to drink of it once is the reward of living."
  • "I thank you. It smells excellent," said the missionary. "But I am a
  • blue-ribbon man myself; and though I am aware there is a difference of
  • opinion even in our own confession, I have always held kava to be
  • excluded."
  • "What!" cried the convert. "Are you going to respect a taboo at a time
  • like this? And you were always so opposed to taboos when you were
  • alive!"
  • "To other people's," said the missionary. "Never to my own."
  • "But yours have all proved wrong," said the convert.
  • "It looks like it," said the missionary, "and I can't help that. No
  • reason why I should break my word."
  • "I never heard the like of this!" cried the daughter of Miru. "Pray,
  • what do you expect to gain?"
  • "That is not the point," said the missionary. "I took this pledge for
  • others, I am not going to break it for myself."
  • The daughter of Miru was puzzled; she came and told her mother, and Miru
  • was vexed; and they went and told Akaänga.
  • "I don't know what to do about this," said Akaänga; and he came and
  • reasoned with the missionary.
  • "But there _is_ such a thing as right and wrong," said the missionary;
  • "and your ovens cannot alter that."
  • "Give the kava to the rest," said Akaänga to the daughters of Miru. "I
  • must get rid of this sea-lawyer instantly, or worse will come of it."
  • The next moment the missionary came up in the midst of the sea, and
  • there before him were the palm-trees of the island. He swam to the shore
  • gladly, and landed. Much matter of thought was in that missionary's
  • mind.
  • "I seem to have been misinformed upon some points," said he. "Perhaps
  • there is not much in it, as I supposed; but there is something in it
  • after all. Let me be glad of that."
  • And he rang the bell for service.
  • MORAL
  • The sticks break, the stones crumble,
  • The eternal altars tilt and tumble,
  • Sanctions and tales dislimn like mist
  • About the amazed evangelist.
  • He stands unshook from age to youth
  • Upon one pin-point of the truth.
  • XVII
  • FAITH, HALF-FAITH, AND NO FAITH AT ALL
  • In the ancient days there went three men upon pilgrimage; one was a
  • priest, and one was a virtuous person, and the third was an old rover
  • with his axe.
  • As they went, the priest spoke about the grounds of faith.
  • "We find the proofs of our religion in the works of nature," said he,
  • and beat his breast.
  • "That is true," said the virtuous person.
  • "The peacock has a scrannel voice," said the priest, "as has been laid
  • down always in our books. How cheering!" he cried, in a voice like one
  • that wept. "How comforting!"
  • "I require no such proofs," said the virtuous person.
  • "Then you have no reasonable faith," said the priest.
  • "Great is the right, and shall prevail!" cried the virtuous person.
  • "There is loyalty in my soul; be sure, there is loyalty in the mind of
  • Odin."
  • "These are but playings upon words," returned the priest. "A sackful of
  • such trash is nothing to the peacock."
  • Just then they passed a country farm, where there was a peacock seated
  • on a rail; and the bird opened its mouth and sang with the voice of a
  • nightingale.
  • "Where are you now?" asked the virtuous person. "And yet this shakes not
  • me! Great is the truth, and shall prevail!"
  • "The devil fly away with that peacock!" said the priest; and he was
  • downcast for a mile or two.
  • But presently they came to a shrine, where a Fakeer performed miracles.
  • "Ah!" said the priest, "here are the true grounds of faith. The peacock
  • was but an adminicle. This is the base of our religion." And he beat
  • upon his breast, and groaned like one with colic.
  • "Now to me," said the virtuous person, "all this is as little to the
  • purpose as the peacock. I believe because I see the right is great and
  • must prevail; and this Fakeer might carry on with his conjuring tricks
  • till doomsday, and it would not play bluff upon a man like me."
  • Now at this the Fakeer was so much incensed that his hand trembled; and,
  • lo! in the midst of a miracle the cards fell from up his sleeve.
  • "Where are you now?" asked the virtuous person. "And yet it shakes not
  • me!"
  • "The devil fly away with the Fakeer!" cried the priest. "I really do not
  • see the good of going on with this pilgrimage."
  • "Cheer up!" cried the virtuous person. "Great is the right, and shall
  • prevail!"
  • "If you are quite sure it will prevail," says the priest.
  • "I pledge my word for that," said the virtuous person.
  • So the other began to go on again with a better heart.
  • At last one came running, and told them all was lost: that the powers of
  • darkness had besieged the Heavenly Mansions, that Odin was to die, and
  • evil triumph.
  • "I have been grossly deceived," cried the virtuous person.
  • "All is lost now," said the priest.
  • "I wonder if it is too late to make it up with the devil?" said the
  • virtuous person.
  • "O, I hope not," said the priest. "And at any rate we can but try.--But
  • what are you doing with your axe?" says he to the rover.
  • "I am off to die with Odin," said the rover.
  • XVIII
  • THE TOUCHSTONE
  • The King was a man that stood well before the world; his smile was sweet
  • as clover, but his soul withinsides was as little as a pea. He had two
  • sons; and the younger son was a boy after his heart, but the elder was
  • one whom he feared. It befell one morning that the drum sounded in the
  • dun before it was yet day; and the King rode with his two sons, and a
  • brave array behind them. They rode two hours, and came to the foot of a
  • brown mountain that was very steep.
  • "Where do we ride?" said the elder son.
  • "Across this brown mountain," said the King, and smiled to himself.
  • "My father knows what he is doing," said the younger son.
  • And they rode two hours more, and came to the sides of a black river
  • that was wondrous deep.
  • "And where do we ride?" asked the elder son.
  • "Over this black river," said the King, and smiled to himself.
  • "My father knows what he is doing," said the younger son.
  • And they rode all that day, and about the time of the sunsetting came to
  • the side of a lake, where was a great dun.
  • "It is here we ride," said the King; "to a King's house, and a priest's,
  • and a house where you will learn much."
  • At the gates of the dun, the King who was a priest met them; and he was
  • a grave man, and beside him stood his daughter, and she was as fair as
  • the morn, and one that smiled and looked down.
  • "These are my two sons," said the first King.
  • "And here is my daughter," said the King who was a priest.
  • "She is a wonderful fine maid," said the first King, "and I like her
  • manner of smiling."
  • "They are wonderful well-grown lads," said the second, "and I like their
  • gravity."
  • And then the two Kings looked at each other, and said, "The thing may
  • come about."
  • And in the meanwhile the two lads looked upon the maid, and the one grew
  • pale and the other red; and the maid looked upon the ground smiling.
  • "Here is the maid that I shall marry," said the elder. "For I think she
  • smiled upon me."
  • But the younger plucked his father by the sleeve. "Father," said he, "a
  • word in your ear. If I find favour in your sight, might not I wed this
  • maid, for I think she smiles upon me?"
  • "A word in yours," said the King his father. "Waiting is good hunting,
  • and when the teeth are shut the tongue is at home."
  • Now they were come into the dun, and feasted; and this was a great
  • house, so that the lads were astonished; and the King that was a priest
  • sat at the end of the board and was silent, so that the lads were filled
  • with reverence; and the maid served them smiling with downcast eyes, so
  • that their hearts were enlarged.
  • Before it was day, the elder son arose, and he found the maid at her
  • weaving, for she was a diligent girl. "Maid," quoth he, "I would fain
  • marry you."
  • "You must speak with my father," said she, and she looked upon the
  • ground smiling, and became like the rose.
  • "Her heart is with me," said the elder son, and he went down to the lake
  • and sang.
  • A little while after came the younger son. "Maid," quoth he, "if our
  • fathers were agreed, I would like well to marry you."
  • "You can speak to my father," said she; and looked upon the ground, and
  • smiled and grew like the rose.
  • "She is a dutiful daughter," said the younger son, "she will make an
  • obedient wife." And then he thought, "What shall I do?" and he
  • remembered the King her father was a priest; so he went into the temple,
  • and sacrificed a weasel and a hare.
  • Presently the news got about; and the two lads and the first King were
  • called into the presence of the King who was a priest, where he sat upon
  • the high seat.
  • "Little I reck of gear," said the King who was a priest, "and little of
  • power. For we live here among the shadow of things, and the heart is
  • sick of seeing them. And we stay here in the wind like raiment drying,
  • and the heart is weary of the wind. But one thing I love, and that is
  • truth; and for one thing will I give my daughter, and that is the trial
  • stone. For in the light of that stone the seeming goes, and the being
  • shows, and all things besides are worthless. Therefore, lads, if ye
  • would wed my daughter, out foot, and bring me the stone of touch, for
  • that is the price of her."
  • "A word in your ear," said the younger son to his father. "I think we do
  • very well without this stone."
  • "A word in yours," said the father. "I am of your way of thinking; but
  • when the teeth are shut the tongue is at home." And he smiled to the
  • King that was a priest.
  • But the elder son got to his feet, and called the King that was a priest
  • by the name of father. "For whether I marry the maid or no, I will call
  • you by that word for the love of your wisdom; and even now I will ride
  • forth and search the world for the stone of touch." So he said farewell,
  • and rode into the world.
  • "I think I will go, too," said the younger son, "if I can have your
  • leave. For my heart goes out to the maid."
  • "You will ride home with me," said his father.
  • So they rode home, and when they came to the dun, the King had his son
  • into his treasury. "Here," said he, "is the touchstone which shows
  • truth; for there is no truth but plain truth; and if you will look in
  • this, you will see yourself as you are."
  • And the younger son looked in it, and saw his face as it were the face
  • of a beardless youth, and he was well enough pleased; for the thing was
  • a piece of a mirror.
  • "Here is no such great thing to make a work about," said he; "but if it
  • will get me the maid I shall never complain. But what a fool is my
  • brother to ride into the world, and the thing all the while at home!"
  • So they rode back to the other dun, and showed the mirror to the King
  • that was a priest; and when he had looked in it, and seen himself like a
  • King, and his house like a King's house, and all things like themselves,
  • he cried out and blessed God. "For now I know," said he, "there is no
  • truth but the plain truth; and I am a King indeed, although my heart
  • misgave me." And he pulled down his temple and built a new one; and then
  • the younger son was married to the maid.
  • In the meantime the elder son rode into the world to find the touchstone
  • of the trial of truth; and whenever he came to a place of habitation, he
  • would ask the men if they had heard of it. And in every place the men
  • answered: "Not only have we heard of it, but we alone, of all men,
  • possess the thing itself, and it hangs in the side of our chimney to
  • this day." Then would the elder son be glad, and beg for a sight of it.
  • And sometimes it would be a piece of mirror, that showed the seeming of
  • things; and then he would say, "This can never be, for there should be
  • more than seeming." And sometimes it would be a lump of coal, which
  • showed nothing; and then he would say, "This can never be, for at least
  • there is the seeming." And sometimes it would be a touchstone indeed,
  • beautiful in hue, adorned with polishing, the light inhabiting its
  • sides; and when he found this, he would beg the thing, and the persons
  • of that place would give it him, for all men were very generous of that
  • gift; so that at the last he had his wallet full of them, and they
  • chinked together when he rode; and when he halted by the side of the way
  • he would take them out and try them, till his head turned like the sails
  • upon a windmill.
  • "A murrain upon this business!" said the elder son, "for I perceive no
  • end to it. Here I have the red, and here the blue and the green; and to
  • me they seem all excellent, and yet shame each other. A murrain on the
  • trade! If it were not for the King that is a priest and whom I have
  • called my father, and if it were not for the fair maid of the dun that
  • makes my mouth to sing and my heart enlarge, I would even tumble them
  • all into the salt sea, and go home and be a King like other folk."
  • But he was like the hunter that has seen a stag upon a mountain, so that
  • the night may fall, and the fire be kindled, and the lights shine in his
  • house; but desire of that stag is single in his bosom.
  • Now after many years the elder son came upon the sides of the salt sea;
  • and it was night, and a savage place, and the clamour of the sea was
  • loud. There he was aware of a house, and a man sat there by the light of
  • a candle, for he had no fire. Now the elder son came in to him, and the
  • man gave him water to drink, for he had no bread; and wagged his head
  • when spoken to, for he had no words.
  • "Have you the touchstone of truth?" asked the elder son; and when the
  • man had wagged his head, "I might have known that," cried the elder son.
  • "I have here a wallet full of them!" And with that he laughed, although
  • his heart was weary.
  • And with that the man laughed too, and with the fuff of his laughter the
  • candle went out.
  • "Sleep," said the man, "for now I think you have come far enough; and
  • your quest is ended and my candle is out."
  • Now when the morning came, the man gave him a clear pebble in his hand,
  • and it had no beauty and no colour; and the elder son looked upon it
  • scornfully and shook his head; and he went away, for it seemed a small
  • affair to him.
  • All that day he rode, and his mind was quiet, and the desire of the
  • chase allayed. "How if this poor pebble be the touchstone, after all?"
  • said he: and he got down from his horse and emptied forth his wallet by
  • the side of the way. Now, in the light of each other, all the
  • touchstones lost their hue and fire, and withered like stars at morning;
  • but in the light of the pebble, their beauty remained, only the pebble
  • was the most bright. And the elder son smote upon his brow. "How if this
  • be the truth?" he cried, "that all are a little true?" And he took the
  • pebble and turned its light upon the heavens, and they deepened about
  • him like the pit; and he turned it on the hills, and the hills were cold
  • and rugged, but life ran in their sides so that his own life bounded;
  • and he turned it on the dust, and he beheld the dust with joy and
  • terror; and he turned it on himself, and knelt down and prayed.
  • "Now, thanks be to God," said the elder son, "I have found the
  • touchstone; and now I may turn my reins, and ride home to the King and
  • to the maid of the dun that makes my mouth to sing and my heart
  • enlarge."
  • Now when he came to the dun, he saw children playing by the gate where
  • the King had met him in the old days; and this stayed his pleasure, for
  • he thought in his heart, "It is here my children should be playing." And
  • when he came into the hall, there was his brother on the high seat and
  • the maid beside him; and at that his anger rose, for he thought in his
  • heart, "It is I that should be sitting there, and the maid beside me."
  • "Who are you?" said his brother. "And what make you in the dun?"
  • "I am your elder brother," he replied. "And I am come to marry the maid,
  • for I have brought the touchstone of truth."
  • Then the younger brother laughed aloud. "Why," said he, "I found the
  • touchstone years ago, and married the maid, and there are our children
  • playing at the gate."
  • Now at this the elder brother grew as grey as the dawn. "I pray you have
  • dealt justly," said he, "for I perceive my life is lost."
  • "Justly?" quoth the younger brother. "It becomes you ill, that are a
  • restless man and a runagate, to doubt my justice, or the King my
  • father's, that are sedentary folk and known in the land."
  • "Nay," said the elder brother, "you have all else, have patience also;
  • and suffer me to say the world is full of touchstones, and it appears
  • not easily which is true."
  • "I have no shame of mine," said the younger brother. "There it is, and
  • look in it."
  • So the elder brother looked in the mirror, and he was sore amazed; for
  • he was an old man, and his hair was white upon his head; and he sat down
  • in the hall and wept aloud.
  • "Now," said the younger brother, "see what a fool's part you have
  • played, that ran over all the world to seek what was lying in our
  • father's treasury, and came back an old carle for the dogs to bark at,
  • and without chick or child. And I that was dutiful and wise sit here
  • crowned with virtues and pleasures, and happy in the light of my
  • hearth."
  • "Methinks you have a cruel tongue," said the elder brother; and he
  • pulled out the clear pebble and turned its light on his brother; and
  • behold the man was lying, his soul was shrunk into the smallness of a
  • pea, and his heart was a bag of little fears like scorpions, and love
  • was dead in his bosom. And at that the elder brother cried out aloud,
  • and turned the light of the pebble on the maid, and, lo! she was but a
  • mask of a woman, and withinsides she was quite dead, and she smiled as a
  • clock ticks, and knew not wherefore.
  • "O, well," said the elder brother, "I perceive there is both good and
  • bad. So fare ye all as well as ye may in the dun; but I will go forth
  • into the world with my pebble in my pocket."
  • XIX
  • THE POOR THING
  • There was a man in the islands who fished for his bare bellyful, and
  • took his life in his hands to go forth upon the sea between four planks.
  • But though he had much ado, he was merry of heart; and the gulls heard
  • him laugh when the spray met him. And though he had little lore, he was
  • sound of spirit; and when the fish came to his hook in the mid-waters,
  • he blessed God without weighing. He was bitter poor in goods and bitter
  • ugly of countenance, and he had no wife.
  • It fell in the time of the fishing that the man awoke in his house about
  • the midst of the afternoon. The fire burned in the midst, and the smoke
  • went up and the sun came down by the chimney. And the man was aware of
  • the likeness of one that warmed his hands at the red peats.
  • "I greet you," said the man, "in the name of God."
  • "I greet you," said he that warmed his hands, "but not in the name of
  • God, for I am none of His; nor in the name of Hell, for I am not of
  • Hell. For I am but a bloodless thing, less than wind and lighter than a
  • sound, and the wind goes through me like a net, and I am broken by a
  • sound and shaken by the cold."
  • "Be plain with me," said the man, "and tell me your name and of your
  • nature."
  • "My name," quoth the other, "is not yet named, and my nature not yet
  • sure. For I am part of a man; and I was a part of your fathers, and went
  • out to fish and fight with them in the ancient days. But now is my turn
  • not yet come; and I wait until you have a wife, and then shall I be in
  • your son, and a brave part of him, rejoicing manfully to launch the boat
  • into the surf, skilful to direct the helm, and a man of might where the
  • ring closes and the blows are going."
  • "This is a marvellous thing to hear," said the man; "and if you are
  • indeed to be my son, I fear it will go ill with you; for I am bitter
  • poor in goods and bitter ugly in face, and I shall never get me a wife
  • if I live to the age of eagles."
  • "All this have I come to remedy, my Father," said the Poor Thing; "for
  • we must go this night to the little isle of sheep, where our fathers lie
  • in the dead-cairn, and to-morrow to the Earl's Hall, and there shall you
  • find a wife by my providing."
  • So the man rose and put forth his boat at the time of the sunsetting;
  • and the Poor Thing sat in the prow, and the spray blew through his bones
  • like snow, and the wind whistled in his teeth, and the boat dipped not
  • with the weight of him.
  • "I am fearful to see you, my son," said the man. "For methinks you are
  • no thing of God."
  • "It is only the wind that whistles in my teeth," said the Poor Thing,
  • "and there is no life in me to keep it out."
  • So they came to the little isle of sheep, where the surf burst all about
  • it in the midst of the sea, and it was all green with bracken, and all
  • wet with dew, and the moon enlightened it. They ran the boat into a
  • cove, and set foot to land; and the man came heavily behind among the
  • rocks in the deepness of the bracken, but the Poor Thing went before him
  • like a smoke in the light of the moon. So they came to the dead-cairn,
  • and they laid their ears to the stones; and the dead complained
  • withinsides like a swarm of bees: "Time was that marrow was in our
  • bones, and strength in our sinews; and the thoughts of our head were
  • clothed upon with acts and the words of men. But now are we broken in
  • sunder, and the bonds of our bones are loosed, and our thoughts lie in
  • the dust."
  • Then said the Poor Thing: "Charge them that they give you the virtue
  • they withheld."
  • And the man said: "Bones of my fathers, greeting! for I am sprung of
  • your loins. And now, behold, I break open the piled stones of your
  • cairn, and I let in the noon between your ribs. Count it well done, for
  • it was to be; and give me what I come seeking in the name of blood and
  • in the name of God."
  • And the spirits of the dead stirred in the cairn like ants; and they
  • spoke: "You have broken the roof of our cairn and let in the noon
  • between our ribs; and you have the strength of the still-living. But
  • what virtue have we? what power? or what jewel here in the dust with us,
  • that any living man should covet or receive it? for we are less than
  • nothing. But we tell you one thing, speaking with many voices like bees,
  • that the way is plain before all like the grooves of launching: So forth
  • into life and fear not, for so did we all in the ancient ages." And
  • their voices passed away like an eddy in a river.
  • "Now," said the Poor Thing, "they have told you a lesson, but make them
  • give you a gift. Stoop your hand among the bones without drawback, and
  • you shall find their treasure."
  • So the man stooped his hand, and the dead laid hold upon it many and
  • faint like ants; but he shook them off, and behold, what he brought up
  • in his hand was the shoe of a horse, and it was rusty.
  • "It is a thing of no price," quoth the man, "for it is rusty."
  • "We shall see that," said the Poor Thing; "for in my thought it is a
  • good thing to do what our fathers did, and to keep what they kept
  • without question. And in my thought one thing is as good as another in
  • this world; and a shoe of a horse will do."
  • Now they got into their boat with the horse-shoe, and when the dawn was
  • come they were aware of the smoke of the Earl's town and the bells of
  • the Kirk that beat. So they set foot to shore: and the man went up to
  • the market among the fishers over against the palace and the Kirk; and
  • he was bitter poor and bitter ugly, and he had never a fish to sell, but
  • only a shoe of a horse in his creel, and it rusty.
  • "Now," said the Poor Thing, "do so and so, and you shall find a wife and
  • I a mother."
  • It befell that the Earl's daughter came forth to go into the Kirk upon
  • her prayers; and when she saw the poor man stand in the market with only
  • the shoe of a horse, and it rusty, it came in her mind it should be a
  • thing of price.
  • "What is that?" quoth she.
  • "It is a shoe of a horse," said the man.
  • "And what is the use of it?" quoth the Earl's daughter.
  • "It is for no use," said the man.
  • "I may not believe that," said she; "else why should you carry it?"
  • "I do so," said he, "because it was so my fathers did in the ancient
  • ages; and I have neither a better reason nor a worse."
  • Now the Earl's daughter could not find it in her mind to believe him.
  • "Come," quoth she, "sell me this, for I am sure it is a thing of price."
  • "Nay," said the man, "the thing is not for sale."
  • "What!" cried the Earl's daughter. "Then what make you here in the
  • town's market, with the thing in your creel and nought beside?"
  • "I sit here," says the man, "to get me a wife."
  • "There is no sense in any of these answers," thought the Earl's
  • daughter; "and I could find it in my heart to weep."
  • By came the Earl upon that; and she called him and told him all. And
  • when he had heard, he was of his daughter's mind that this should be a
  • thing of virtue; and charged the man to set a price upon the thing, or
  • else be hanged upon the gallows; and that was near at hand, so that the
  • man could see it.
  • "The way of life is straight like the grooves of launching," quoth the
  • man. "And if I am to be hanged let me be hanged."
  • "Why!" cried the Earl, "will you set your neck against a shoe of a
  • horse, and it rusty?"
  • "In my thought," said the man, "one thing is as good as another in this
  • world; and the shoe of a horse will do."
  • "This can never be," thought the Earl; and he stood and looked upon the
  • man, and bit his beard.
  • And the man looked up at him and smiled. "It was so my fathers did in
  • the ancient ages," quoth he to the Earl, "and I have neither a better
  • reason nor a worse."
  • "There is no sense in any of this," thought the Earl, "and I must be
  • growing old." So he had his daughter on one side, and says he: "Many
  • suitors have you denied, my child. But here is a very strange matter
  • that a man should cling so to a shoe of a horse, and it rusty; and that
  • he should offer it like a thing on sale, and yet not sell it; and that
  • he should sit there seeking a wife. If I come not to the bottom of this
  • thing, I shall have no more pleasure in bread; and I can see no way, but
  • either I should hang or you should marry him."
  • "By my troth, but he is bitter ugly," said the Earl's daughter. "How if
  • the gallows be so near at hand?"
  • "It was not so," said the Earl, "that my fathers did in the ancient
  • ages. I am like the man, and can give you neither a better reason nor a
  • worse. But do you, prithee, speak with him again."
  • So the Earl's daughter spoke to the man. "If you were not so bitter
  • ugly," quoth she, "my father the Earl would have us marry."
  • "Bitter ugly am I," said the man, "and you as fair as May. Bitter ugly
  • I am, and what of that? It was so my fathers----"
  • "In the name of God," said the Earl's daughter, "let your fathers be!"
  • "If I had done that," said the man, "you had never been chaffering with
  • me here in the market, nor your father the Earl watching with the end of
  • his eye."
  • "But come," quoth the Earl's daughter, "this is a very strange thing,
  • that you would have me wed for a shoe of a horse, and it rusty."
  • "In my thought," quoth the man, "one thing is as good----"
  • "O, spare me that," said the Earl's daughter, "and tell me why I should
  • marry."
  • "Listen and look," said the man.
  • Now the wind blew through the Poor Thing like an infant crying, so that
  • her heart was melted; and her eyes were unsealed, and she was aware of
  • the thing as it were a babe unmothered, and she took it to her arms and
  • it melted in her arms like the air.
  • "Come," said the man, "behold a vision of our children, the busy hearth,
  • and the white heads. And let that suffice, for it is all God offers."
  • "I have no delight in it," said she; but with that she sighed.
  • "The ways of life are straight like the grooves of launching," said the
  • man; and he took her by the hand.
  • "And what shall we do with the horse-shoe?" quoth she.
  • "I will give it to your father," said the man; "and he can make a kirk
  • and a mill of it for me."
  • It came to pass in time that the Poor Thing was born; but memory of
  • these matters slept with him, and he knew not that which he had done.
  • But he was a part of the eldest son; rejoicing manfully to launch the
  • boat into the surf, skilful to direct the helm, and a man of might where
  • the ring closes and the blows are going.
  • XX
  • THE SONG OF THE MORROW
  • The King of Duntrine had a daughter when he was old, and she was the
  • fairest King's daughter between two seas; her hair was like spun gold,
  • and her eyes like pools in a river; and the King gave her a castle upon
  • the sea beach, with a terrace, and a court of the hewn stone, and four
  • towers at the four corners. Here she dwelt and grew up, and had no care
  • for the morrow, and no power upon the hour, after the manner of simple
  • men.
  • It befell that she walked one day by the beach of the sea when it was
  • autumn, and the wind blew from the place of rains; and upon the one hand
  • of her the sea beat, and upon the other the dead leaves ran. This was
  • the loneliest beach between two seas, and strange things had been done
  • there in the ancient ages. Now the King's daughter was aware of a crone
  • that sat upon the beach. The sea-foam ran to her feet, and the dead
  • leaves swarmed about her back, and the rags blew about her face in the
  • blowing of the wind.
  • "Now," said the King's daughter, and she named a holy name, "this is the
  • most unhappy old crone between two seas."
  • "Daughter of a King," said the crone, "you dwell in a stone house, and
  • your hair is like the gold: but what is your profit? Life is not long,
  • nor lives strong; and you live after the way of simple men, and have no
  • thought for the morrow and no power upon the hour."
  • "Thought for the morrow, that I have," said the King's daughter; "but
  • power upon the hour, that have I not." And she mused with herself.
  • Then the crone smote her lean hands one within the other, and laughed
  • like a sea-gull. "Home!" cried she. "O daughter of a King, home to your
  • stone house; for the longing is come upon you now, nor can you live any
  • more after the manner of simple men. Home, and toil and suffer, till the
  • gift come that will make you bare, and till the man come that will bring
  • you care."
  • The King's daughter made no more ado, but she turned about and went home
  • to her house in silence. And when she was come into her chamber she
  • called for her nurse.
  • "Nurse," said the King's daughter, "thought is come upon me for the
  • morrow, so that I can live no more after the manner of simple men. Tell
  • me what I must do that I may have power upon the hour."
  • Then the nurse moaned like a snow wind. "Alas!" said she, "that this
  • thing should be; but the thought is gone into your marrow, nor is there
  • any cure against the thought. Be it so, then, even as you will; though
  • power is less than weakness, power shall you have; and though the
  • thought is colder than winter, yet shall you think it to an end."
  • So the King's daughter sat in her vaulted chamber in the masoned house,
  • and she thought upon the thought. Nine years she sat; and the sea beat
  • upon the terrace, and the gulls cried about the turrets, and wind
  • crooned in the chimneys of the house. Nine years she came not abroad,
  • nor tasted the clean air, neither saw God's sky. Nine years she sat and
  • looked neither to the right nor to the left, nor heard speech of any
  • one, but thought upon the thought of the morrow. And her nurse fed her
  • in silence, and she took of the food with her left hand, and ate it
  • without grace.
  • Now when the nine years were out, it fell dusk in the autumn, and there
  • came a sound in the wind like a sound of piping. At that the nurse
  • lifted up her finger in the vaulted house.
  • "I hear a sound in the wind," said she, "that is like the sound of
  • piping."
  • "It is but a little sound," said the King's daughter, "but yet it is
  • sound enough for me."
  • So they went down in the dusk to the doors of the house, and along the
  • beach of the sea. And the waves beat upon the one hand, and upon the
  • other the dead leaves ran; and the clouds raced in the sky, and the
  • gulls flew widdershins. And when they came to that part of the beach
  • where strange things had been done in the ancient ages, lo! there was
  • the crone, and she was dancing widdershins.
  • "What makes you dance widdershins, old crone?" said the King's daughter;
  • "here upon the bleak beach, between the waves and the dead leaves?"
  • "I hear a sound in the wind that is like a sound of piping," quoth she.
  • "And it is for that that I dance widdershins. For the gift comes that
  • will make you bare, and the man comes that must bring you care. But for
  • me the morrow is come that I have thought upon, and the hour of my
  • power."
  • "How comes it, crone," said the King's daughter, "that you waver like a
  • rag, and pale like a dead leaf before my eyes?"
  • "Because the morrow has come that I have thought upon, and the hour of
  • my power," said the crone; and she fell on the beach, and, lo! she was
  • but stalks of the sea tangle, and dust of the sea sand, and the
  • sand-lice hopped upon the place of her.
  • "This is the strangest thing that befell between two seas," said the
  • King's daughter of Duntrine.
  • But the nurse broke out and moaned like an autumn gale. "I am weary of
  • the wind," quoth she; and she bewailed her day.
  • The King's daughter was aware of a man upon the beach; he went hooded so
  • that none might perceive his face, and a pipe was underneath his arm.
  • The sound of his pipe was like singing wasps, and like the wind that
  • sings in windlestraw; and it took hold upon men's ears like the crying
  • of gulls.
  • "Are you the comer?" quoth the King's daughter of Duntrine.
  • "I am the comer," said he, "and these are the pipes that a man may hear,
  • and I have power upon the hour, and this is the song of the morrow." And
  • he piped the song of the morrow, and it was as long as years; and the
  • nurse wept out aloud at the hearing of it.
  • "This is true," said the King's daughter, "that you pipe the song of the
  • morrow; but that ye have power upon the hour, how may I know that? Show
  • me a marvel here upon the beach, between the waves and the dead leaves."
  • And the man said, "Upon whom?"
  • "Here is my nurse," quoth the King's daughter. "She is weary of the
  • wind. Show me a good marvel upon her."
  • And, lo! the nurse fell upon the beach as it were two handfuls of dead
  • leaves, and the wind whirled them widdershins, and the sand-lice hopped
  • between.
  • "It is true," said the King's daughter of Duntrine; "you are the comer,
  • and you have power upon the hour. Come with me to my stone house."
  • So they went by the sea margin, and the man piped the song of the
  • morrow, and the leaves followed behind them as they went. Then they sat
  • down together; and the sea beat on the terrace, and the gulls cried
  • about the towers, and the wind crooned in the chimneys of the house.
  • Nine years they sat, and every year when it fell autumn, the man said,
  • "This is the hour, and I have power in it"; and the daughter of the King
  • said, "Nay, but pipe me the song of the morrow." And he piped it, and it
  • was long like years.
  • Now when the nine years were gone, the King's daughter of Duntrine got
  • her to her feet, like one that remembers; and she looked about her in
  • the masoned house; and all her servants were gone; only the man that
  • piped sat upon the terrace with the hood upon his face; and as he piped
  • the leaves ran about the terrace and the sea beat along the wall. Then
  • she cried to him with a great voice, "This is the hour, and let me see
  • the power in it." And with that the wind blew off the hood from the
  • man's face, and, lo! there was no man there, only the clothes and the
  • hood and the pipes tumbled one upon another in a corner of the terrace,
  • and the dead leaves ran over them.
  • And the King's daughter of Duntrine got her to that part of the beach
  • where strange things had been done in the ancient ages; and there she
  • sat her down. The sea-foam ran to her feet, and the dead leaves swarmed
  • about her back, and the veil blew about her face in the blowing of the
  • wind. And when she lifted up her eyes, there was the daughter of a King
  • come walking on the beach. Her hair was like the spun gold, and her eyes
  • like pools in a river, and she had no thought for the morrow and no
  • power upon the hour, after the manner of simple men.
  • END OF VOL. XXI
  • PRINTED BY CASSELL & COMPANY, LIMITED, LA BELLE SAUVAGE, LONDON, E.C.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Works of Robert Louis Stevenson,
  • Volume XXI, by Robert Louis Stevenson
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK WORKS OF STEVENSON ***
  • ***** This file should be named 30650-8.txt or 30650-8.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/6/5/30650/
  • Produced by Jonathan Ingram, Marius Borror and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.org/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.